My Korean 1 Third Edition
Young A Cho In Jung Cho Douglas Ling
To our parents
This book and its accompanying audio files are licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Noncommercial-Share Alike 2.5 Australia License. To view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/au/. This book and its accompanying audio files are available online at http://talkingtokoreans.com
First edition: August 2009 Second edition, First print run: February 2010 Second edition, Online release: July 2010 Second edition, Second print run: February 2011 Third edition: February 2015
CONTENTS ์ฐจ๋ก PREFACE (THE FIRST AND SECOND EDITION)
viii
PREFACE (THE THIRD EDITION)
xii
TO THE TEACHER AND THE LEARNER
xiii
ABOUT SYMBOLS USED IN THIS BOOK
xvii
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
1
โข
Situation Dialogue 1
3
โข
Greetings
5
โข
Introducing Yourself
7
โข
Introducing Others
8
โข
+{ i-e-yo /ye-yo } โamโ; โareโ; โisโ
9
โข
Situation Dialogue 2
13
โข
Korean Names
14
โข
Addressing People at the Office: Titles
16
โข
Addressing Peers at School: โseonbaeโ and โhubaeโ
18
โข
Addressing Unknown People at the Shops
19
โข
Situation Dialogue 3
23
โข
Saying Goodbye
24
โข
Greetings, Thanks and Other Expressions
27
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
31
โข
Hangeul (Korean Alphabet)
32
โข
Basic Consonants ใฑ ใด ใท ใน ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ
33
โข
The Pure Vowel ใ
35
โข
Aspirated Consonants ใ ใ ใ ใ
39
โข
Other Pure Vowels (ใ ) ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ฃ ใ ใ ก ใ
42
โข
Writing Syllables
46
โข
Tensed Consonants ใฒ ใธ ใ ใ ใ
49
i
โข
Pronouncing Final Consonants
51
โข
Combined Vowels
53
โข
Sound Shifts
58
โข
Classroom Expressions
66
โข
24 Basic Consonants and Vowels (Table)
69
โข
Expanded Consonants and Vowels (Table)
70
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
73
Discussing likes and dislikes โข
Situation Dialogue 1
75
โข
Styles of Speech
77
โข
Situation Dialogue 2
79
โข
Word Order
80
โข
Yes/No Questions
82
โข
Saying โYesโ and โNoโ
83
โข
Vocabulary: Food ์์
84
โข
Situation Dialogue 3
89
โข
Negative Questions
90
โข
Spaces Between Words
91
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
95
Asking people where they are going โข
Situation Dialogue 1
97
โข
Vocabulary: Places ์ฅ์
98
โข
์ด๋ ๊ฐ(์ธ์)? as a Greeting
99
โข
Situation Dialogue 2
103
โข
Destination Particle +์ โtoโ
105
โข
Topic Particle +{์/๋ใด}
108
โข
Situation Dialogue 3
111
ii
โข
Coming & Going: ์(์), ๊ฐ(์), ๋ค๋ (์)
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
112 115
Talking about your daily routine Talking about what you are doing โข
Situation Dialogue 1
117
โข
Verb (Doing Words) and their Endings
120
+(์/์ด), +(์/์ด)์, +{์ผ}์ธ์ โข
Verb Table: Present Tense Endings
122
โข
Casual Question Verb Endings +๋?/+๋?
126
โข
๋ญ โWhatโ
127
โข
Situation Dialogue 2
131
โข
Vocabulary: Time ์๊ฐ
134
โข
Time Particle +์ โinโ, โatโ or โonโ
135
โข
Activity Location Particle +์์ โinโ or โatโ
137
โข
Situation Dialogue 3
143
โข
Asking Opinions โโฆ์ด๋(์)?โ โHow is โฆ?
145
โข
Adjective (Describing Words) and Their Endings
147
+(์/์ด), +(์/์ด)์, +{์ผ}์ธ์ โข
Adjective Table: Present Tense Endings
150
โข
Vocabulary: Transitional Words
152
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
155
Talking about the time Making appointments Talking about class timetables โข
Situation Dialogue 1
157
โข
Spaces Between Words Revisited
159
โข
๋ฌด์จ: โWhich..?โ; โWhat kind of ..?โ; โWhat..?โ
160
iii
โข
Vocabulary: Question Words
161
โข
Vocabulary: Study ๊ณต๋ถ
161
โข
Telling the Time: # oโclock
162
โข
๋ช: โhow manyโ; โwhat/whichโ; โhowโ
163
โข
Suggestions 1: +์ โLetโsโฆโ
168
โข
Situation Dialogue 2
171
โข
Delimiter Particles โฆ+๋ถํฐ โฆ+๊น์ง: โfromโฆ tillโฆโ
174
โข
Suggestions 2: +{์/ใน}๊น์? โShall weโฆ?โ
178
โข
Situation Dialogue 3
183
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
191
Talking about past events โข
Situation Dialogue 1
193
โข
Verb and Adjectives: Past Tense Endings
195
+(์/์)์ด, +(์/์)์ด์, +{์ผ}์ จ์ด์ โข
Situation Dialogue 2
205
โข
๋ชป โcannotโ or โdid notโ because of inability -
208
unintentionally โข
+๊ฑฐ๋ (์) โIt's because..., (you know)โ
210
โข
Situation Dialogue 3
213
โข
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ and +๊ณ โandโ; โand thenโ
216
โข
Three โandsโ: +ํ๊ณ , +๊ณ and ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ
218
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
225
Ordering in a cafรฉ or restaurant โข
Situation Dialogue 1
227
โข
Asking for Something in a Shop
229
โข
Situation Dialogue 2
235
โข
+{์/ใน}๋์ โI wantโฆโ; โDo you want toโฆ?โ
238
iv
โข
Counting Nouns
242
โข
Situation Dialogue 3
251
โข
Restaurant Related Expressions
255
โข
Pure Korean Numbers
256
โข
Noun +ํ๊ณ , +{์ด}๋, +{๊ณผ/์} โandโ
262
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
265
Asking for and giving prices Asking for a discount โข
Situation Dialogue 1
267
โข
์๋์์; ์๋์ผ โam/are/is notโ
270
โข
์ผ๋ง โHow much?โ
273
โข
Sino-Korean Numbers
274
โข
Telling the Time: # minutes
286
โข
Situation Dialogue 2
289
โข
Rate and Ratio Particle +์ โperโ
292
โข
Delimiter Particle +๋ง โonlyโ
293
โข
Situation Dialogue 3
299
โข
Demonstrative Pronouns:
301
์ด (this), ๊ทธ (that) , ์ (that over there) and ์ด๋ (which) โข
Vocabulary: Colour Terms ์(๊น)
302
โข
Vocabulary: Consumer Items
304
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
313
Talking about yourself and your family โข
Situation Dialogue 1
315
โข
Expressing Your Age
318
โข
Counting Korean Age
319
โข
Addressing Peers at School: ๋ณตํ์
319
v
โข
Education System in Korea
320
โข
Situation Dialogue 2
323
โข
Vocabulary: Faculties and Departments
326
โข
Word Contractions
328
โข
Situation Dialogue 3
331
โข
Vocabulary: Family ๊ฐ์กฑ
334
โข
Honorific Subject and Topic Particles
338
โข
Possessive Pronouns
340
โข
Vocabulary: Occupations ์ง์
342
โข
+{์ด/๊ฐ} ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? โWould you mind telling me
344
โฆ?โ; โMay I please have yourโฆ?โ โข
350
Sending a Text Message
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
355
APPENDIX Notes for Verb and Adjective Tables
374
Special Conjugation Rules of Verb and Adjective
376
Appendix 1: Copular โbeโ
378
Appendix 2: Verb Present Tense Endings
380
Appendix 3: Verb Past Tense Endings
384
Appendix 4: Verb Future Tense Endings
388
Appendix 5: Verbs with
392
+{์/ใน}๊น์?; +{์/ใน}๋์, +{์ผ}์ค๋์?, +{์ผ}์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น?; +{์/ใน}๊ฒ์, +๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค Appendix 6: Verbs with +์; +๊ณ
396
Appendix 7: Verbs with
398
+๋๋ฐ์, +(์/์)๋๋ฐ์, +{์/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ์ Appendix 8: Verbs with
400
+๊ฑฐ๋ ์, +(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ ์, +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ ์
vi
Appendix 9: Casual Verb Endings
402
+(์/์ด), +(์/์)์ด, +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ; +{์/ใน}๊น?; +{์/ใน}๋; +{์/ใน}๊ฒ Appendix 10: Adjective Present Tense Endings
406
Appendix 11: Adjective Past Tense Endings
414
Appendix 12: Adjective Future Tense Endings
422
Appendix 13: Adjectives with +๊ณ ; +๋ค์
430
Appendix 14: Adjectives with
434
+{์/ใด}๋ฐ์, +(์/์)๋๋ฐ์ & +{์/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ์ Appendix 15: Adjectives with
438
+๊ฑฐ๋ ์, +(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ ์ & +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ ์ Appendix 16: Casual Adjective Endings
442
+(์/์ด), +(์/์)์ด, +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ Appendix 17: Particles and Suffixes
446
Appendix 18: Korean Editing Symbols and Handwriting Sheet
448
vii
Preface (the first and second edition)
This textbook began its life as a personal collection of language activities which complemented the textbook Learning Korean: New Directions 1, (Pilot Edition 1) used in some Australian universities including Monash University where we started teaching Korean in 1992. In 1995, this meagre collection grew into a textbook of its own entitled Letรข€™s Speak Korean. The following year the book went through a major change when Douglas Ling, a former student of ours and a lecturer in Film Studies at RMIT University (as a matter of fact, he is happily retired now), started helping us to rephrase the grammar explanations to be more suitable for Australian learners. The book title also changed to Talking to Koreans and we started to build a Korean language learning web site based on the book and kept all the materials on the site open to the public. This open access policy was part of our efforts to promote Korean language in Australia as well as around the world and to help other Korean language educators who strove to provide a better learning environment because of a dearth of Korean language learning materials. During the following years, we kept modifying the book based on studentsรข€™ feedback and needs, added more learning materials to the web, as well as making another title change into the current My Korean in 1998. However, in late 2006, we lost a significant amount of our on-line materials when our university introduced a new university-wide content management system. Only the small amount but most important materials, have been migrated into the new system with generous assistance from the Faculty of Arts. This situation was somewhat disastrous, however, it gave us a chance to rethink not only the whole project but also about our approach to teaching, resulting in another major rewrite for the book.
viii
We have changed all the situation dialogues to make them more authentic. In particular, we have broken away from the conventional method of using mainly polite styles of speech throughout the entire book, because this method tends to create highly unauthentic situations. For example, this method created a very unlikely situation where two close friends used the polite style of speech to each other. Therefore, we have used different styles of speech which are appropriate to each situation, resulting in the use of close friend style of speech in most cases. This style of speech is also more appropriate for our students because they can immediately use it when they talk to one another or when they talk to their Korean friends. Another major change is the use of comics for every situation dialogue to provide more extra-linguistic cues. When we communicate, we use all kind of extra-linguistic cues available to make sense out of each otherโs speech. However, text-only dialogues lack these extra-linguistic cues and make a studentโs job of making sense out of an already foreign language a lot harder. In order to solve this problem, we have used comics alongside the recording of each situation dialogue, turning the dialogue multimodal and as close as to that of a real situation. This multimodal dialogue allows learners make meaning by using a crucial combination of words, graphics and sound. Now, we should like to thank all those who have contributed in different ways to this book: โข
To the Korea Foundation for the 2008 grant which made it possible to include the comics for the situation dialogues and gave us the last push into finishing this book;
โข
To Ju Han Lee from Yeundoo Studio in Korea (http://yeundoo.com) for the front cover design and the comics for the situation dialogues, and Lae-Young Lee for her assistance with comic storyboard descriptions;
โข
To Hye-Jung Kim for most of the illustrations other than the situation dialogue comics;
ix
โข
To Joel Atkinson, Erin Fitzgerald, Stephen Gartlan and Vicky Ryan for formatting and editing;
โข
To Youngsam Moon for providing invaluable information about contemporary Korean expressions used by young people and for various administrative works including organising a recording party and taking part in it himself;
โข
To Jihee Jung, Youngsun Hwang, Seongin Choi, Moon Chung and Seonghwan Ahn for volunteering to do the recording;
โข
To all the past and current students for their valuable feedback and insights which they have let us gain through the collaborative exploration of learning the language;
โข
To Jung Sim Kim, Korean studies subject librarian at Monash University for her hard work in building up the great Korean collection which was invaluable in writing this book;
โข
To our colleagues at the School of Languages, Cultures and Linguistics at Monash University, in particular, Robert Irving, Bruce Jacobs, Helen Marriott, Gloria Davies and Alison Tokita for their support and encouragement;
โข
And last but not least to our good friends, Lendriani and Nigel Thursfield, Vicky and William Quek, Janet and Jim Murray, and Douglas and Helena Ling for their love and support.
Following our open access policy, this book and its accompanying audio files are licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-Noncommercial-Share Alike 2.5 Australia License in the hope that this book will make a small contribution to the development of Korean language education throughout the world. As one of Less Commonly Taught Languages, Korean still suffers from a dearth of learning materials. Korean teachers often have to design their courses and develop learning materials that suit their students on top of their normal teaching duties, let alone their fight to keep the Korean program alive. We have met many marvelous teachers x
over the years and they have been our inspiration. We hope this book will help those teachers in their efforts of creating a better learning environment for their students.
To all, many thanks again for your assistance and encouragement.
Melbourne
Young-A Cho
10 July, 2009
In-Jung Cho
xi
Preface (the third edition) Since the second edition of this textbook was released four years ago, in 2011, we have come to gain more insight into the teaching and learning of the Korean language. This would not have been possible without the constructive comments and feedback provided by our students over the years. We are also thankful to our teaching staff, Danbee Kim, Hye-yun Bae and Jaekyung Roh for their dedication to teaching and for their valuable feedback. In particular, we would like to make a special mention of Danbee Kim, who has made a significant contribution to this second edition, by assisting with improved grammar explanations and better English translation, amongst many other things.
The main areas of revision are: (1) Some grammar explanations have been revised to help increase studentsรข€™ understanding. (2) English translation has been revised to make it more natural. (3) New symbols are used to help students learn Korean grammatical items more effectively.
We hope you find the revisions and improvements contained in this second edition to be helpful for your teaching or learning of the Korean language.
Melbourne
In-Jung Cho
23 January, 2015
Young-A Cho
xii
To the teacher and the learner This book is primarily written for a Korean language university course for beginners, but it may be used in other settings including self-study. The guidelines, therefore, are focused on teaching or learning in a university setting, but we suggest that all the users of the book read them regardless of whether you are a teacher or a student enrolled in a course or you are using it on your own for independent study.
Objectives This book is an introduction to contemporary Korean, with special emphasis on spoken usage for everyday situations. It introduces learners to the Korean alphabet and everyday situations in Korean culture to help them acquire รข€˜survivalรข€™ Korean.
Basic Approach Our experiences of teaching Korean for more than two decades and the results of language learning research tell us that a good foundation of language structures is essential for learners to be successful. This book, therefore, concentrates on giving learners a good working knowledge of the basic structure and grammar of the Korean language with a limited number of vocabulary items that are frequently used in everyday situations. Once they acquire this knowledge, they can expand their vocabulary quite easily on their own as need arises. This approach can also maximise small contact hours (usually four to five hours a week) available in many university settings.
Structure of the book This book is organised into ten units and is basically taught one unit per week in one semester. Each unit is composed of three situation dialogues, grammar
xiii
explanations and various tasks such as role plays, listening, writing and reading. The first two units are essentially about some Korean sounds and the Korean alphabet. Unit One presents usual greetings and introductions through which learners familiarize themselves with the sounds of the Korean language. Unit Two deals with the Korean alphabet and is the only unit without any situation dialogues. Once the students learn the Korean alphabetic symbols and how these are put together to create meaningful sounds, they should be able to improve their skills of reading aloud Korean writing over the course of the rest of the book. Unit Three and Four introduce the basic Korean sentence structure, which is in the order of Subject-Object-Verb, compared to the English order of Subject-Verb-Object. You should not try to understand all of the expressions in the situation dialogues in Unit Three. We have tried to make the situation dialogues as natural as possible and this has resulted in the inclusion of a few expressions that are a bit challenging at this early stage of learning. Unit Five is a crucial one which deals with verb conjugations for the first time. It shows how to attach present tense endings to verb stems, which are one of many to follow. It is, therefore, vital that students fully grasp this grammar point. Unit Six deals with how to make simple suggestions and also introduces pure Korean numbers one to twelve in the form of telling the time. This is done deliberately to prepare the learners for the counting nouns to be introduced in Unit Eight, and also to expose them to the forms of pure Korean numbers one to four used in conjunction with counting nouns before they learn the full forms of these numbers. Unit Seven deals with the past tense verb endings. Once the students learn these, they can virtually talk about the events of all three tenses, that is, past, present and future time because the present tense endings in Korean can be used for many future events as well. Unit Eight and Nine are essentially xiv
about buying things that involves the learning of pure Korean numbers and Sino-Korean numbers. Unit Ten presents how to talk about yourself and your family. There are eighteen appendices. Appendices One to Sixteen have verb and adjective conjugation tables. Appendix Seventeen is a list of the particles and suffixes covered in the book. Appendix Eighteen is a list of basic Korean editing symbols and a handwriting sheet, which can be used for writing practice or writing assignments.
Situation dialogues, role plays and listening tasks As mentioned above, each unit is composed of three situation dialogues, grammar explanations and various tasks such as role plays, listening, writing and reading. The situation dialogues, role plays and listening tasks require some explanation. The situation dialogues are presented in two modes: comics and text-only mode. Comics are used to provide extra-linguistic cues which are normally available when we communicate. The comics and the recording of each situation dialogue provide multimodal language input to help studentsรข€™ job of making meaning. There are also some differences in spellings used in the comics and the corresponding text-only dialogue. We use the colloquial version in the comics to show how some words are pronounced differently from their standard spellings. The situation dialogues are also presented in two settings: the Korean setting and the Australian setting. The first setting involves mainly two Korean university students, Minseo Kim and Jihun Park. The second setting revolves around three university students, Minjun Kim, Paul Smith and Hyeonu Lee, who are studying in Australia. The presence of any of these characters will tell you in which setting each dialogue is taking place. The role plays are somewhat mechanical and different from those based on communicative methods. They are to provide a more interesting setting for the practice of speaking and listening. They can, however, be used xv
as a basis for the more communicative nature of role plays by encouraging the students to be more creative and to play with the language. The listening tasks are from our old out-of-print listening book Elementary Task-Centered Listening Comprehension of Korean 1, which was published in 1994 and later changed its title into Korean Through Active Listening 1. The listening book was always used alongside the textbook until it became out of print in early 2008. This development has allowed the incorporation of the listening tasks into the textbook, resulting in the more rounded and user-friendly textbook. We have to admit that the expressions in the listening tasks are not as natural as they should be, but they still provide good input via listening, which is very important in language learning. The listening tasks do not have answer keys. It has only the transcript at the end of the book and the learners are required to find the answers themselves first by listening and then by reading.
Romanisation This book has used the Korean government romanisation system.
xvi
About symbols used in this book These symbols are designed to help you learn Korean grammatical items more effectively. At the beginning, you may need some time to familiarise yourself with these symbols. However, as you progress throughout this book, you will find these symbols to be very useful for your Korean language learning. Symbol
Meaning
Example
+(a/b)
This symbol is used for the adjective and verb endings which follow the โlast vowelโ rule. When the last vowel in a preceding stem/word is โใ โ or โใ โ, the element โaโ should be used. Otherwise, the element โbโ should be used. Parentheses without a slash inside means the part inside them can be omitted without causing any significant change in its overall meaning. This symbol is used for the grammatical items which follow the โconsonant or vowelโ rule. That is, when a preceding word ends in a consonant, the first element โaโ is used, and when it ends in a vowel, the second element โbโ is used. This symbol is also used for the grammatical items which follow the โconsonant or vowelโ rule. That is, the first element โaโ is used only when a preceding word ends in a consonant. The backward slash used without parentheses or braces means that โaโ and โbโ are interchangeable. The particles ๋ and ๋ฅผ are often shortened in spoken Korean to ใด and ใน respectively and integrated with their preceding syllables, as in ๋ + ๋ ๏ง ๋ and ๋ + ๋ฅผ ๏ง๋. The subscripts mean these shortened forms.
+(์/์ด)์ +(์/์)์ด์
( )
+{a/b}
+{a}
a/b
subscript
xvii
์ด๋(์)์
+{์/ใน}๊น์? +{์ด/๊ฐ}
+{์ผ}์ธ์ +{์ด}๋
+๋?/๋?
+๋ใด +๋ฅผใน +{์/๋ใด}
1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
Unit Focus: โข Greetings and Introductions o Greetings o Introducing Yourself o Introducing Others o +{i-e-yo/ ye-yo} โamโ; โareโ; โisโ o Korean Names o Addressing People at the Office: Titles o Addressing Peers at School: โseonbaeโ and โhubaeโ o Addressing Unknown People at the Shops o Saying Goodbye o Greeting, Thanks and Other Expressions
2
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
3
Situation Dialogue 1 Paul, Minseo, Minjun and Jihun are introducing themselves. Kim
Annyeong๏haseyo?
Hello,
Minseo:
Jeoneun โKim Minseoโyeyo.
Iโm ๏ผญinseo Kim.
Yeonse daehakgyo๏eseo
Iโm majoring in English
yeongmunhak
Literature at Yonsei
jeongong๏haeyo. Uri oppa๏yeyo.
University. This is my older brother. (Lit. our older brother)
Kim
Annyeong๏haseyo?
Hello,
Minjun:
โKim Minjunโimnida.
Iโm Minjun Kim.
Hoju โMonashโ daehakgyo
Iโm an exchange student from
gyohwan๏haksaeng๏imnida. Je chingu โPaulโimnida.
Monash University in Australia. This is my friend, Paul.
Paul
Annyeong๏haseyo?
Hello.
Smith:
โPaul Smithโimnida.
Iโm Paul Smith.
Jeodo โMonashโ daehak
Iโm also a student from
haksaeng๏imnida. Hangugeo๏hago gyeongjehak
Monash University. I study Korean language and Economics.
gongbu๏hamnida. Park
Jeoneun minseo namja chingu
Iโm Minseoโs boyfriend, Jihun
Jihun:
โPark Jihunโirago hamnida.
Park.
(Mineso squints at Jihun.)
(Mineso squints at Jihun.)
Namja chingu anieyo.
Heโs not my boyfriend.
Kim Minseo:
The romanization used in this textbook is the official Korean language romanization system in the Republi of Korea.
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
4
Vocabulary Annyeongโ haseyo? Hello; How do you do?
gyohwanโ haksaeng
exchange student
jeoneun
jeo I /me +neun topic particle am/are/is {polite}
chingu
friend
jeodo
jeo I/me +do also/too
yeonse daehakgyo
Yonsei University
daehak
university
+eseo
at; in
haksaeng
student
yeongmunhak
English literature
hangugeo
Korean (language)
jeongongโ haeyo
major in
hago
and; with
je
my
gyeongjehak
economics
oppa
older brother (term used by females) am/are/is {polite}
gongbuโ hamnida
study{formal}
namja chingu
Boyfriend
+imnida
am/are/is {formal}
+irago hamnida
am/is called {formal}
hoju
Australia
aniyeyo
am/are/is not
monaesi daehakgyo
Monash University
+yeyo
+ieyo
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
5
Greetings There are three basic ways to greet someone in Korean, depending on what degree of politeness and/or formality the situation requires: โข
์๋ ? An-nyeong?
Hi. (casual โ rarely used among older adults)
โข
์๋ ํ์ธ์? An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?
Hello. (honorific)
โข
์๋ ํ์ญ๋๊น? How do you do? (honorific, formal) An-nyeong-ha-sim-ni-kka?
Generally, you should use the honorific form (unless you are close friends): Jack:
์๋ ํ์ธ์? An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?
Olivia: ์๋ ํ์ธ์? An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?
However, when a student greets a teacher, the formal expression can be used: Student:
์ ์๋,1 ์๋ ํ์ญ๋๊น? Seon-saeng-nim, an-nyeong-ha-sim-ni-kka?
Teacher: ์๋ ํ์ธ์? An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
6
And when two young people bump into each other on the street, they can just say ์๋ ? (An-nyeong?). Or they might say: Amanda:
Susan,1 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ๋? Susan, eo-di ga-ni? (Susan, are you going somewhere?)
Susan:
์, ์ด๋ ๊ฐ. Eung, eo-di ga.
(Yeah, I am. Lit. I am going somewhere.)
Note 1: The student addresses the teacher by the title โ์ ์๋ (Seon-saengnim)โ, which is respectful. On the other hand, Amanda just addresses her close friend by name. (There will be more on titles later).
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
7
Introducing Yourself When meeting somebody for the first time, you can say: โข
๋ง๋์ ๋ฐ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค. Itโs nice to meet you. Man-na-seo ban-gap-seum-ni-da. OR
โข
์ฒ์ ๋ต๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค.
Itโs a pleasure to meet you.
Cheo-eum boep-get-seum-ni-da. (Although very similar in meaning, ์ฒ์ ๋ต๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค literally means โFirst time to see youโ and sounds more formal than ๋ง๋์ ๋ฐ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค.) And then introduce yourself: โข
Robert ์ ๋๋ค.
(I) am Robert.
Robert-im-ni-da. โข
Robert ๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค. (I) am Robert. (Lit. I am called โRobertโ.) Robert-ra-go ham--ni-da.
You may have noticed that the pronoun โIโ is omitted, as is normally the case in Korean sentences where the subject is obvious.
When referring to the person you are addressing, the Korean pronoun for โyouโ is almost never used: โข
Robert ๋?
Are (you) Robert?
Robert-ni?
(casual)
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
8
Introducing Others When introducing somebody, you can use: โข
(์ด๋ถ์) ๊น ์ ์๋์ด์ธ์.
(honorific)
I-bun-eun Kim Seon-saeng-nim-i-se-yo This (distinguished person) is Mr. Kim. โข
(์ด์ชฝ์) John ์ด์์.
(polite)
I-tchog-eun John-i-e-yo. This (person) is John. โข
์ ์น๊ตฌ Paul ์ ๋๋ค.
(formal)
Je chin-gu โPaulโ-im-n-ida. This is my friend, Paul. โข
Paul ์ด์ผ.
(casual)
โPaulโ-i-ya. This is Paul.
You will notice that the term for โthis (person)โ is different in each sentence, and so is the final ending. The term and ending used in the first sentence show a greater level of respect, and are termed โhonorificโ. (์ด๋ถ์ literally means โthis distinguished personโ, whereas ์ด์ชฝ์ literally means โover hereโ.) You can also introduce someone without saying โThis isโ in casual speech. The use of different verb endings will be introduced in later units.
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
9
+{i-e-yo/ye-yo} โamโ; โareโ; โisโ We use ending +์ด์์ (i-e-yo) or +์์ (ye-yo) when we want to say who someone is. In English, you have to change the verb โto beโ depending on who you are talking about. For example โI am...โ, โYou are...โ, โShe is ...โ, โThey are...โ. However, in Korean, the change is dependent on whether the last letter of the personโs name is a consonant or vowel. โข
If the noun ends in a consonant: +์ด์์ (i-e-yo) ์ ๋ ๊น๋ฏผ์ค์ด์์.
I am Minjun Kim.
Jeo-neun Kim Minjun-i-e-yo. โข
If the noun ends in a vowel: +์์ (ye-yo) ์ ๋ ๊น๋ฏผ์์์.
I am Minseo Kim.
Jeo-neun Kim Minseo-ye-yo.
This structure has the general form โA is Bโ (when B is a noun and not an adjective) and is therefore widely used. Note that โAโ must be a noun, pronoun or wh-question word, and โBโ must be a noun and not an adjective. For example, you cannot use this form to say โHe is stupidโ. You will study this in more detail further on.
The very casual version of +์ด์์ (i-e-yo) or +์์ (ye-yo) is +์ด์ผ (i-ya) or +์ผ (ya) which follow the exactly same rule explained above. The formal version however has only one form, +์ ๋๋ค (im-ni-da). Noun + {i-e-yo/ye-yo}
(polite)
Noun + {i-ya/ya}
(casual)
Noun + im-ni-da
(formal)
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
10
Task 1: Role Play Introduce yourself to the other students, using the dialogue below. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue 1] An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?
Hello.
[Name]-im-in-da
Iโm [name].
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue 2] An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?
Hello.
[Name]-( i)-e-yo
Iโm [name].
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue 3] An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?
Hello.
[Name]-( i)-ra-go-ham-ni-da
Iโm [name].
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue 4] An-nyeong-ha-sim-ni-kka?
How do you do?
[Name]-( i)-ra-go-ham-ni-da
Iโm [name].
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
11
12
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
13
Situation Dialogue 2 Kim Yeongjun is meeting a businessman, Robert Irving, at the airport. Irving: Annyeongโ hasimnikka?
Kim:
How do you do?
โRobert Irvingโimnida.
Iโm Robert Irving.
Annyeongโ hasimnikka?
How do you do?
โKim Yeongjunโimnida. .
Iโm Kim Yongjun.
Irving: Mannaseo bangapโ seumnida.
Itโs nice to meet you.
Kim:
Itโs a pleasure to meet you.
Cheoeum boepgetโ seumnida.
Note: When businessmen from different companies meet, they will normally shake hands and exchange name cards (๋ช ํจ myeong-ham).
Vocabulary Annyeongโ hasimnikka?
How do you do? (honorific, formal)
+imnida.
am/are/is (formal)
mannaseo
[manna meet +seo because]
bangapโ seumnida
am/is/are glad (formal)
cheoeum
the first time
boepgetโ seumnida
meet (with pleasure) (formal)
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
14
Korean Names Korean names consist of a family name followed by a given name. Most Korean given names are comprised of two syllables, though some only have one. The three most common family names in Korea are ๊น (Kim), ์ด (Yi, often written Lee), and ๋ฐ (Park). Together, these three names account for around 45% of the population.
Family name groups are divided by patrilineal decent into branches or clans. (There are about 280 such branches of Kim). Until recently, it was illegal for people of the same branch to marry, no matter how distantly related. Branches are usually identified by a place name where the clan is said to have originated, such as โGyeongju Kimโ.
Common Korean family names: ๊น Kim
์ด Yi
๋ฐ Pak
์ต Choe
์ Cheong
์กฐ Cho
์ฅ Chang
์ค Yun
์ Sin
ํ Han
ํ Hong
์ Yu
๊ฐ Kang
์ก Song
Korean given names are typically comprised of Sino-Korean characters, ํ์ (hanja), traditionally chosen with the help of a fortune-teller. Some parents now give their children names that can only be written in the Korean alphabet, ํ๊ธ (hangeul).
Below are the top five baby names for boys and girls in 2013, often used in television dramas:
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
15
2013 ์ฌ์: ์์ค (Female) Seoyun
์์ฐ Seoyeon
๋ฏผ์ Minseo
์ํ Seohyeon
์ง๋ฏผ Jimin
๋จ์: (Male)
์์ค Seojun
์ฃผ์ Juwon
ํ์ค Hajun
์์ค Yejun
๋ฏผ์ค Minjun
The following are common names in 2006, 1995, 1975 and 1945 respectively. Note the female names from 1945 end with โjaโ, equivalent to the โkoโ common in Japanese female names. This reflects the Japanese colonial period, which ended in that year:
2005 ์ฌ์: (Female)
์์ฐ Seoyeon
๋ฏผ์ Minseo
์ํ Seohyeon
์๋น Subin
์ ์ง Yujin
๋จ์: (Male)
๋ฏผ์ค Minjun
ํ์ฐ Hyeonu
๋ํ Donghyeon
์คํ Junhyeok
๋ฏผ์ฌ Minjae
1995 ์ฌ์: (Female)
์ ์ง Yujin
๋ฏผ์ง Minji
์ง์ Jieun
์งํ Jihyeon
์ง์ Jiwon
๋จ์: (Male)
์งํ Jihun
๋ํ Donghyeon
ํ์ฐ Hyeonu
์ค์ Junyeong
์ฌํ Jaehyeon
1975 ์ฌ์: (Female)
๋ฏธ์ Miyeong
์์ Eunjeong
์์ฃผ Eunju
์์ Eunyeong
ํ์ฃผ Hyeonju
๋จ์: (Male)
์ ํ Jeonghun
์ฑํธ Seongho
์ฑํ Seonghun
์ฑ์ง Seongjin
์ ํธ Jeongho
1945 ์ฌ์: (Female)
์์ Yeongja
์ ์ Jeongja
์์ Sunja
์ถ์ Chunja
๊ฒฝ์ Gyeongja
๋จ์: (Male)
์์ Yeongsu
์ํธ Yeongho
์์ Yeongsik
์ ์ Jeongung
์๊ธธ Yeonggil
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
16
Addressing People at the Office: Titles In Korea titles are very important in showing respect to someone with a higher position than you. Therefore, if someone has a title and you know it, you must use it. For example, if someone is a manager, you will call them โmanagerโ nimโ, even if they are not your manager. You will notice that that these titles have โnimโ at the end of them, which is used to show respect to seniors.
Other titles for superiors include: โข
์ค๋ฏธ์ค ๊ต์๋
Professor Smith
Smith gyo-su-nim โข
๊น ์ฌ์ฅ๋
Company President Kim
Kim sa-jang-nim
Examples: (1)
๋ฐ ์ ์๋ ์์ผ์ธ์.
Mr. Park, please have a seat.
Pak Seon-saeng-nim an-jeu-se-yo.
(2)
(A police officer addressing an older gentleman.) ์ ์๋, ์ ์ชฝ์ผ๋ก ๊ฐ์ญ์์ค.
Sir, please move over there.
Seonsaengnim, jeojjogeuro gasipsio.
When people have no title and are of equal or lower status than you, you can use their full name +์จ(ssi). For example, if the lowest person in the office is called Yeong-Jun Kim, you would refer to them as โKim Yeong-Jun ssiโ. It is rude however to use โssiโ if you are a junior to the person you are addressing.
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
17
โssiโ should also be used after someoneโs given name where there is equal status, but it is offensive to address anyone by โtheir surname and ์จ(ssi)โ, such as โ๊น ์จ(Kim ssi)โ, so be careful!
18
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
Addressing Peers at School: โseonbaeโ and โhubaeโ In Korea, age is very important in establishing the relationship between speakers. Therefore, when you are at university, you will need to address people in the years above or below you with special titles. The title for someone in a year above you is โ์ ๋ฐฐ (seonbae)โ and โํ๋ฐฐ (hubae)โ is used for someone in a lower year level. For example, if you are a 2nd year student, you are the โseonbaeโ of a 1st year student and โhubaeโ of a 3rd year student. The same is true when the difference in year is greater than just one year.
If you are not very close to the person in the higher year level, you would add the respectful โ๋ (nim)โ to the title, so that they are called โseonbaenimโ. However, if you are very close to the person in the higher year level, you may address them by one of the kinship terms (hyeong, nuna, eonni, oppa).
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
19
Addressing Unknown People at the Shops Although shop assistants wear name tags, they will never use their given name to introduce themselves. (You will never have someone say โHi, Please call me Samโ to you in Korea, even though this might be appropriate in Australia.)
Depending on the shop, the shop assistant will use โsonnim (customer)โ or โgogaek-nim (distinguished customer)โ to address you, or sometimes by a kinship term.
For example, a young clerk at the bank may address a customer with the polite and neutral term โseonsaeng-nim (Mr/Ms/Teacher)โ or โgogaek-nim (Dear customer)โ. At a market, young female customers may be addressed as โeonni (older sister)โ if the shop keeper is a female, while โajummaโ will be used for middle aged women, and โajeossi' for middle aged men. Elderly customers may be referred to as โharabeoji (grandfather)โ or โabeonim (honorific word for another personโs father)โ for men and โhalmeoni (grandmother)โ or โeomeonim (honorific word for another personโs mother) for women.
If you need to call out to a staff member to attract their attention, the term you use depends on the type of business. If you are at a cafรฉ or restaurant, you can use a kinship term, for example to a young female waitress using โeonniโ if you are a female, but often people do not use any terms but simply say, โyeogiyo!โ (literally over here!) to get attention. In most shops, you can use kinship terms as described above (i.e. eonni, ajumma, ajeossi, harabeoji, halmeoni, etc.). At smaller restaurants, โimo (literally aunty from motherโs side)โ is another commonly used kinship term to address the older ladies working there.
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
20
Task 2: Role Play Move around the classroom and introduce yourself to the other students, using the dialogue below. Write down your classmatesโ names. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:
B:
An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?
Hello.
[Name]-im-ni-da
Iโm [name].
Cheo-eum boep-get-seum-ni-da.
Itโs a pleasure to meet you.
[Name]-im-in-da
Iโm [name].
Man-na-seo pan-gap-seumnida.
Itโs nice to meet you.
์ด๋ฆ ireum (name)
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
21
Task 3: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) ์๋ ํ์ธ์? An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?
Hello./ How are you?
๋ง๋์ ๋ฐ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค. Man-na-seo ban-gap-seum-ni-da
It's nice to meet you.
A+์ด์์/์์. A-i-e-yo/ye-yo
I'm A.
์ฒ์ ๋ต๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. Cheo-eum boep-get-seum-ni-da.
Itโs a pleasure to meet you.
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) (first or full name) ์จ (ssi) polite neutral title such as Mr. and Ms.
โ Listen carefully to the following dialogue in which two people are greeting each other. Draw lines connecting pairs of people who are greeting each other. Ready? Listen! 1.ํ ๋ง์ค Thomas
a.์์ง Yeongjin (male)
2.์์ Susan
b.์๋ฏธ Sumi (female)
3.ํด Paul
c.์ ์ Seonyeong (female)
4.์๋ง๋ค Amanda
d.๋ฏผ์ญ Minseop (male)
22
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
23
Situation Dialogue 3 Robert Irving is leaving Korea and saying goodbye to Kim Yeongjun. Irving:
Kim:
Gamsaโ hamnida.
Thank you.
Annyeonghi gyesipsio.
Goodbye.
Annyeonghi gasipsio.
Goodbye.
Minjunโs sister is seeing him off as he goes to Australia as an exchange student. Minseo:
Oppa, jal ga.
Bye, Minjun. (Lit. Older brother, go well.)
Minjun:
Jal isseo.
Bye. Take care. (Lit. Stay well.)
Minseo:
Jeonhwaโ hae.
Call me.
Minjun:
Arasseo.
Okay.
Vocabulary gamsaโ hamnida
thank you (formal)
annyeonghi
safely/in good health/in peace
gyesipsio
stay; be (honorific, formal)
gasipsio
go (honorific, formal)
oppa
older brother (term used by females)
jal
well
ga
go (casual)
isseo
stay (casual)
jeonhwaโ hae
ring; call (casual)
arasseo
okay; alright; got it. (casual)
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
24
Saying Goodbye When saying goodbye to one who is leaving, you can say: โข
์๋ ํ ๊ฐ์ธ์. An-nyeong-hi ga-se-yo.
โข
์๋ ํ ๊ฐ์ญ์์ค. An-nyeong-hi ga-sip-s-io. (Honorific, formal)
โข
์ ๊ฐ. Jal ga.
(honorific)
(casual)
When you are saying goodbye to one who is staying, you can say: โข
์๋ ํ ๊ณ์ธ์. An-nyeong-hi gye-se-yo.
โข
์๋ ํ ๊ณ์ญ์์ค. An-nyeon-ghi gye-sip-si-o.(Honorific, formal)
โข
์ ์์ด. Jal iss-eo.
(honorific)
(casual)
Younger people who are close friends will often just say to each other, โ์๋ Annyeongโ in both instances.
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
25
Task 4: Writing How should you say goodbye in the following situations? You areโฆ
talking toโฆ
atโฆ
student
teacher
street
student
teacher
teacherโs office
student
friend
street
student
friend
friendโs home
customer
pharmacist
pharmacy
waitress
customer
restaurant
son/daughter
mother
home
bank teller
customer
bank
businessman
client
airport
so you sayโฆ Annyeonghi gaseyo.
Danyeoโ ogetโ seumnida 1
Note 1: An expression used to say goodbye to someone much older than you (e.g. parents) when you are leaving home but will be returning later.
Task 5: Role Play When you leave at the end of the class, say goodbye to your teacher (who is staying) and your classmates (who are leaving).
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
26
Task 6: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) ์๋ ํ ๊ฐ์ธ์/๊ฐ์ญ์์ค.
Goodbye to one who is leaving.
An-nyeong-hi ga-se-yo/ga-sip-s-io. ์๋ ํ ๊ณ์ธ์/๊ณ์ญ์์ค.
Goodbye to one who is staying.
An-nyeong-hi gye-se-yo/gye-sip-s-io. โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์ ์ seonsaeng
teacher
+๋ nim
sir/madam
โ You are going to hear some dialogue in which two people are saying goodbye to each other. As you know, Korean has different expressions for "Goodbye" depending on whether it is directed to someone leaving or staying. Listen carefully and write down L(eaving) in the box next to the people who are leaving and S(taying) to the people who are staying. Ready? Listen!
1. ํ ๋ง์ค Thomas
์๋ฏธ Sumi (female)
2. ์์ง Yeongjin (male)
์์ Susan
3. ํด Paul
์ ์๋ (teacher) seonsaengnim
4. ๋ฏผ์ญ Minseop (male)
์๋ง๋ค Amanda
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
27
Greetings, Thanks and Other Expressions (1)
์๋ ? An-nyeong?
(2)
์๋ ํ์ธ์? (honorific) An-nyeong-ha-se-yo?
Hello; How are you?
(3)
์๋ ํ์ญ๋๊น? (honorific, formal) An-nyeong-ha-sim-ni-kka?
How do you do?
(4)
๋ง๋์ ๋ฐ๊ฐ์์. (polite) Man-na-seo ban-ga-wo-yo๏ผ
Nice to meet you.
(5)
๋ง๋์ ๋ฐ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค. (formal) Man-na-seo ban-gap-seum-ni-da๏ผ
Itโs nice to meet you.
(6)
์ฒ์ ๋ต๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. (formal) Cheo-eum boep-get-seum-ni-da.
Itโs a pleasure to meet
(7)
์ค๋๋ง์ด๋ค!/์ค๋๋ง์ด์ผ! (casual) O-raen-man-i-da!/ O-raen-man-i-ya!
Long time no see!
(8)
์ค๋๋ง์ด์์. (polite) O-raen-man-i-e-yo.
Long time no see.
(9)
์ค๋๋ง์ ๋๋ค. (formal) O-raen -man-im-ni-da.
Itโs been a long time.
(10)
์ด๋ป๊ฒ ์ง๋ด? Eo-tteo-ke ji-nae?
How are things?
(11)
์ด๋ป๊ฒ ์ง๋ด์? (polite) Eo-tteo-ke ji-nae-yo?
How are things going?
(12)
์ด๋ป๊ฒ ์ง๋ด์ธ์? (honorific) Eo-tteo-ke ji-nae-se-yo?
How are you doing?
(casual)
(casual)
Hi! (rarely used among older adults)
you.
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
28 (13)
์ ์ง๋ด. Jal ji-nae.
(casual)
Iโm doing well.
(14)
์ ์ง๋ด์. Jal ji-nae-yo.
(polite)
Iโm well.
(15)
๊ทธ์ ๊ทธ๋. Geu-jeo geu-rae.
(casual)
Not bad./ So-so.
(16)
๊ทธ์ ๊ทธ๋์. (polite) Geu-jeo geu-rae-yo.
Iโm doing alright.
(17)
๋ ๋ด. / ๋ ๋ณด์. Tto bwa./ Tto bo-ja.
(casual)
See you again./ See ya!
(18)
๋ ๋ต๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. (formal) Tto boep-ge-sseum-ni-da.
Hope to see you again.
(19)
๋ฏธ์ํด. Mi-an-hae.
(casual)
Sorry.
(20)
๋ฏธ์ํฉ๋๋ค. Mi-an-ham-ni-da.
(formal)
Iโm sorry.
(21)
์ฃ์กํฉ๋๋ค. joe-song-ham-ni-da.
(formal)
Iโm sorry. (sounds more polite than ๋ฏธ์ํฉ๋๋ค.)
(22)
๋ฆ์ด์ ์ฃ์กํฉ๋๋ค. (formal) Neoj-eo-seo joe-song-ham-ni-da.
Iโm sorry Iโm late.
(23)
๊ด์ฐฎ์. Gwaen-chan-a.
(casual)
(24)
๊ด์ฐฎ์์. Gwaen-chan-a-yo.
(polite)
No problem. (responding to someone apologising to you) Itโs alright./ Itโs okay.
(25)
๊ด์ฐฎ์ต๋๋ค. (formal) Gwaen-chan-sseum-ni-da.
Itโs alright./ Itโs okay.
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
29
(26)
๊ณ ๋ง์. Go-ma-wo.
(27)
๊ณ ๋ง์ต๋๋ค. (formal) Go-map-seum-ni-da.
Thank you.
(28)
๊ฐ์ฌํฉ๋๋ค. Gam-sa-ham-ni-da.
Thank you.
(29)
๋ญ./ ์๋์ผ. Mwol./ A-ni-ya.
(casual)
Itโs nothing./ No problem. (responding to someone thanking you)
(30)
๋ญ์. Mwol-yo.
(polite)
Youโre welcome. /Itโs nothing. (responding to someone thanking you)
(31)
์๋์์. A-ni-e-yo.
(polite)
Youโre welcome./Itโs nothing. (Lit. It is not.)
(32)
์./ ์ด. Eung/eo.
(casual)
Yeah./Yep.
(33)
๋ค./ ์. Ne/Ye.
(polite)
Yes.
(34)
์ ๊ธฐ์! Jeo-gi-yo.
(polite)
Excuse me! (drawing someoneโs attention)
(35)
์ ๊น๋ง./์ ์๋ง. (casual) Jam-kkan-man./Jam-si-man.
Just a minute./ Hang on.
(36)
์ ๊น๋ง์./์ ์๋ง์. (polite) Jam-kkan-man-yo/Jam-si-man-yo.
Just a minute, please.
(37)
์๋. A-ni.
Nope./Nah.
(casual)
(formal)
(casual)
Thanks๏ผ
UNIT 1 ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
30 (38)
์๋์./ ์๋จ. A-ni-yo/A-nyo.
(polite)
No.
(39)
์ ๊ฐ. Jal ga.
(casual)
Goodbye. (to someone leaving)
(40)
์ ๊ฐ์. Jal ga-yo.
(polite)
Goodbye. (to someone leaving)
(41)
์๋ ํ ๊ฐ์ธ์. (honorific) An-nyeong-hi ga-se-yo.
Goodbye. (to someone leaving)
(42)
์๋ ํ ๊ฐ์ญ์์ค. (formal) An-nyeong-hi ga-sip-si-o.
Goodbye. (to someone leaving)
(43)
์ ์์ด. Jal iss-eo.
(casual)
Goodbye. (to someone staying)
(44)
์ ์์ด์. Jal iss-eo-yo.
(polite)
Goodbye. (to someone staying)
(45)
์๋ ํ ๊ณ์ธ์. (honorific) An-nyeong-hi gye-se-yo.
Goodbye. (to someone staying)
(46)
์๋ ํ ๊ณ์ญ์์ค. (formal) An-nyeong-hi gye-sip-si-o.
Goodbye. (to someone staying)
2 ํ๊ธ
Unit Focus: โข Reading Hangeul โข Writing Hangeul โข Sound Shifts โข Classroom Expressions
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
32
Hangeul We write English by stringing individual letters together. But when using the Korean writing system Hangeul, we have to think in terms of syllables. A simple example is the word โCanadaโ - Ca-na-da. In Korean this becomes ์บ๋๋ค. Every Korean syllable occupies the same amount of space, no matter how many characters are in the syllable, and are written to fit into a square box. Like English, Hangeul is comprised of consonants and vowels.
์บ ๋ ๋ค kae
camera
Peter
Mary
banana
radio
na
ca-me-ra
Pe-ter
Ma-ry
ba-na-na
ra-di-o
da
์นด
๋ฉ
๋ผ
ka
me
ra
ํผ
ํฐ
pi
teo
๋ฉ
๋ฆฌ
me
ri
๋ฐ
๋
๋
ba
na
na
๋ผ
๋
์ค
ra
di
o
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
33
Basic Consonants (1)
ใฑ
g/k
(as in game or kid)
(2)
ใท
d/t
(as in dog or tiger)
(3)
ใ
b/p
(as in bed or pig)
(4)
ใ
j
(as in judge)
(5)
ใ
s
(as in speech)
(6)
ใ
m
(as in mother)
(7)
ใด
n
(as in noise)
(8)
ใน
r/l
(as in rain or lily)
(9)
ใ
h
(as in high)
(10)
ใ 1
ng
(as in sing) This sound only applies when ใ is the final consonant of a syllable. When the same symbol is used at the start of a syllable it has no sound value, and acts as a dummy consonant for syllables that begin with a vowel.
Note: According to the original Hunmin Jeongeum text: ใฑ depicts the root of the tongue blocking the throat; ใด depicts the outline of the tongue touching the upper palate; ใ depicts the outline of the mouth; ใ depicts the outline of the incisors (the teeth at the front); ใ depicts the outline of the throat.
The other symbols were derived by adding strokes to the basic ones.
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
34
Practise writing the consonants, paying attention to the stroke order shown below.
Symbol Sound Name giyeok g/k
๊ธฐ์ญ nieun
n
๋์ digeut
d/t
๋๊ทฟ rieul
r/l
๋ฆฌ์ mieum
M
๋ฏธ์ biup
b/p
๋น์ siot
s
์์ท ieung
ร/ng
์ด์ jieut
j
์ง์ hieut
h
ํ์
ใฑใฑใฑใฑใฑใฑ ใดใด ใด ใด ใด ใด ใทใทใทใทใทใท ในในในในในใน ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
35
The Pure Vowel The vowel ใ is equivalent to the second and last โaโ in Canada. You make this sound by simply opening your mouth wide. Practise writing the consonants on the left with ใ to form syllables.
ใฑ
๊ฐ
๊ฐ ๊ฐ ๊ฐ ๊ฐ ๊ฐ ๊ฐ ๊ฐ
ใด
๋
๋ ๋ ๋ ๋ ๋ ๋ ๋
ใท
๋ค
๋ค ๋ค ๋ค ๋ค ๋ค ๋ค ๋ค
ใน
๋ผ
๋ผ ๋ผ ๋ผ ๋ผ ๋ผ ๋ผ ๋ผ
ใ
๋ง
๋ง ๋ง ๋ง ๋ง ๋ง ๋ง ๋ง
ใ
๋ฐ
๋ฐ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ ๋ฐ
ใ
์ฌ
์ฌ ์ฌ ์ฌ ์ฌ ์ฌ ์ฌ ์ฌ
ใ
์
์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์
ใ
์
์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์
ใ
ํ
ํ ํ ํ ํ ํ ํ ํ
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
36 With these syllables we can now create some Korean words:
(1)
๊ฐ๋
ga-na
Ghana (African country)
(2)
๋๋ผ
na-ra
country
(3)
๋ค๋ฆฌ
da-ri
leg; bridge
(4)
๋ผ๋์ค
ra-di-o
radio
(5)
๋ง์ฐจ
ma-cha
carriage
(6)
๋ฐ๋ค
ba-da
ocean
(7)
์ฌ์
sa-ja
lion
(8)
์
ja
ruler
(9)
ํ๋
ha-na
one
Each word above is made up of syllables containing an initial consonant and a vowel. This is a basic rule โ every written Korean syllable must contain an initial consonant and a vowel.
(10) ์๊ธฐ
a-gi
baby
(11) ์๋ด
a-nae
wife
(12) ์๋
a-rae
under; below
(13) ์๋ง
a-ma
perhaps
(14) ์์์
a-si-a
Asia
(15) ์๋ฆฌ์
a-ri-a
aria
In this group, there are syllables that begin with the dummy consonant ใ , which has no sound value. Remember, there has to be a consonant at the beginning of each syllable!
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
37
(16) ์ฌ๋
sa-rang
love
(17) ์ฐ
san
mountain
(18) ์ฌ๋
sa-ram
person
(19) ๊ฐ
gang
river
(20) ์ฅ๋ง
jang-ma
long rain
This last group includes syllables that also have a final consonant. These syllables must still fit into the โsquare boxโ even though there is an extra letter. The space occupied by the initial consonant and the vowel is reduced to allow room underneath for the final consonant.
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
38
Task 1: Listen and Write Listen and fill in the missing first consonant in the space in each box. The first two have been done for you. 1.
๊ฐ ๋
Ghana
2.
๊ฐ
river
3.
ใ ๋ผ
country
4.
ใ ๋น
butterfly
5.
ใ ๋ฆฌ ....
leg; bridge
6.
ใ ๋ ์ค
radio
7.
ใ ์ค ํฌ
mask
8.
ใ ์
heart; mind
9.
ใ ๋ ๋
banana
10.
ใ ๋ค
sea; ocean
11.
ใ ๋
person
12.
ใ ๋
love
13.
ใ ์
lion
14.
ใ ๊ธฐ
baby
15.
ใ ์ ์
Asia
16.
ใ
ruler
17.
ใ ๊ธฐ
oneself
18.
ํ
ใ
one (in number)
19.
ใ ๋ง
hippopotamus
20.
ใ ์ง ๋ง
but; however
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
39
Aspirated Consonants (1)
ใ
k
(as in kite)
(2)
ใ
t
(as in tank)
(3)
ใ
p
(as in punk)
(4)
ใ
ch
(as in cheese)
Practise writing these aspirated consonants.
Symbol Sound Name k
kieuk
t
tieut
p
pieup
ch/t
chieut
ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ
To understand what an aspirated consonant is, put your hand in front of your lips while saying โkiteโ. You can feel a burst of air. The difference between ใ (an aspirated consonant) and ใฑ (a simple consonant) is the amount of air you exhale when you make the sound. When you pronounce ใฑ, the amount of air you expel is quite small. This difference is similar to that between โใ and ใทโ, โใ and ใ โ and โใ and ใ โ.
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
40 Now make some syllables with ใ :
ใ
์นด
์นด ์นด ์นด ์นด ์นด ์นด ์นด
ใ
ํ
ํ ํ ํ ํ ํ ํ ํ
ใ
ํ
ํ ํ ํ ํ ํ ํ ํ
์ฐจ
์ฐจ ์ฐจ ์ฐจ ์ฐจ ์ฐจ ์ฐจ ์ฐจ
Examples:
(1) ์ฐจ
cha
tea; car
(2) ์ฐจํ
cha-pyo
train (or other public transport) ticket
(3) ์นด๋
ka-deu
card
(4) ์นด๋ฉ๋ผ
ka-me-ra
camera
(5) ํ์กฐ
ta-jo
ostrich
(6) ํ์ด์ด
ta-i-eo
tyre
(7) ํ๋
pa-do
wave (of the sea)
(8) ํ๋ฆฌ
pa-ri
fly (insect)
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
41
Task 2: Listening โ ํ์ ๋ฌธ์ (ESSENTIAL LETTERS: Consonants +์)
๊ฐ๋๋ค๋ผ๋ง๋ฐ์ฌ์์์ฐจ์นดํํํ โ You will practise the Korean consonants with the vowel '์'. Draw lines connecting two letters that you hear. Try to read them aloud on your own before you begin. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
42
Other Pure Vowels In English there are five pure vowels: โaโ, โeโ, โiโ, โoโ and โuโ. There are also many combination vowels, like โeaโ in the word โwheatโ, โoiโ in the word โnoiseโ, and โouโ in โhouseโ. The word โCanadaโ illustrates a major problem in learning to pronounce English. The same letter, in this case โaโ, can have more than one pronunciation. But happily, in Korean each vowel symbol always represents the same sound. So once you have learnt the symbols, you will always know how to pronounce the correct sound. There are nine pure vowels: (1)
ใ
a
(as in Canada or in โAh-ha!)
(2)
ใ
ae
(as in Canada)
(3)
ใ
eo
(as in an egg or โUmmโฆโ )
(4)
ใ
e
(as in bed)
(5)
ใ
u
(as in soon)
(6)
ใ ฃ
i
(as in see)
(7)
ใ
oe
(as in wet)
The last two pure vowels are harder to pronounce as there are no direct equivalents in English. (8)
ใ ก
eu
(If you say โthe cat sat on the matโ stressing โcat and matโ, the sound of the unstressed โeโ in the โtheโ is fairly close to this vowel. You need to make your lips โhorizontalโ )
(9)
ใ
o
(This sound may be tricky to get right for some people. It is somewhere between the โoโ in โcopeโ and the โorโ in โcordโ. The sound comes from the front of the mouth with your lips forming a circle.)
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
43
Note 1: All vowel symbols are formed by combining the following three basic elements: โยทโ depicts heaven; โใ กโ depicts earth; and โใ ฃโ depicts humankind. With time, the dot ( ยท ) changed to a short stroke ( - ).
Mouth position of vowels As you can see from the diagram below, the vowels in Korean depend on how much you open the mouth when producing the sound, and also whether the sound is produced at the front of the mouth or the back, near the throat. Therefore, many people (even Koreans!) find it quite difficult to distinguish between ์ and ์ as they are both pronounced from a similar mouth position with only a very slight difference in the opening of the mouth. However, for spelling purposes, it is important that similar-sounding vowels are distinguished; for example, ๊ฐ means โdogโ, and ๊ฒ means โcrabโ.
Note 2: It is customary for vowels to be preceded by the dummy consonant โใ โ when they stand independently, e.g.: ์, ์ด, ์ค, ์ฐ, ์ผ, ์ด, ์ and ์ .
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
44
Now practise writing them with the dummy consonant โใ โ stroke by stroke:
Symbol Sound & Name a
eo
o
u
eu
i
ae
e
oe
์์์์์์์ ์ด์ด์ด์ด์ด์ด์ด ์ค์ค์ค์ค์ค์ค์ค ์ฐ์ฐ์ฐ์ฐ์ฐ์ฐ์ฐ ์ผ์ผ ์ผ ์ผ ์ผ ์ผ ์ผ ์ด์ด์ด์ด์ด์ด์ด ์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์์์์์์์ ์ธ์ธ์ธ์ธ์ธ์ธ์ธ
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
45
Task 3: Listening โ ํ์ ๋ฌธ์ (ESSENTIAL LETTERS: Vowels)
์ ์ผ ์ด ์ฌ ์ค ์ ์ฐ ์ ์ผ ์ด โ You will practise some Korean vowels. Draw lines connecting two letters that you hear. Try to read them aloud on your own before you begin. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
46
Writing Syllables As mentioned earlier, every syllable is written to fit into the same imaginary square box โ no matter how many consonant or vowels are in the syllable. How the box is divided up depends first on the shape of the vowel. When you look at the pure vowels, you will see that they have a predominant shape. Thus we can think of them as being โverticalโ: ใ ใ ใ ฃ ใ ใ , โhorizontalโ: ใ ใ ใ ก, or combined: ใ . Have a look at how the vowel shapes the syllable:
With vertical vowels with no final consonant, the box is divided vertically in half, with the initial consonant on the left and the vowel on the right:
๊ฐ ์ปค ์ด ์ ํ With vertical vowels with a final consonant, the space for the initial consonant and vowel is reduced to allow room underneath for the final consonant:
๊ฐ ์ปด ์ผ ์ ํ With horizontal vowels with no final consonant, the box is divided in half horizontally, with the initial consonant at the top and the vowel at the bottom:
๋ ์ฐ ํฌ ๊ดด With horizontal vowels with a final consonant, again the final consonant is placed at the bottom. The initial consonant and vowel are pushed upwards:
๋ ์ ํด ๊ต
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
47
Examples:
(1)
๋ ๋ชฌ
lemon
(2)
๋ฒ์ค
bus
(3)
์ํผ๋ง์ผ
supermarket
(4)
์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ ice cream
(5)
์จ๋ฒ
album
(6)
์ค๋ ์ง
orange
(7)
์ฃผ์ค
juice
(8)
์นด๋ฉ๋ ์จ
chameleon
(9)
์บฅ๊ฑฐ๋ฃจ
kangaroo
(10) ์ปคํผ
coffee
(11) ์ปดํจํฐ
computer
(12) ํ์
taxi
(13) ํ ๋์ค
tennis
(14) ํ ๋ ๋น์
television
(15) ํผ์๋ ธ
piano
(16) ํผ์
pizza
(17) ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
hamburger
(18) ํธํ
hotel
48
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
Task 4: Listening โ ํ์ ๋ฌธ์ (ESSENTIAL LETTERS: Consonants + Vowels)
๊ฐ๊ณ ๋๋๋ค๋๋ฃจ๋ฌ๋ฏธ๋ฌด๋ธ๋ฒ ์์์ฃผ์์น์ด์ปคํฌํธํผํํธ โ You will practise various combinations of Korean consonants and vowels. Draw lines connecting two letters that you hear. Try to read them aloud on your own before you begin. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
49
Tensed Consonants (1)
ใฒ
kk
(as in sky)
(2)
ใธ
tt
(as in stop)
(3)
ใ
pp
(as in spy)
(4)
ใ
jj
(similar to it's easy)
(5)
ใ
ss
(as in essence)
A tensed consonant such as ใฒ sounds like trying to pronounce two ใฑ at the same time. You need to apply more โpressureโ when making the sounds by tensing the muscles around your vocal chords.
Now practise writing these consonants: Symbol Sound Name
ใฒ ใธ ใ ใ ใ
kk
ssang giyeok
tt
ssang digeut
pp
ssang bieup
jj
ssang jieut
ss
ssang siot
ใฒ ใฒใฒใฒใฒใฒ ใธ ใธใธใธใธใธ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ ใ
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
50 Examples:
(1) ๊ผฌ๋ฆฌ
tail
(2) ๋ฐ๋ผ ํ์ธ์
repeat after me
(3) ๋ฐ๋น ์
(I am) busy
(4) ์ง์
(It is) salty
(5) ์ธ์
(It is) cheap
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
51
Pronouncing Final Consonants All the consonants except for ใธ, ใ and ใ can be final consonants. However, there are only seven final consonant sounds when pronouncing individual syllables. These are called Batchim (๋ฐ์นจ) and have their own sound: Consonant
Sound
Example
(1)
ใฑ
k
๊ทน์ฅ
cinema
(2)
ใด
n
๋
eye; snow
(3)
ใท
t
๋ฃ๊ธฐ
listening
(4)
ใน
l
๋ฐ
foot
(5)
ใ
m
์์
music
(6)
ใ
p
๋ฐฅ
cooked rice; meal
(7)
ใ
ng
์ฑ๊ฐํฌ๋ฅด
Singapore
Other final consonants take on one of the above seven end consonant sounds: Consonant
Sound
Example
(8)
ใ
๏
k (ใฑ)
๋ถ์
kitchen
(9)
ใฒ
๏
k (ใฑ)
๊น๋ค
cut; chop
(10)
ใ
๏
t (ใท)
์ท
clothes
(11)
ใ
๏
t (ใท)
์๋ค
bought
(12)
ใ
๏
t (ใท)
๋ฎ
daytime
(13)
ใ
๏
t (ใท)
๊ฝ
flower
(14)
ใ
๏
t (ใท)
๋
end
(15)
ใ
๏
t (ใท)
ํ์
the name of Korean letter โใ โ
(16)
ใ
๏
p (ใ )
์
front
52
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
Task 5: Listening โ ํ์ ๋ฌธ์(ESSENTIAL LETTERS: Consonant + Vowel +Consonant)
๊ฐ๊ณต๊ธธ๊น๋จ๋ฌธ๋ฏผ๋ฐ๋ฐ๋ฐฉ๋ณ์ ์ฑ ์์ก์น์ ์ฌ์์์์ฐ์ผ์ฅ์ค์ ์ธ์์ฅ์ ์ ์ง์ฒํํํจํํํ โ You will practise Korean letters consisting of 'consonant + vowel + consonant' and belonging to Korean Family names. Draw lines connecting the letters in the sequence that you hear. Have a look at the letters and read them aloud before you begin. The first pair is given as a starting point. Ready? Listen.
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
53
Combined Vowels There are twelve combination vowels: โiโ + a, eo, o, u, ae, e
Examples
(1)
ใ
ya
(as in yard)
์ผ๊ตฌ
baseball
(2)
ใ
yeo
(as in young)
์ฌ์
female
(3)
ใ
yo
(similar to yor- of New York)
์๋ฆฌ์ฌ
chef
(4)
ใ
yu
(as in new)
์ ๋ฆฌ
glass
(5)
ใ
yae
(as in yam)
์๊ธฐ
story
(6)
ใ
ye
(as in yes)
์
yes
โoโ + a, ae, i (7)
ใ
wa
(as in Washington)
๊ณผ์
snacks
(8)
ใ
wae
(as in sweat)
์
why
โuโ + o, e, i (9)
ใ
wo
(as in was)
๋ญ
what
(10)
ใ
we
(as in wet)
์จ์ดํฐ
waiter
(11)
ใ
wi
(as in weak)
๊ท
ear
ui
(as in โcan weโ
์์ฌ
doctor
โeuโ + i (12)
ใ ข
if you say it quickly)
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
54
Now practise writing them with the dummy consonant โใ โ stroke by stroke:
Symbol Sound & Name ya
yeo
yo
yu
yae
ye
wa
wae
wo
we
wi
ui
์ผ์ผ์ผ์ผ์ผ์ผ์ผ ์ฌ์ฌ์ฌ์ฌ์ฌ์ฌ์ฌ ์์์์์์์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์ ์์์์์์์ ์์์์์์์ ์์์์์์์ ์์์์์์์ ์จ์จ์จ์จ์จ์จ์จ ์์์์์์์ ์์์์์์์
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
55
Task 6: Read Street Signs Read the following street signs. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
56
Task 7: Listening โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY: Country Names)
๊ฐ๋ด
Gabon
๋๋ฏธ๋น์
Namibia
๋์ด์ง๋ฆฌ์
Nigeria
๋์ ๋ฅด
Niger
๋ฆฌ๋น์
Libya
๋ง๋ค๊ฐ์ค์นด๋ฅด
Madagascar
๋ง๋ฆฌ
Mali
๋ชจ๋ก์ฝ
Moroco
๋ชจ๋ฆฌํ๋
Mauritanie
๋ชจ์ ๋นํฌ
Mozambique
๋ณด์ธ ์๋
Botswana
์๋ง๋ฆฌ์
Somalia
์๋จ
Sudan
์์ ๋ฆฌ
Algeria
์๊ณจ๋ผ
Angola
์ํฐ์คํผ์
Ethiopia
์ด์งํธ
Egypt
์์ด๋ฅด
Zaire
์ ๋น์
Zambia
์ฐจ๋
Chad
์ผ๋
Kenya
ํ์๋์
Tanzania
โ In this task, you will continue to practise the alphabet using the names of African countries. Write down the number of the country that you hear next to the country name on the map below. Have a look at the map and read aloud the country names before you begin. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
57
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
58
Sound Shifts 1. Resyllabification You will have noticed that some of the consonants are represented by two roman letters, for example ใฑ(g/k), ใท(d/t) and ใ (b/p). When these consonants come at the end of an individual syllable (i.e. syllable final consonant), we use the [k], [t], [p] set of sounds but the sound is โcut offโ or โblockedโ. The same thing can happen in English. Say the words โpockโ, โpotโ, and โpopโ very quickly. You will find that you do not actually make the [k], [t], [p] sounds at the ends of the words. Your mouth goes to a position to make the sounds but does not go through with it. We say that these end consonants are โunreleasedโ because we do not release the sound. While in English you can say these words more clearly and enunciate the final consonants, in Korean these [k], [t], [p] end consonants are always unreleased when we say a syllable on its own.
But when we run syllables together, the end sound can shift depending on what follows. Again, the same thing applies in English. Say the following sentences quickly, and with a bit of a drawl:
look over there sit on the chair drop in sometime
When you say these quickly, you always sound the [k], [t], and [p] at the end of โlookโ, โsitโ and โdropโ. But the sound can also slide: [k] to [g], [t] to [d] and [p] to [b]. If you say these consonants in pairs, you will see that the way you use your mouth to make them is very close. So when you are talking quickly, it is very easy to slide from one sound to the other. Another example is the phrase โsit downโ. When you say it quickly, it naturally becomes โsiddownโ. It
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
59
takes more effort to make distinct [t] and [d] sounds and you have to talk more slowly.
People generally like to speak quickly in everyday conversation, and the sound shift allows that with minimum effort. Look at the Korean word for โthinkโ: ์๊ฐํด์. saeng-gak-hae-yo.
The romanization represents the pronunciation if you say it very slowly, one syllable at a time. Practise these separately and then say them quickly, running them together. You will find that the sounds shift a bit and a smooth and natural pronunciation is saenggakaeyo.
For the same reason: ์ฑ ์ด
is not chaek-i
but
chaegi
๋จน์ด์
is not meok-eo-yo
but
meogeoyo
๋ฏธ์ํฉ๋๋ค
is not mi-an-hap-ni-da
but
mianhamnida
ํ๊ธ
is not han-geul
but
hangeul.
2. Consonant assimilation The nasal consonants are ใด and ใ . To make pronunciation easy and flowing some consonants get changed before these two consonants as shown below:
Some p-based sounds become [m]: ใ , ใ
๏
ใ sound
Some t, s, ch, and h-based sounds become [n]: ใท, ใ , ใ , ใ , ใ , ใ , ใ
๏
ใด sound
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
60
Some g/k-based sounds become [ng], like in English singer (not sin-ger) ใฑ, ใ , ใฒ
๏
ใ sound
Examples Spelling
Pronunciation
์ ๋๋ค
์๋๋ค
์๋๋ฐ
์ธ๋๋ฐ
์ผํ๋
์ด๋๋
ใน also has its own assimilation rules. If ใน and ใด come together, the ใน wins (i.e. the ใด is not pronounced at all). It means the [n] sound becomes an [l] sound. If ใน comes before an [i] or [y] sound, the ใน sound is doubled, and you hear more of an [l] sound than an [r] sound. ๏
double ใน (l) sound
ใน + (์ด, ์ผ, ์ฌ, ์ , etc.) ๏
double ใน (l) sound
ใน+ใด
Examples Spelling
Pronunciation
์ง๋ฆฌ
์ง๋ฆฌ
๊ณค๋
๊ณจ๋
ํ๋
ํ๋ จ
์์ธ์ญ
์์ธ๋ ฅ
These changes are made to keep pronunciation economical. Have you ever wondered how Koreans seem to be able to speak so fast?
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
61
3. Tensification The following shows the difference between untensed and tensed consonants in Korean:
Untensed
Tensed
ใฑ
๏
ใฒ
ใท
๏
ใธ
ใ
๏
ใ
ใ
๏
ใ
ใ
๏
ใ
Sometimes it is easier to tense a consonant when it is before another strong consonant, rather than assimilating it like we did with the nasal consonants ใด and ใ .
Examples Spelling
Pronunciation
ํ๊ต
ํ๊พ
์๋น
์๋
๊ตญ๋ฐฅ
๊ตญ๋นฑ
์ฑ ์
์ฑ ์
์์
์์ฉจ
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
62 4. Aspiration and ใ weakening
The [h] sound in Korean becomes very weak when it appears in the middle of a word or a sentence. This is similar to English, where for example, you pronounce the phrase, โtell himโ as โtelimโ with the [h] sound almost silent. In particular, the ใ tends to become silent in casual speech between vowels, after the nasal consonants ใด and ใ , or after the consonant ใน. Examples Spelling
Pronunciation
์ ํ
์ ๋
์ํ
์ผ๋
๊ฐํ
๊ฐ๋ฏธ
๋งํด ๋ด
๋ง๋ ๋ด
When ใ immediately precedes or follows ใฑ, ใท, ใ or ใ , it becomes silent and makes these soft consonants harder (i.e. aspirated):
ใฑ ใท ใ ใ
aspirated ๏
ใ
๏
ใ
๏
ใ
๏
ใ
Examples Spelling
Pronunciation
์ถํ
์ถ์นด
์ข๋ค
์กฐํ
์ ํ
์ดํ
๊ทธ๋ ์ง
๊ทธ๋ฌ์น
UNIT 2 รญ•œฤยธ€
63
You need not think of these sound shifts as a set of rules that you must learn. If you practise saying the syllables quickly, running them together, the reason for the shifts will become obvious, and eventually altering your pronunciation in this way will become natural.
Pronouncing Korean is relatively easy because, apart from these sound shifts, Korean words sound the way they are written. As you will be introduced to new words, sentences, and the like, through printed text, it is important that you devote some time to learning Hangeul. Practice makes perfect!
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
64
Task 8: Read and Match Write the capital cities next to the appropriate Australian state or territory underneath. The first one has been done for you.
Capital Cities a.๋ค์
e. ์ ๋ค๋ ์ด๋
b. ๋ฉ๋ฒ๋ฅธ
f. ํผ์ค
c. ๋ธ๋ฆฌ์ฆ๋ฒ
g. ์บ๋ฒ๋ผ โ
d. ์๋๋
h. ํธ๋ฐํธ
State or Territory
Capital City
1. ์ค์คํธ๋ ์ผ๋ฆฌ์ ์บํผํธ ํ ๋ฆฌํ ๋ฆฌ ์บ๋ฒ๋ผ 2. ๋ด ์ฌ์ฐ์ค ์จ์ผ์ค 3. ๋น ํ ๋ฆฌ์ 4. ์ฌ์ฐ์ค ์ค์คํธ๋ ์ผ๋ฆฌ์ 5. ๋ ธ๋ ํ ๋ฆฌํ ๋ฆฌ 6. ์จ์คํด ์ค์คํธ๋ ์ผ๋ฆฌ์ 7. ํธ์ฆ๋๋ 8. ํ์ฆ๋ฉ์ด๋์
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
65
Task 9: Read and Match Write the capital cities next to the appropriate country underneath. The first one has been done for you.
Capital Cities a. ์์ธ โ
h. ์์นด๋ฅดํ
b. ์คํ์
i. ํ ํค๋
c. ์ฝธ๋ผ๋ฃธํธ๋ฅด
j. ๋ฒ ๋ฅผ๋ฆฐ
d. ๋์ฟ
k. ์บ๋ฒ๋ผ
e. ์์ฑํด
l. ํ๋ฆฌ (Paris)
f. ํ์ด๋ฒ ์ด
m. ๋ฒ ์ด์ง
g. ๋ฐ๋
Country
Capital City
Country
1. ํ๊ตญ
์์ธ
8. ์ธ๋๋ค์์
2. ๋๋ง/ํ์ด์
9. ์ผ๋ณธ (Japan)
3. ๋ ์ผ (Germany)
10. ์ค๊ตญ (China)
4. ๋ง๋ ์ด์์
11. ์บ๋๋ค
5. ๋ฏธ๊ตญ (USA)
12. ํ๋์ค
6. ์๊ตญ (England)
13. ํธ์ฃผ / ์ค์คํธ๋ ์ผ๋ฆฌ์
7. ์ด๋
Capital City
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
66
Classroom Expressions (1)
์ฑ ํด์ธ์. Chaek pyeoseyo.
Open your book.
(2)
์ ๋ค์ผ์ธ์. Jal deureuseyo.
Listen carefully.
(3)
๋ฃ๊ณ ๋ฐ๋ผ ํ์ธ์. Deutggo ttara haseyo.
Listen and repeat after me.
(4)
์ฝ์ด ๋ณด์ธ์. Ilgeo boseyo
Please read.
(5)
๋๋ตํด ๋ณด์ธ์. Daedapae boseyo.
Answer (the question).
(6)
์จ ๋ณด์ธ์. Sseo boseyo.
Please write .
(7)
์๊ฒ ์ด์? Algesseoyo?
Do you understand?
(8)
๋ค, ์๊ฒ ์ด์. Ne, algesseoyo.
Yes, I understand.
(9)
(์๋จ.) ์ ๋ชจ๋ฅด๊ฒ ๋๋ฐ์. (Anyo.) Jal moreugenneundeyo.
No, I donโt really understandโฆ
(10) ์ง๋ฌธ ์์ด์? Jilmun isseoyo?
Do you have any questions?
(11) ๋ค, ์๋๋ฐ์ (OR ์์ด์). Ne, inneundeyo (OR itseoyo).
Yes, I have (a question).
(12) (์ง๋ฌธ) ์๋๋ฐ์ (OR ์์ด์). I donโt have (any questions). (Jilmun) eomneundeyo (OR eopseoyo) (13) ์ฒ์ฒํ(๋ง์)ํด ์ฃผ์ธ์. Cheoncheonhi (malsseum)hae juseyo.
Please speak/say it slowly.
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
67
(14) ์์ด๋ฒ๋ ธ๋๋ฐ์. Ijeobeoryeonneundeyo.
Iโve forgotten.
(15) โTestโ ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ก ๋ญ์์? โTestโ hangugeoro mwoyeyo?
How do you say โtestโ in Korean?
(16) โ์ํโ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ํด์. โSiheomโirago haeyo.
You say โsiheomโ.
(17) ํ๊ตญ๋ง๋ก ํ์ธ์. Hangungmallo haseyo.
Please speak/say it in Korean.
(18) ๋ค์ ํ๋ฒ ํด ๋ณด์ธ์. Dasi hanbeon hae boseyo
Try it again.
(19) ๋ง์์ด์. Majasseoyo.
Thatโs correct.
(20) ํ๋ ธ๋๋ฐ์. Teullyeonneundeyo.
Thatโs incorrect.
(21) ์ค๋์ ์ด๋ง ํ๊ฒ ์ด์. Oneureun iman hagesseoyo.
Weโll stop here today.
68
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
69
24 Basic Consonants and Vowels
ใฑ
g
ใด
n
ใท
d
ใน
r
ใ
m
ใ
b
ใ
s
ใ
ร/ng
ใ
j
ใ
ch
ใ
k
ใ
t
ใ
p
ใ
h
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ ก
ใ ฃ
a
ya
eo
yeo
o
yo
u
yu
eu
i
๊ฐ
๊ฐธ
๊ฑฐ
๊ฒจ
๊ณ
๊ต
๊ตฌ
๊ท
๊ทธ
๊ธฐ
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
70
Expanded Consonants and Vowels
ใฑ
g
ใฒ
kk
ใด
n
ใท
d
ใธ
tt
ใน
r
ใ
m
ใ
b
ใ
pp
ใ
s
ใ
ss
ใ
ร/ng
ใ
j
ใ
jj
ใ
ch
ใ
k
ใ
t
ใ
p
ใ
h
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
a
ae
ya
yae
eo
e
yeo
ye
o
wa
๊ฐ
๊ฐ
๊ฐธ
๊ฑ
๊ฑฐ
๊ฒ
๊ฒจ
๊ณ
๊ณ
๊ณผ
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
71
Expanded Consonants and Vowels (Continued)
ใฑ
g
ใฒ
kk
ใด
n
ใท
d
ใธ
tt
ใน
r
ใ
m
ใ
b
ใ
pp
ใ
s
ใ
ss
ใ
ร/ng
ใ
j
ใ
jj
ใ
ch
ใ
k
ใ
t
ใ
p
ใ
h
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ
ใ ก
ใ ข
ใ ฃ
wae
oe
yo
u
wo
we
wi
yu
eu
ui
i
๊ด
๊ดด
๊ต
๊ตฌ
๊ถ
๊ถค
๊ท
๊ท
๊ทธ
๊ธ
๊ธฐ
72
UNIT 2 ํ๊ธ
3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
Unit Focus: โข Discussing Likes and Dislikes o Styles of Speech o Word Order o Yes/No Questions o Saying โYesโ and โNoโ o Vocabulary: Food ์์ o Negative Questions o Spaces Between Words
74
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
75
Situation Dialogue 1 Minjunโs Korean friend Hyeonu is picking him up at the Melbourne Airport. ํ์ฐ:
๋ฏผ์ค์, ์ฌ๊ธฐ์ผ.
๋ฏผ์ค:
์ด, ๊ทธ๋. ์ผ, ์ค๋๋ง์ด๋ค. ์ ์ง๋์ด?
ํ์ฐ:
๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ ์ง๋ด์ง. ๊ทผ๋ฐ, ๋ ์ ํผ๊ณคํด?
๋ฏผ์ค:
๊ด์ฐฎ์.
ํ์ฐ:
๊ฐ๋ฐฉ ์ค.
๋ฏผ์ค:
์๋, ์ ๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์.
Romanisation and Translation Hyeonu:
Minjuna, yeogiya.
Hey Minjun, over here!
Minjun:
Eo, geurae.
Oh, right.
Ya, oraenโ manida.
Hey, itโs been a while.
Jal jinaesseo?
Been well?
Geureom, jal jinaeji.
Sure, doing well.
Geunde, neo an pigonhae?
Hey, arenโt you tired?
Hyeonu:
(Lit. By the way, arenโt you tired?) Minjun:
Gwaenchana.
Iโm alright.
Hyeonu:
Gabang jwo.
Give us your bag. (Lit. Give me the bag.)
Minjun:
Anya, an mugeowo.
Nah, itโs okay (Lit. Itโs not heavy).
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
76
Vocabulary +{์/์ผ}
casual ending for addressing a person with their first name. +์ is used when the personโs name ends in a consonant (eg. ๋ฏผ์ค์) and+์ผ is used for a vowel (eg. ํ์ฐ์ผ).
์ฌ๊ธฐ
here
์ด
yeah; yep; oh (casual)
์ผ
hey (casual)
๊ทธ๋
yeah; okay; alright;
์ค๋๋ง์ด๋ค long time no see ์ ์ง๋์ด
have been well
๊ทธ๋ผ
of course; then
์ ์ง๋ด์ง
am doing well
๊ทผ๋ฐ
by the way; but
๋
you
์
not
ํผ๊ณคํด
tired
๊ด์ฐฎ์
fine; alright; okay
๊ฐ๋ฐฉ
bag
์ค
give
์๋
nope; nah (casual) (Lit. Itโs not.)
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์
heavy
Note: At this stage you do not need to understand all the grammar presented in the situation dialogues. It will be helpful to just memorise the expressions even though you may not understand how they are constructed grammatically.
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
77
Styles of Speech You have seen that Korean has different styles of speech depending on the relationship between the speakers. The four most commonly used are: 1) ์ปคํผ ์ข์ํ์ญ๋๊น?
(honorific, formal)
2) ์ปคํผ ์ข์ํ์ธ์?
(honorific, informal)
3) ์ปคํผ ์ข์ํด์?
(polite, informal)
4) ์ปคํผ ์ข์ํด?
(casual)
Styles (1) and (2) are honorific, and are used when you need to be polite and show a certain level of respect towards the listener due to their age, status and so on. A typical situation would be a student talking to their teacher. You will find that style (1), which is also formal, is often used in business settings. Style (3) is polite and informal. This is usually used when you talk quite informally to people you do not know very well and whose age and/or status is similar to or below you. You can also use it to speak to people whom you feel close to, but they are older than you and/or their social status is higher than that of yours (e.g, a uni friend who is a few years older than you). Style (4) is used among close friends or when you speak to your siblings, in particular, younger family members. Also, depending on how strict their family upbringing is, some children may also use Style (4) with their parents instead of Styles (2) or (3). The different styles of speech used by Koreans are actually quite complex, and it is not uncommon for people to mix the different styles of speech while talking to the same person, depending on the context and their relationship.
Korean verbs consist of a stem which carries the basic meaning โ์ข์ํ-โ (like), and an ending such as +์ญ๋๊น as in (1), +์ธ์ as in (2), and so on, which carries a grammatical function (past/present/future, or politeness levels, or statement/question/request etc.).
78
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
79
Situation Dialogue 2 Hyeonu is showing Minjun around Melbourne and it is about lunch time. ํ์ฐ:
๋ฐฐ ์ ๊ณ ํ?
๋ฏผ์ค:
์ด... ์ฝ๊ฐ.
ํ์ฐ:
์ ์ฌ ๋ญ ๋จน์๋? ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
๋ฏผ์ค:
ํผ์๏ผ ๊ทธ๋ผ.
ํ์ฐ:
๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ํผ์ ๋จน์.
Romanisation and Translation Hyeonu:
Bae an gopa?
You hungry? (Lit. Arenโt you hungry?)
Minjun:
Eo... yakgan.
Yeah, a bit.
Hyeonu:
Jeomsim mwo meogeullae?
Whaddaya want for lunch?
Pija joahae?
Pizza ok? (Lit. You like pizza?)
Minjun:
Pija? Geureom.
Pizza? Sure!
Hyeonu:
Geureom, uri pija meokja.
Pizza, it is then. (Lit. Then letโs eat pizza.)
Vocabulary ๋ฐฐ๊ณ ํ
hungry
๋ญ
what
์
not
ํผ์
pizza
์ด
yeah; oh
์ข์ํด
like
์ฝ๊ฐ
a little; a bit
์ฐ๋ฆฌ
we; us
๊ทธ๋ผ
then; of course
๋จน์
letโs eat
์ ์ฌ
lunch
๋ญ ๋จน์๋?
What do you wanna eat?
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
80
Word Order Every language has a structure. Look at the examples below: a)
I
like
pizza.
(Subject)
(Verb)
(Object)
b)
I
pizza
like.
(Subject)
(Object)
(Verb)
The obvious difference between the two sentences above is the order of the words. Why donโt people say sentence (b)? Itโs because English sentences follow a basic โSubject-Verb- Objectโ pattern as in (a). In comparison, the basic Korean pattern is โSubject-Object-Verbโ as in (b). In Korean, the verb always comes at the end of the sentence.
Here are the Korean counterparts of โIโ, โlikeโ, and โpizzaโ: I
like
pizza.
๋
์ข์ํด
ํผ์
Now, letโs say โI like pizzaโ in Korean. ๋ (Subject) comes first, and then ํผ์ (Object) second, and ์ข์ํด์ (Verb) last. Therefore, โI like pizzaโ in Korean is: 1)
๋
ํผ์
์ข์ํด.
I
pizza
like
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
81
You might think that you have learnt only one sentence, โ๋ ํผ์ ์ข์ํดโ. However, if we replace ํผ์ with other words, such as ๋ก๋ฒํธ (Robert), ์ปคํผ (coffee) or ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ (ice cream) โ just a few of the words that you have learnt so far โ you can actually make many Korean sentences: 2) ๋ ๋ก๋ฒํธ ์ข์ํด. 3) ๋ ์ปคํผ ์ข์ํด. 4) ๋ ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ ์ข์ํด.
Before we go on any further, we have to learn one more thing about the sentence pattern above. When we talk about ourselves, we usually add a topic particle +๋ to ๋ (I) or ์ฐ๋ฆฌ (we). Therefore, sentences (1) - (4) could be changed as follows: 5) ๋๋
ํผ์
์ข์ํด.
๋ก๋ฒํธ ์ปคํผ ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ
You will learn more about the topic particle, +{์/๋ใด} in later units.
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
82
Yes/No Questions In the previous section we learnt how to make a simple statement such as โ๋๋ ํผ์ ์ข์ํดโ. Turning this into a question is quite simple. You just say โํผ์ ์ข์ํด?โ with a rising intonation.
So if a sentence has a rising intonation at the end, it becomes a question: a) ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
(Do you) like pizza?
And if it has a falling intonation, it becomes a statement: b) (๋๋) ํผ์ ์ข์ํด.
I like pizza.
You may be asking what has happened to the pronoun โyouโ in the question form. As mentioned in Unit 1 โIntroducing Yourselfโ, the equivalent Korean pronouns of โIโ, โyouโ, โhe/sheโ, โitโ and โtheyโ are normally omitted when it is obvious in context to whom or what you are referring. In particular, the Korean pronoun for โyouโ is hardly ever used, unless the speaker and the listener are very close. To use it in any other situation can be very insulting to the listener. The most common strategy when you are addressing someone is either to omit the subject altogether, or to use the personโs name instead.
For example: (1) (๋) ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
(Do you) like pizza?
(Casual)
(2) ๋ก๋ฒํธ, ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
Robert, do you like pizza?
(Casual)
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
83
Saying โYesโ and โNoโ Now, letโs learn how to say โyesโ or โnoโ to the above question: ํผ์ ์ข์ํด? Casual
Polite
Yes
์ด or ์
๋ค
No
์๋
์๋์
If you like pizza, you can simply say ์ด (yes). Alternatively, you can say ์ด and then repeat the verb ์ข์ํด as in the dialogue below. In English, we can add โI doโ as in โYes, I doโ. But in Korean, you simply repeat the verb. (1)
Friend 1:
ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
Do you like pizza?
Friend 2:
์ด, ์ข์ํด.
Yes, I do.
If you donโt like pizza, you can just say ์๋ (no) to your friend. You can also add the verb, but in this case you need to use the negative form of the verb (just as in English you say โNo, I donโt.โ), which you can make by putting the negative word ์ (not) before the verb ์ข์ํด. Refer to the dialogue below: (2) Friend 1: Friend 2:
ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
Do you like pizza?
์๋, ์ ์ข์ํด.
No, I donโt.
However, as ์ ์ข์ํด can sound rather direct, some people often reply in an indirect way, as in the dialogue below: (3) Friend 1: Friend 2:
ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
Do you like pizza?
์โฆ ๋ ๋ณ๋ก์ผ.
Hmmโฆ Not really. (Lit. As for me, not particularly).
In Korean, it is generally considered impolite to say โnoโ directly. Instead, you would normally give an excuse or a reason, without actually saying ์๋ (no).
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
84
Vocabulary: Food ์์ ๊ณผ์ผ (Fruit) 1.
์ฌ๊ณผ
apple
6.
๋ธ๊ธฐ
strawberry
2.
์ค๋ ์ง
orange
7.
์๋ฐ
watermelon
3.
ํฌ๋
grape
8.
๋ ๋ชฌ
lemon
4.
๋ฐฐ
pear
9.
๋ณต์ญ์
peach
5.
ํ ๋งํ
tomato
10.
๋ฐ๋๋
banana
์ฑ์ (Vegetable) 1.
๊ฐ์
potato
6.
์๋ฐฐ์ถ
cabbage
2.
๋ฒ์ฏ
mushroom
7.
์ค์ด
cucumber
3.
๋น๊ทผ
carrot
8.
ํ
spring onion
4.
์ฅ์์
corn
9.
์ํ
onion
5.
๋ฐฐ์ถ
Kimchi cabbage (wombok)
10.
๋ฌด
white radish (daikon)
์๋ฃ์ (Beverages) 1.
๋ฌผ
water
9.
ํ์ฐจ
black tea
2.
์ปคํผ
coffee
10.
๋ น์ฐจ
green tea
3.
์ฐ์
milk
11.
์ธ์ผ์ฐจ
ginseng tea
4.
๋์
soy milk
12.
๋ณด๋ฆฌ์ฐจ
barley tea
5.
์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค
orange juice
13.
์ฅ์์์ฐจ
corn tea
6.
์ฝ๋ผ
cola; Coke
14.
๋งฅ์ฃผ
beer
7.
์ฌ์ด๋ค
Sprite; Seven Up
15.
์์ฃผ
Soju
8.
์ฐจ
tea
16.
๋ง๊ฑธ๋ฆฌ
Korean rice wine
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
85
๊ณ ๊ธฐ/ํด์ฐ๋ฌผ (Meat/Seafood) 1.
์์
fish
5.
์๊ณ ๊ธฐ
lamb/mutton
2.
๊ฒ
crab
6.
๋ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ
chicken
3.
์๊ณ ๊ธฐ
beef
7.
์ค๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๊ธฐ
duck
4
๋ผ์ง๊ณ ๊ธฐ
pork
8.
๋ฌ๊ฑ
egg
43. ๋นต
bread
50.
์ผ์ดํฌ
cake
44. ์น์ฆ
cheese
51.
๋๋
doughnut
45. ๊ณผ์
sweet snacks
52.
์ด์ฝ๋ฆฟ
chocolate
46. ๋น์คํท
biscuit
53.
์ฌํ
candy; lollies
47. ์ฟ ํค
cookie
54.
๊ฐ์์นฉ
potato chip
48. ์๋์์น
sandwich
55.
์
49. ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
hamburger
56.
๋ฐฅ
(uncooked) rice cooked rice; a meal
๊ธฐํ (Other)
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
86
ํ๊ตญ์ธ์ด ๊ฐ์ฅ ์ข์ํ๋ ์์์? What foods do Koreans like the most? (in 2014) Food
Response
1.
๊น์น์ฐ๊ฐ
21 %
2.
๋์ฅ์ฐ๊ฐ
16 %
3.
๊น์น
13 %
4.
๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ
12 %
5.
๋น๋น๋ฐฅ
6%
ํ๊ตญ์ธ์ด ์ข์ํ๋ ์๋ฃ๋? What drinks do Koreans like? (in 2007) Drink
Response
1.
์ปคํผ
65.7 %
2.
์ฐ์
29.5 %
3.
์ฃผ์ค
21.2 %
4.
์๊ตฌ๋ฅดํธ
17.7 %
5.
์ฝ๋ผ
13.5 %
6.
์ฐจ
9.7 %
7.
ํ์ฐ์๋ฃ (soft drinks)
8.6 %
8.
๋๋งํฌ์ (energy drinks)
6.6 %
9.
์คํฌ์ธ ์๋ฃ (sports drinks)
6.2 %
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
87
Task 1: Word Check Select the odd one out in each row of words below. The first one has been done for you. 1.
๋ฐฐ์ถ โจ
์ฌ๊ณผ
ํฌ๋
๋ฐฐ
2.
์ฌ๊ณผ
์ค๋ ์ง
ํฌ๋
์ํ
3.
๊ฐ์
๋ธ๊ธฐ
๋น๊ทผ
์ฅ์์
4.
์น์ฆ ์ผ์ดํฌ
๋นต
์ด์ฝ๋ฆฟ ์ผ์ดํฌ
๊ฒ
5.
๋ฌ๊ฑ
๋ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ
์๊ณ ๊ธฐ
์๊ณ ๊ธฐ
6.
์์
์ฐ์
๋ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ
์๊ณ ๊ธฐ
7.
์ฃผ์ค
๋งฅ์ฃผ
์์คํค
์์ฃผ
8.
์ฐ์
์ฝ๋ผ
์ฃผ์ค
๋งฅ์ฃผ
9.
ํ์ฐจ
์ธ์ผ์ฐจ
์ปคํผ
ํฌ๋์ฃผ
10. ๋น๊ทผ
์ฅ์์
์๊ณ ๊ธฐ
๊ฐ์
Task 2: Word Check Match the list of items with where you can buy them. The first one is done for you. ์ฌ๊ณผ โ
๋ฐฐ์ถ
์ค๋ ์ง
์ํ
ํฌ๋
๋ผ์ง๊ณ ๊ธฐ
๋นต
์ผ์ดํฌ
๋ฌ๊ฑ
์๊ณ ๊ธฐ
๋ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ
๋ฐฐ
์๊ณ ๊ธฐ
๊ฐ์
๋ฒ์ฏ
๋น๊ทผ
๊ณผ์ผ ๊ฐ๊ฒ (fruit shop): ์ฑ์ ๊ฐ๊ฒ (vegetable shop): ๋นต์ง (bakery): ์ ์ก์ (butcher):
์ฌ๊ณผ,
88
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
89
Situation Dialogue 3 Hyeonu and Minjun go to a pizza shop. ํ์ฐ:
๋ค์ด๊ฐ์.
Minjun sees Hyeonu eating olives. ๋ฏผ์ค:
๋ ์ฌ๋ฆฌ๋ธ ์ข์ํด?
ํ์ฐ:
์, ์? ๋ ์ซ์ด?
๋ฏผ์ค:
์ด. ๋ ๋ณ๋ก์ผ.
Romanisation and Translation Hyeonu:
Deureogaja.
Letโs go in.
(Minjun sees Hyeonu eating olives.) Minjun:
Neo ollibeu joahae?
You like olives?
Hyeonu:
Eung, wae? Neon sireo? Yep, why? Donโt you like โem? (Lit. You dislike them?)
Minjun:
Eo.
Nah (Lit. Yeah).
Nan byeolloya.
Not really (Lit. As for me, not particularly).
Vocabulary ๋ค์ด๊ฐ์
Letโs go in
๋ [๋+ใด]
you
๋
you
์ซ์ด
dislike
์ฌ๋ฆฌ๋ธ
olive(s)
์
why
์ข์ํด
like
๋ [๋+ใด]
I
์/์ด
yeah; yep
๋ณ๋ก์ผ
not really
90
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
Negative Questions When asking questions, Korean people use the negative form very often. For example, in Situation Dialogue 2, โ๋ฐฐ ์ ๊ณ ํ?โ (Are you not hungry?) is used, whereas in English we would normally ask, โAre you hungry?โ (๋ฐฐ๊ณ ํ?). When Koreans use negative questions, you should still think of the question as if it were not in the negative form. Negative questions are often used because they are considered to be โindirectโ and therefore less confronting. Using negative questions โ rather than positive ones โ will often make your Korean sound more natural in many situations.
One aspect of negative questions that can be very confusing to non-native speakers of Korean is that when answering, the opposite occurs from what happens in English. For instance, if someone asks you in English, โArenโt you hungry?โ and you are feeling full, you respond by saying โNo, Iโm not hungryโ. However, in Korean you would reply with โYes, Iโm not hungry (์ด, ๋ฐฐ ์ ๊ณ ํ).โ because you are agreeing with the negation, i.e. agreeing that you are indeed not hungry. On the other hand, if you are hungry, then you would reply with โNo, Iโm hungry (์๋, ๋ฐฐ๊ณ ํ).โ which may sound very strange in English, but it is the correct and natural way to respond in Korean.
If you are still confused about how to respond to a negative question in Korean, one good strategy is to just answer the question with a straight statement, without the โyesโ or โnoโ. For example, โ๋ฐฐ ์ ๊ณ ํ (Iโm not hungry)โ.
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
91
Spaces Between Words As in English, there are spaces between words in Korean sentences. The difference is, postpositional words (what are โprepositionsโ in English) and sentence endings in Korean are attached to the end of the word, without a space in between. Therefore, when we type or write in Korean we need to leave a space after each word unless they have a postposition or sentence ending attached to it:
(1)
๏
๋ ํผ์ ์ข์ํด.
I like pizza.
(2)
๏
๋ํผ์์ข์ํด.
Ilikepizza.
(3)
๏
๋ ํผ ์ ์ข ์ ํด.
I l i k e p i z z a.
As you can see above, sentences are harder to read with no spaces between the words. The spacing is made more obvious on the hand writing sheet shown below. (๋ ํผ์ ์ข์ํด. ๋๋ ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?)
๋ ํผ
ํผ ์
์ ์ข
์
์ข
์
ํด
?
ํด .
๋
๋
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
92
Task 3: ํผ์ ์ข์ํด? Move around the classroom asking your classmates if they like the food below. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:
ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
B:
์, (์์ฃผ) ์ข์ํด.
A:
์๋์์น๋?
B:
(๋ณ๋ก) ์ ์ข์ํด.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
93
Task 4: Writing You are being asked about what food you like and dislike. Write your answers to the following questions according to the preferences provided below. Use the examples 1, 2 and 7 as a model. Answer in polite speech style. โข
You like a lot: apple, coffee, beef.
โข
You like: pear, milk, lamb, wine.
โข
You donโt like very much: pork, fish, beer.
1. ๋ฐฐ ์ข์ํ์ธ์?
๋ค, ์ข์ํด์.
2. ์ฌ๊ณผ๋์?
์์ฃผ ์ข์ํด์.
3. ์ฐ์ ์ข์ํ์ธ์? 4. ์ปคํผ๋์? 5. ์๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข์ํ์ธ์? 6. ์๊ณ ๊ธฐ๋์? 7. ๋ผ์ง๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข์ํ์ธ์? 8. ์์ ์์? 9. ํฌ๋์ฃผ ์ข์ํ์ธ์? 10. ๋งฅ์ฃผ๋์?
๋ณ๋ก ์ ์ข์ํด์.
UNIT 3 ํผ์ ์ข์ํด?
94
Task 5: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) (A) ์ข์ํด์?
Do you like (A)?
๋ค, (A) ์ข์ํด์.
Yes, I like (A).
์๋์ค, (A) ์ ์ข์ํด์.
No, I don't like (A).
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์์ด
child
๋ค
yes
์๋์
no
์ข์ํด์
like
์
not
๊ทธ๋ผ
then
ํผ์
pizza
์์ฃผ
very much
์คํ๊ฒํฐ
spaghetti
ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
hamburger
๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ
Korean beef barbecue
๊น์น
Kimchi(pickled Korean cabbage)
์ง์ฅ๋ฉด
Korean version of Hokkiean mee noodle
โ You will hear a teacher asking what sort of food Korean children like these days. Put a mark 'O' next to the food they like and a mark 'X' next to the food they do not like. Ready? Listen! ์์ด 1 ๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๊น์น ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ํผ์ ์คํ๊ฒํฐ
์์ด 2
์์ด 3
4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
Unit Focus: โข Asking People Where They Are Going o Vocabulary: Places ์ฅ์ o ์ด๋ ๊ฐ(์ธ์)? as a Greeting o Destination Particle +์ โtoโ o Topic Particle +{์/๋ใด} o Coming & Going: ์(์), ๊ฐ(์), ๋ค๋ (์)
96
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
97
Situation Dialogue 1 Jihun and Mineo are on campus at university. ์งํ:
๋ฏผ์์ผ, ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
๋ฏผ์:
๋์๊ด.
์งํ:
์, ๊ทธ๋? ๋๋๋ฐ. ๊ฐ์ด ๊ฐ์.
๋ฏผ์:
๊ทธ๋, ๊ทธ๋ผ.
Romanisation and Translation Jihun:
Minseoยทya, eodi ga?
Hey, Minseo, whereโre ya goinโ?
Minjun:
Doseogwan.
Library.
Jihun:
A, geurae?
Oh, okay (Lit. Oh, is that so?).
Nadonde.
Me, too.
Gachi gaja.
Iโll come with you. (Lit. Letโs go together.)
Minjun:
Geurae, geureom.
Yeah, alright (Lit. Alright, then).
Vocabulary +{์/์ผ} casual ending for addressing a person with their first name ์ด๋
where
๊ฐ
[๊ฐ go +์(casual present tense ending)] go
๋์๊ด
Library
๋๋๋ฐ
๊ฐ์ด
[๋ me +๋ too +ใด๋ฐ(casual soft ending)] me, too. (๋ is often pronounced as ๋ in casual spoken Korean, so in the cartoon ๋ has been used to make the conversation sound more authentic.) together (๊ฐ์ด is pronounced ga-chi [๊ฐ์น], not ga-ti.)
๊ฐ์
[๊ฐ go +์ letโs] letโs go
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
98
Vocabulary: Places ์ฅ์ ์ง
home
ํ์ฅ์ค
toilet; restroom
ํ๊ต
school
๋ฏธ์ฉ์ค
hairdresserโs
๋์๊ด
library
์ด๋ฐ์
barberโs
์์
bookshop
๋ชฉ์ํ
public bathhouse
ํ์ฌ
office; company
์ฐ์ง๋ฐฉ
public sauna
์ํ
bank
์ฐ์ฒด๊ตญ
post office
์๋น
restaurant
๋ณ์
hospital
์์ฅ
market
์ฝ๊ตญ
pharmacy
๊ฐ๊ฒ
shop; store
๊ณตํญ
airport
์ํผ(๋ง์ผ)
supermarket
์๋ด
the city (downtown)
๋งํธ
mart (a big supermarket)
๊ณต์
park
ํธ์์
convenience store
๋ ธ๋๋ฐฉ
karaoke room
๋ฐฑํ์
department store
PC ๋ฐฉ/
Internet cafe
๊ฒ์๋ฐฉ ์ผํ๋ชฐ/
shopping mall/centre
์ผํ์ผํฐ ์ปคํผ์
ํด๋ฝ/
night club
๋์ดํธ ์๊ฐํ
blind date
์ ์ง/ํธํ์ง bar; pub
๋ฏธํ
meeting; group date
๊ทน์ฅ
theatre; cinema
ํ์
meeting (formal)
์ํ๊ด
movie cinema
์์
class
coffee shop
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
99
์ด๋ ๊ฐ(์ธ์)? as a Greeting In Australian English we often say, โHow are you going?โ as a greeting, but it is not a very serious question and a simple โgoodโ or โnot badโ is enough for a polite respons, even if youโve had a really bad day. Similarly, Koreans use ์ด๋ ๊ฐ? (Are you going somewhere?) as a greeting. You donโt need to give a specific answer and can just say something like,์, ์ด๋ ์ข... (Yeah, just somewhere...)
์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
(Casual)
์ด๋ ๊ฐ์?
(Polite)
์ด๋ ๊ฐ์ธ์?
(Honorific)
Note that the intonation pattern changes for ์ด๋ depending on whether you are using it to mean โwhere?โ or to mean โsomewhereโ, as shown in the diagram below:
Where are you going?
Are you going somewhere?
When we use ์ด๋ ๊ฐ? as โWhere are you going?โ, the stress is on the word ์ด๋, and intonation of the last syllable โ๊ฐโ rises slightly and then falls.
100
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
On the other hand, when we use ์ด๋ ๊ฐ? as โAre you going somewhere?โ, the stress is on the word ๊ฐ, and the intonation of the last syllable โ๊ฐโ rises steeply.
If you cannot differentiate between these two questions, the best strategy is to just reply ์ด๋ ์ข... (Just somewhere...) because unless someone is very close to you, it is unlikely for them to ask you, โWhere are you going?โ in Korean.
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
101
Task 1: Role Play Choose 3-5 places that you would like to go from the locations given below. Write them down in Korean beside the place where you are going. Talk about them with a partner using the following dialogue as an example. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] , ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
A: name
B:
place
.
A: ์, ๊ทธ๋? ๋๋
๊ฐ. place
B:
๊ทธ๋? ๊ทธ๋ผ ๊ฐ์ด ๊ฐ์.
A: ์, ๊ทธ๋. home
library
school
hospital
bank
class
restaurant
market
post office
bookshop
shop
supermarket
airport
department store
toilet
office
coffee shop
pub
theatre; cinema
mart
pharmacy
movie cinema
karaoke room
Internet cafe
convenience store
the city (downtown)
102
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
103
Situation Dialogue 2 Minseo and Jihun are at a bus stop near university. ์งํ:
๋ฏผ์์ผ, ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
๋ฏผ์:
๊ฐ๋จ์ญ์.
์งํ:
์, ๊ทธ๋?
๋ฏผ์:
๋?
์งํ:
๋ ์ง์ ๊ฐ.
๋ฏผ์:
์ ๊ฐ.
์งํ:
๋๋.
Romanisation and Translation Jihun:
Minseoยทya, eodi ga?
Hey Minseo, whereโre ya goinโ?
Minseo:
Gangnamyeoge.
To Gangnam station.
Jihun:
A, geurae?
Oh, okay. (Lit. Oh, is that so?)
Minseo:
Neon?
What about you?
Jihun:
Nan jibe ga.
Going home.
Minseo:
Jal ga.
See ya. (Lit. Go well.)
Jihun:
Neodo.
Bye. (Lit. You, too.)
Vocabulary ์ด๋
where
๊ฐ
[๊ฐ go +์(casual present tense ending)] go
๊ฐ๋จ์ญ
Gangnam station: a major Seoul subway station
+์
to
๋
[๋ you +ใด(topic particle)] you
๋
[๋ I +ใด(topic particle)] I
์๊ฐ
[ ์ well/carefully/properly/a lot ๊ฐ go] goodbye
๋๋
[๋ you +๋ too ] you, too.
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
104
Note: In Korean, โWhere are you going?โ is not always answered with the location of the place you are headed towards, but sometimes also with the โpurposeโ of you going there. For example, instead of saying โto the poolโ, when someone asks where you are going, you might just say โto swimโ: A: ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
Where are you going?
B: ์์ํ๋ฌ. (Instead of โ์์์ฅ์โ)
To swim.
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
105
Destination Particle +์ โtoโ When you want to say that you are going somewhere, you can use:
Place +์ ๊ฐ
(Casual)
Place +์ ๊ฐ์
(Polite)
+์ is equivalent to the English โtoโ. However, in English the word โtoโ in โIโm going to schoolโ comes before the place word, โschoolโ. In Korean, +์ is added at the end of the place word. Since +์ is a postposition, there is no space between it and the place word, as previously explained (See โSpaces Between Wordsโ in Unit 3.): (1) ํ๊ต(์) 1 ๊ฐ.
Iโm going to school.
(2) A: ์ด๋(์) ๊ฐ์?
Where are you going?
B: ์ง์ ๊ฐ์.
(3) A: ์ด๋(์) ๊ฐ์ธ์? B: ํ๊ต(์) ๊ฐ์.
Iโm going home.
Where are you going? Iโm going to school.
Note 1: +์ is also different from the English preposition โtoโ in that it is often omitted in spoken Korean. However, +์ cannot be omitted when the place word to which +์ is attached consists of a single syllable, for example: ์ง, ๊ฐ (river), ์ฐ (mountain), and so on.
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
106
Task 2: Role Play Suppose that you are on the way to one of the places below. (First, make sure you know the Korean words for all the places below). Now, go around the classroom and ask your classmates where they are going, using the example dialogue below. Write their names beside the places where they are going. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] , ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
A: name
์.
B: place
A:
์, ๊ทธ๋?
B:
๋?
A:
๋
์ ๊ฐ. place
B:
์ด, ๊ทธ๋? ์ ๊ฐ.
A:
๋๋.
1.
home
12.
library
2.
school
13.
hospital
3.
bank
14.
the city (downtown)
4.
restaurant
15.
market
5.
post office
16.
bookshop
6.
shop
17.
supermarket
7.
airport
18.
department store
8.
toilet
19.
office
9.
coffee shop
20.
pub
10. theatre
21.
mart
11. pharmacy
22.
movie cinema
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
107
Task 3: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) ์ด๋ ๊ฐ์?
Where are you going?
A(place)์ ๊ฐ์.
I'm going to A.
Verb stem +{์/ใ }์๋ค
Let's (verb)
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ํ๊ต
school
์ํ
bank
์๋น
restaurant
์ฐ์ฒด๊ตญ
post office
์ง
home
๊ฐ๊ฒ
shop
ํ์ฅ์ค
toilet
์ปคํผ์
coffee shop
+๋
also
๊ฐ์ด
together
โ Listen carefully to the following dialogue and draw lines connecting people with the places where they are going. Ready? Listen! 1. ํ ๋ง์ค(Thomas)
a.ํ๊ต school
2. ์์(Susan)
b.์๋น restaurant
3. ํด(Paul)
c.์ฐ์ฒด๊ตญ post office
4. ์๋ง๋ค(Amanda)
d.์ง home
5. ์ ์(female)
e.ํ์ฅ์ค rest room
6. ๋ฏผ์ญ(male)
f.๊ฐ๊ฒ shop
7. ์์ง(male)
g.์ํ bank
8. ์๋ฏธ(female)
h.์ปคํผ์ coffee shop
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
108
Topic Particle +{์/๋ใด} When the topic particle +{์/๋ใด} is added to a noun, its general meaning is like the English โas for (noun)โ or โwith regard to (noun)โ. +{์/๋ใด} can be used in many ways. In this section we will use it to describe what one person (or one subject) is doing in contrast to another.
Rules: โข
If the noun ends in a vowel, add +๋. (Note. In spoken Korean, +๋ is often contracted to ใด)
โข
๋+๋
โ ๋๋ (written or formal) or
๋+ใด
โ ๋
(spoken)
If the noun ends in a consonant, add +์. ํด +์
โ ํด์
Examples: (1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
ํด์ ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถํด.
Paul is studying Korean.
๋ ์ฌํํ ๊ณต๋ถํด.
I am studying sociology.
ํด์ ์๋์์น ์ข์ํด.
Paul likes sandwiches.
ํ์ง๋ง ์๋ฏธ๋ ์ ์ข์ํด.
But Sumi doesnโt.
ํด์ ํธ์ฃผ ์ฌ๋์ด์์.
Paul is Australian.
์๋ฏธ๋ ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋์ด์์.
Sumi is Korean.
ํด์ ์์ ์ ๊ฐ์.
Paul is going to the bookshop.
์๋ฏธ๋ ์ํ์ ๊ฐ์.
Sumi is going to the bank.
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
109
110
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
111
Situation Dialogue 3 Paul sees Hyeonu on campus. ํด:
ํ์ฐ์ผ, ์ด๋ ๊ฐ๋?
ํ์ฐ:
ํด์ด๊ตฌ๋! ์์์ฅ์ ๊ฐ. ๋?
ํด:
ํ๊ตญ์ด ์์ .
ํ์ฐ:
๊ทธ๋? ์ด์ฌํ ํด!
Romanisation and Translation Paul:
Hyeonuya, eodi ganya?
Hey Hyeonu, whereโre ya goinโ?
Hyeonu:
Poriguna!
Oh, itโs you, Paul!
Suyeongjange ga.
Iโm goinโ to the swimming pool.
Neon?
What about you?
Paul:
Hangugeo sueop.
Korean class.
Hyeonu:
Geurae? Yeolsimhi hae!
Oh, okay. Donโt work too hard! (Lit. Work hard!)
Vocabulary ๊ฐ๋?
[๊ฐ go +๋?(casual masculine question ending)]
๊ฐ๋?
[๊ฐ go +๋?(casual feminine question ending)]
+{์ด}๊ตฌ๋ [์ด am/are/is +๊ตฌ๋(exclamatory ending indicating surprise or realisation)] ์์์ฅ
[์์ swimming ์ฅ place] swimming pool
ํ๊ตญ์ด
[ํ๊ตญ Korean ์ด language] Korean language
์์
class (the time spent being taught, not a group of students)
์ด์ฌํ
hard; diligently; with effort
ํด
do (refers to something mentioned earlier)
112
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
Coming & Going ์(์), ๊ฐ(์), ๋ค๋ (์) In Korean the words ์ (come), ๊ฐ (go), and ๋ค๋ (go to and from regularly) are used rather differently from their English equivalents.
If you meet a friend in the street and they ask where you are going, you might reply โ์ง์ ๊ฐโ (Iโm going home). However, if talking on the phone to your housemate who is waiting for you at home, a Korean person will say โ์ง๊ธ ์ง์ ๊ฐโ (Iโm going home), whereas in English you would say, โIโm coming home now.โ This is because in Korean the use of ์ and ๊ฐ depends on the location of the speaker, rather than the location of the listener.
Furthermore, in English we often ask, โWhich university do you go to?โ. However, in Korean we do not use the verb ๊ฐ (go) in this context, but instead we say, โ์ด๋ ํ๊ต์ ๋ค๋ ?โ. The verb ๋ค๋ is used when you go somewhere on a regular basis. It implies a process of going to and from that place repeatedly. So if your friend asks you, โ์ด๋ ๋ณ์์ ๋ค๋ ?โ (Which hospital do you go to?), you are probably a doctor or a nurse working at a hospitalโฆ or quite sick and need to make frequent visits to the hospital! On the other hand, the question, โ์ด๋ ๋ณ์์ ๊ฐ?โ (Which hospital are you going to?) is used to refer to a single trip. It implies that at present you are on your way to a hospital.
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
113
Task 4: Word Check Write down the Korean words next to the English equivalent. The first one is done for you. a.
๊ฐ๊ฒ
b.
โจ
g.
๊ณตํญ
m.
๊ทน์ฅ
๋์๊ด
h.
๋ฐฑํ์
n.
๋ณ์
c.
์์
i.
์ํผ๋ง์ผ
o.
์์ฅ
d.
์๋น
j.
์ฝ๊ตญ
p.
์ฐ์ฒด๊ตญ
e.
์ํ
k.
์ง
q.
์ปคํผ์
f.
ํ๊ต
l.
ํ์ฅ์ค
r.
์ํ๊ด
1.
shop
2.
school
11. library
3.
bank
12. hospital
4.
restaurant
13. market
5.
post office
14. bookshop
6.
home
15. supermarket
7.
toilet
16. department store
8.
coffee shop
17. airport
9.
movie cinema
18. theatre
๊ฐ๊ฒ
10. pharmacy
UNIT 4 ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
114
Task 5: Writing Here is a list of items that you need to find. Below is a list of useful telephone numbers from a Korean community information booklet. Write down where you can obtain the items. The first one is done for you. Item 1. ์ฌ์ (dictionary)
Place where you can obtain it ์ ์ผ ์์ or ๋์๊ด
2. ๋๋ธ์ด๋ (DVD) 3. ๊น์น 4. ์ปคํผ 5. ์์คํผ๋ฆฐ (aspirin) 6. ์ผ์ดํฌ 7. ๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ (Korean BBQ dish) 8. ์ฐํ (stamp) 9. ํ๊ตญ ์ ๋ฌธ (newspaper) 10. ํ๊ตญ ์ํ
a.
ํ๊ธ ํ๊ต
โ 9405-2230
h.
ํ๋ณต ๋นต์ง
โ 2327-3479
b.
์ธํ ์ํ
โ 4432-1110
i.
ํ๊ตญ ๋ณ์
โ 3457-5531
c.
์ ์ฃผ ์๋น
โ 8623-2743
j.
์์ธ ์ฝ๊ตญ
โ 2348-8624
d.
๋์๊ด
โ 3464-1336
k.
๋๋ฐ ์ํ๊ด
โ 3469-1128
e.
์ฐ์ฒด๊ตญ
โ 2393-2010
l.
๋๋ ์ปคํผ์
โ 8862-7736
f.
๋ญํค ์ํผ
โ 3437-2766
m. ๊ฐ๋จ DVD
โ 8905-9230
g.
์ ์ผ ์์
โ 9815-4340
n.
ํ๋ ๋งํธ
โ 2326-3092
5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
Unit Focus: โข Talking About What You Are Doing โข Talking About Your Daily Routine o Verbs (Doing Words) and their Endings +(์/์ด), +(์/์ด)์, +{์ผ}์ธ์ o Casual Question Verbs Endings +๋?/๋? o ๋ญ โwhatโ o Vocabulary: Time ์๊ฐ o Time Particle +์ โinโ, โatโ or โonโ o Activity Location Particle +์์ โinโ or โatโ o Asking Opinions โฆ ์ด๋(์)? โHow is โฆ?โ o Adjectives (Describing Words) and their Endings +(์/์ด), +(์/์ด)์, +{์ผ}์ธ์ o Vocabulary: Transitional Words
116
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
117
Situation Dialogue 1 Minseo is at the library when she receives a call from Jihun. ์งํ:
์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํ๋?
๋ฏผ์:
๋ฆฌํฌํธ ์จ. ๊ทผ๋ฐ, ์?
์งํ:
๊ทธ๋ฅ.
๋ฏผ์:
๋ ๋ฐ๋น . ๋นจ๋ฆฌ ๋งํด.
์งํ:
์๋, ๊ทธ๋ฅ. ๋ฆฌํฌํธ ๋ง์ ํด.
Romanisation and Translation Jihun:
Jigeum mwo hanya?
Whatcha doinโ (now)?
Minseo:
Ripoteu sseo.
Writing an essay.
Geunde, wae?
Why do you ask? (Lit. But why?)
Jihun:
Geunyang.
No reason.
Minseo:
Na bappa. Ppalli malhae.
Iโm busy. Just say it. (Lit. Quickly say it.)
Jihun:
Anya, geunyang.
Nah, I was just asking.
Ripoteu majeo hae.
Finish your essay. (Lit. Do the rest of the essay.)
Vocabulary ์ง๊ธ
now; at the moment
๋ญ ํ๋? [๋ญ what ํ do +๋? (casual masculine question ending)] Whatcha doinโ? ๋ฆฌํฌํธ
report; essay (often mispronounced as ๋ ํฌํธ)
์จ
[์ฐ write +์ด (casual present tense ending)] write
๊ทผ๋ฐ
by the way; but; anyway
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
118 ์
why
๊ทธ๋ฅ
no reason; just/simply because
๋ฐ๋น
[๋ฐ์ busy +์(casual present tense ending)] busy
๋นจ๋ฆฌ
quickly
๋งํด
[๋งํ speak ๏ ๋งํด (casual present tense form)] say; speak
์๋
nah (short form of ์๋์ผ (Lit. Itโs not.))
๋ง์ ํด
[๋ง์ rest of +ํด do] finish
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
119
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
120
Verb (Doing Words) and their Endings +(์/์ด), +(์/์ด)์, +{์ผ}์ธ์ In Unit 3 you have learned the different styles of speech used in Korean depending on the relationship between speakers. Here, we will focus on three types: 1) casual form, 2) polite form, and 3) honorific form. Verb Stem
+(์/์ด)
(Casual)
Verb Stem
+(์/์ด)์
(Polite)
Verb Stem
+{์ผ}์ธ์
(Honorific)
Verb endings are quite similar to the English present tense, as in โI studyโ or โshe studiesโ. However, it is also used to indicate an action that is going on at present, as in โIโm studying at the momentโ (as well as โIโm studying at Monash University this yearโ). 1) Casual form โข
If the last vowel of the stem is ใ or ใ : +์ ์ด
+์
๏
์ด์ live/lives/is living, etc.
๊ฐ
+์
๏
๊ฐ
go/goes/ is going, etc. (๊ฐ already hasใ and no final consonant, so we donโt need to add ์)
โข
If the last vowel is not ใ or ใ : +์ด ๋จน
+์ด
๏
๋จน์ด eat/eats/is eating, etc.
์ฝ
+์ด
๏
์ฝ์ด read/reads/is reading, etc.
์ฐ
+์ด
๏
์จ
write/writes/is writing, et. (When the stem ends in the vowel โใ กโ, it is dropped.)
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
121
When there is no final consonant, the vowels are usually combined into one syllable:
โข
์ค
+์
๏
์
come/comes/is coming, etc.
์ฃผ
+์ด
๏
์ค
give/gives/is giving, etc.
If the stem ends in ํ: ํ ๏ ํด ํ
๏
ํด
do/does/is doing, etc.
๊ณต๋ถํ
๏
๊ณต๋ถํด
study/studies/is studying, etc.
This rule is useful when you look up unknown words in the dictionary. At this stage, donโt worry too much about having to remember all these rules. The best way would be to memorize both the stem and ending together as a chunk. 2) Polite form Polite form is constructed in the same way as casual form except that you add +์ at the end.
์ด +์
๏ ์ด์ + ์
๏
์ด์์
live/lives/is living, etc.
๋จน +์ด
๏ ๋จน์ด + ์
๏
๋จน์ด์
eat/eats/is eating, etc.
3) Honorific form There are rules for forming honorific form depending on whether the verb stem ends in a consonant or vowel. โข
If the verb stem ends in a consonant: +์ผ์ธ์ ์
โข
+ ์ผ์ธ์
๏ ์์ผ์ธ์
sit/sits/is sitting, etc.
If the verb stem ends in a vowel: +์ธ์ ๊ฐ
+ ์ธ์
๏ ๊ฐ์ธ์
go/goes/ is going, etc.
Refer to the verb table on the following pages to see the three different forms for a range of verbs.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
122
Verb Table: Present Tense Endings English
Casual Form Ending +(์/์ด)
Stem
borrow (books)
(์ฑ ) ๋น๋ฆฌ
+์ด
(์ฑ ) ๋น๋ ค
buy (shoes)
(๊ตฌ๋) ์ฌ
(+์)
(๊ตฌ๋) ์ฌ
clean (house)
(์ง) ์ฒญ์ํ
ํโํด
(์ง) ์ฒญ์ํด
dance
(์ถค) ์ถ
+์ด
(์ถค) ์ถฐ
dislike
์ซ์ดํ
ํโํด
์ซ์ดํด
draw (drawing)
(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ
+์ด
(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ ค
drink (juice)
(์ฃผ์ค) ๋ง์
+์ด
(์ฃผ์ค) ๋ง์
do (homework)
(์์ ) ํ
ํโํด
(์์ ) ํด
eat (an apple)
(์ฌ๊ณผ) ๋จน
+์ด
(์ฌ๊ณผ) ๋จน์ด
exercise; work out
์ด๋ํ
ํโํด
์ด๋ํด
get married
๊ฒฐํผํ
ํโํด
๊ฒฐํผํด
give
์ฃผ
+์ด
์ค
have (money)
(๋) ์
+์ด
(๋) ์์ด
not have (time)
(์๊ฐ) ์
+์ด
(์๊ฐ) ์์ด
kiss
ํค์คํ
ํโํด
ํค์คํด
like
์ข์ํ
ํโํด
์ข์ํด
listen to (music)
(์์ ) ๋ฃ
๋ฃ โ ๋ค+์ด
(์์ ) ๋ค์ด*
love
์ฌ๋ํ
ํโํด
์ฌ๋ํด
meet (friend)
(์น๊ตฌ) ๋ง๋
(+์)
(์น๊ตฌ) ๋ง๋
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
Polite Form +(์/์ด)์
Honorific Form +{์ผ}์ธ์
123
Question Ending Question Ending +๋? +๋?
(์ฑ ) ๋น๋ ค์
(์ฑ ) ๋น๋ฆฌ์ธ์
(์ฑ ) ๋น๋ฆฌ๋?
(์ฑ ) ๋น๋ฆฌ๋?
(๊ตฌ๋) ์ฌ์
(๊ตฌ๋) ์ฌ์ธ์
(๊ตฌ๋) ์ฌ๋?
(๊ตฌ๋) ์ฌ๋?
(์ง) ์ฒญ์ํด์
(์ง) ์ฒญ์ํ์ธ์
(์ง) ์ฒญ์ํ๋?
(์ง) ์ฒญ์ํ๋?
(์ถค) ์ถฐ์
(์ถค) ์ถ์ธ์
(์ถค) ์ถ๋?
(์ถค) ์ถ๋?
์ซ์ดํด์
์ซ์ดํ์ธ์
์ซ์ดํ๋?
์ซ์ดํ๋?
(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ ค์
(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ธ์
(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋?
(๊ทธ๋ฆผ) ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋?
(์ฃผ์ค) ๋ง์ ์
(์ฃผ์ค) ๋์ธ์*
(์ฃผ์ค) ๋ง์๋?
(์ฃผ์ค) ๋ง์๋?
(์์ ) ํด์
(์์ ) ํ์ธ์
(์์ )ํ๋?
(์์ )ํ๋?
(์ฌ๊ณผ) ๋จน์ด์
(์ฌ๊ณผ) ๋์ธ์*
(์ฌ๊ณผ) ๋จน๋?
(์ฌ๊ณผ) ๋จน๋?
์ด๋ํด์
์ด๋ํ์ธ์
์ด๋ํ๋?
์ด๋ํ๋?
๊ฒฐํผํด์
๊ฒฐํผํ์ธ์
๊ฒฐํผํ๋?
๊ฒฐํผํ๋?
์ค์
์ฃผ์ธ์
์ฃผ๋?
์ฃผ๋?
(๋) ์์ด์
(๋) ์์ผ์ธ์
(๋) ์๋?
(๋) ์๋?
(์๊ฐ) ์์ด์
(์๊ฐ) ์์ผ์ธ์
(์๊ฐ) ์๋?
(์๊ฐ) ์๋?
ํค์คํด์
ํค์คํ์ธ์
ํค์คํ๋?
ํค์คํ๋?
์ข์ํด์
์ข์ํ์ธ์
์ข์ํ๋?
์ข์ํ๋?
(์์ ) ๋ค์ด์*
(์์ ) ๋ค์ผ์ธ์* (์์ ) ๋ฃ๋?
(์์ ) ๋ฃ๋?
์ฌ๋ํด์
์ฌ๋ํ์ธ์
์ฌ๋ํ๋?
์ฌ๋ํ๋?
(์น๊ตฌ) ๋ง๋์
(์น๊ตฌ) ๋ง๋์ธ์
(์น๊ตฌ) ๋ง๋๋?
(์น๊ตฌ) ๋ง๋๋?
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
124 English
Casual Form Ending +(์/์ด)
Stem
phone (A)
(A ํํ ) ์ ํํ ํ โ ํด
(A ํํ ) ์ ํํด
play tennis
ํ ๋์ค ์น
+์ด
ํ ๋์ค ์ณ
put on (clothes); get dressed
(์ท) ์
+์ด
(์ท) ์ ์ด
read (book)
(์ฑ ) ์ฝ
+์ด
(์ฑ ) ์ฝ์ด
rest
์ฌ
+์ด
์ฌ์ด
ride (bike)
(์์ ๊ฑฐ) ํ
(+์)
(์์ ๊ฑฐ) ํ
shop
์ผํํ
ํโํด
์ผํํด
sing
๋ ธ๋ํ
ํโํด
๋ ธ๋ํด
sleep
(์ )์
(+์)
(์ )์
smoke (cigarettes)
(๋ด๋ฐฐ) ํผ์ฐ
+์ด
(๋ด๋ฐฐ) ํผ์
study
๊ณต๋ถํ
ํโํด
๊ณต๋ถํด
take a photo
์ฌ์ง ์ฐ
+์ด
์ฌ์ง ์ฐ์ด
text a message
๋ฌธ์ ๋ณด๋ด
(+์ด)
๋ฌธ์ ๋ณด๋ด
wait for (bus)
(๋ฒ์ค) ๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
+์ด
(๋ฒ์ค) ๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ค
watch (television)
(ํ ๋ ๋น์ ) ๋ณด
+์
(ํ ๋ ๋น์ ) ๋ด
write (letter)
(ํธ์ง) ์ฐ
drop โใ กโ +์ด
(ํธ์ง) ์จ*
withdraw (money)
(๋) ์ฐพ
+์
(๋) ์ฐพ์
work
์ผํ
ํโํด
์ผํด
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
125
Polite Form +(์/์ด)์ (A ํํ ) ์ ํํด์
Honorific Form +{์ผ}์ธ์ (A ํํ ) ์ ํํ์ธ์
Question Ending Question Ending +๋? +๋? (A ํํ ) (A ํํ ) ์ ํํ๋? ์ ํํ๋?
ํ ๋์ค ์ณ์
ํ ๋์ค ์น์ธ์
ํ ๋์ค ์น๋?
ํ ๋์ค ์น๋?
(์ท) ์ ์ด์
(์ท) ์ ์ผ์ธ์
(์ท) ์ ๋?
(์ท) ์ ๋?
(์ฑ ) ์ฝ์ด์
(์ฑ ) ์ฝ์ผ์ธ์
(์ฑ ) ์ฝ๋?
(์ฑ ) ์ฝ๋?
์ฌ์ด์
์ฌ์ธ์
์ฌ๋?
์ฌ๋?
(์์ ๊ฑฐ) ํ์
(์์ ๊ฑฐ) ํ์ธ์
(์์ ๊ฑฐ) ํ๋?
(์์ ๊ฑฐ) ํ๋?
์ผํํด์
์ผํํ์ธ์
์ผํํ๋?
์ผํํ๋?
๋ ธ๋ํด์
๋ ธ๋ํ์ธ์
๋ ธ๋ํ๋?
๋ ธ๋ํ๋?
(์ )์์
(์ )์์ธ์
(์ )์๋?
(์ )์๋?
(๋ด๋ฐฐ) ํผ์์
(๋ด๋ฐฐ) ํผ์ฐ์ธ์
(๋ด๋ฐฐ) ํผ์ฐ๋?
(๋ด๋ฐฐ) ํผ์ฐ๋?
๊ณต๋ถํด์
๊ณต๋ถํ์ธ์
๊ณต๋ถํ๋?
๊ณต๋ถํ๋?
์ฌ์ง ์ฐ์ด์
์ฌ์ง ์ฐ์ผ์ธ์
์ฌ์ง ์ฐ๋?
์ฌ์ง ์ฐ๋?
๋ฌธ์ ๋ณด๋ด์
๋ฌธ์ ๋ณด๋ด์ธ์
๋ฌธ์ ๋ณด๋ด๋?
๋ฌธ์ ๋ณด๋ด๋?
(๋ฒ์ค) ๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ค์ (ํ ๋ ๋น์ ) ๋ด์
(๋ฒ์ค) ๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ธ์ (ํ ๋ ๋น์ ) ๋ณด์ธ์
(๋ฒ์ค) ๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ๋? (ํ ๋ ๋น์ ) ๋ณด๋?
(๋ฒ์ค) ๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ๋? (ํ ๋ ๋น์ ) ๋ณด๋?
(ํธ์ง) ์จ์
(ํธ์ง) ์ฐ์ธ์
(ํธ์ง) ์ฐ๋?
(ํธ์ง) ์ฐ๋?
(๋) ์ฐพ์์
(๋) ์ฐพ์ผ์ธ์
(๋) ์ฐพ๋?
(๋) ์ฐพ๋?
์ผํด์
์ผํ์ธ์
์ผํ๋?
์ผํ๋?
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
126
Casual Question Verb Endings +๋?/+๋? The verb forms you have previously studied in this unit can also be used for making questions. However, in casual form there are alternative question endings: Verb Stem
+๋?
(less blunt)
Verb Stem
+๋?
(more blunt)
The +๋? ending sounds more blunt and tends to be used more often by males, while the less blunt +๋? form sounds gentler and used more often by females. The rule for constructing these forms is very simple: Verb Stem +๋?/+๋? as shown in the verb table in the previous pages.
Examples: (1) ์์ ๋ฃ๋?
Are you listing to music?
์์ ๋ฃ๋? (2) ์ง์ ๊ฐ๋?
Are you going home?
์ง์ ๊ฐ๋? (3) ์ ์ฌ ๋จน๋?
Are you having lunch?
์ ์ฌ ๋จน๋? (4) ๋ฌธ์ ํ๋?
Are you texting (on the mobile phone)?
๋ฌธ์ ํ๋?
Note. Due to the nasal sound โใดโ in +๋?/+ ๋?, sometimes there will be a sound change. For instance, ๋ฃ๋/๋ฃ๋ is pronounced [๋ ๋/๋ ๋] and ๋จน๋/๋จน๋ is pronounced [๋ฉ๋/๋ฉ๋].
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
127
๋ญ โwhatโ Asking questions such as โWhat do you like?โ or โWhat are you doing now?โ is very simple in Korean. The counterpart of โwhatโ is ๋ญ. But you have to remember that in Korean the pronoun โyouโ is usually omitted when it is obvious whom you are referring to. Therefore, we just put ์ข์ํ์ธ์? after ๋ญ as follows: (1) ๋ญ ์ข์ํด?
What dโya like?
(casual)
(2) ๋ญ ์ข์ํ๋?
What dโya like?
(casual)
(3) ๋ญ ์ข์ํ๋?
What dโya like?
(casual)
(4) ๋ญ ์ข์ํด์?
What do you like?
(polite)
(5) ๋ญ ์ข์ํ์ธ์?
What do you like?
(honorific)
You can ask, โWhat are you doing (now)?โ in the same way. The counterpart of โare doingโ in Korean is ํด(์). But if you were asking your teacher, you will need use the honorific form ํ์ธ์, as below.
(6) ๋ญ ํ์ธ์?
What are you doing?
And if we add ์ง๊ธ (now) to the beginning of the sentence it becomes:
(casual) (7) A: ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด? B: ์๋ฌด ๊ฒ๋ ์ ํด.
What are you doing now? Iโm not doing anything.
OR B: ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถํด.
Iโm studying Korean.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
128
Task 1: Role Play Choose one of the following activities. Now, go around the classroom and practise the dialogue with your classmates. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:
์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด?/ํ๋?/ํ๋?
B:
๋ฆฌํฌํธ ์จ . ๊ทผ๋ฐ, ์?
A:
๊ทธ๋ฅ.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
129
Task 2: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์?
What are you doing now?
(Something) Verb stem + (์/์ด)์.
I'm (verb)ing (something).
Noun + ํด์.
I'm doing Noun .
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ๊ณต๋ถํด์
study
์ ํํด์
telephone
๋จน์ด์
eat
๋ค์ด์
listen
์ฝ์ด์
read
์ ์์
sleep
๋ง์ ์
drink
์ ์ด์
put on
๋ง๋์
meet
๋ถ๋ฌ์
sing
์ถค ์ถฐ์
dance
๋ด์
see or watch
๋ ธ๋
song
ํ ๋ ๋น์
television
์น๊ตฌ
friend
์ท
clothes
์ฃผ์ค
juice
์ฑ
book
์์
music
์ฌ๊ณผ
apple
โ You are going to hear a dialogue that describes various activities. Write down the letter of the picture that describes what you hear. Ready? Listen! 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
130
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
131
Situation Dialogue 2 Minjun and Hyeonu are on campus talking about their plans for the weekend. ๋ฏผ์ค:
์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
ํ์ฐ:
ํ ์์ผ?1 ํ ์์ผ์ ์๋ฐํด.
๋ฏผ์ค:
๋ฌด์จ ์๋ฐ? 2
ํ์ฐ:
์๋น์์ ์๋น.
๋ฏผ์ค:
๊ทธ๋ผ ์ผ์์ผ์?
ํ์ฐ:
์์ง ๊ณํ ์์ด.
Romanisation and Translation Minjun:
Ibeon toyoire mwo hae?
Hyeonu: Toyoil? Toyoiren albahae.
What are you up to this Saturday? Saturday? Iโm working (my casual job) on Saturday.
Minjun:
Museun alba?
Hyeonu: Sikdangeseo seobing.
What job? Waiter at a restaurant. (Lit. Waiting tables at a restaurant.)
Minjun:
Geureom iryoireun?
Hyeonu: Ajik gyehoek eopseo.
What about Sunday, then? No plans yet.
Vocabulary ์ด๋ฒ
this
ํ ์์ผ
Saturday
+์
on
๋ญ
what
ํด
[ํ do ๏ ํด(casual present tense form)] do; are doing
+์
[+์ (time particle) on +ใด(topic particle; emphasis)]
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
132 ์๋ฐํด
[์๋ฐํ do casual/part-time job ๏ ์๋ฐํด(casual present tense form)] doing a casual job; working part-time
๋ฌด์จ
what; what kind of
์๋น
restaurant
+์์
(activity location particle) in; at
์๋น
waiting tables (i.e. โservingโ)
๊ทธ๋ผ
then
์ผ์์ผ
Sunday
์์ง
yet; still
๊ณํ
plan(s)
์์ด
[์ there isnโt; not have +์ด (casual present tense ending)] there isnโt any; donโt have any
Note 1: Echo questions, such as โํ ์์ผ?โ in the dialogue above, are frequently used by Koreans to confirm what someone else has just said and also to show that you are listening. These type of questions support the conversation and show your active interest.
Note 2:
๋ฌด์จ is used before the noun that you are asking about, and means โwhat (movie)?โ, โwhat kind of (person)?โ, โwhich (colour)?โ etc. You need to be very careful not to use ๋ญ (what) in these cases because โwhatโ and โwhat somethingโ in Korean are different.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
133
However, instead of โ๋ฌด์จ Noun?โ, you can also use the form โNoun ๋ญ?โ for the same effect as shown in the dialogue below: A: ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
What are you up to this Saturday?
B: ์๋ฐํด.
Iโm working part-time.
A: ์๋ฐ ๋ญ?
What job?
(instead of โ๋ฌด์จ ์๋ฐ?โ) B: ์๋น์์ ์๋น.
Waiter at a restaurant.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
134
Vocabulary: Time ์๊ฐ ์ค์ am/morning
์คํ pm/afternoon
์์นจ morning; (breakfast)
์ ์ฌ midday; (lunch)
์ ๋ evening; (dinner)
๋ฐค night
ํ์ผ weekday workday
์ฃผ๋ง weekend
ํด์ผ day off
๊ณตํด์ผ public holiday
์ด์ yesterday
์ค๋ today
๋ด์ผ tomorrow
๋ชจ๋ the day after tomorrow
์ง๋/์ ๋ฒ ์ฃผ last week
์ด๋ฒ ์ฃผ this week
๋ค์ ์ฃผ next week
์ง๋/์ ๋ฒ ๋ฌ last month
์ด๋ฒ ๋ฌ this month
๋ค์ ๋ฌ next month
์ง๋/์ ๋ฒ ํ๊ธฐ last semester
์ด๋ฒ ํ๊ธฐ this semester
๋ค์ ํ๊ธฐ next semester
์๋ or ์ง๋ ํด last year
๊ธ๋ or ์ฌํด this year
๋ด๋ or ๋ค์ ํด next year
์์์ผ Monday
ํ์์ผ Tuesday
์์์ผ Wednesday
๊ธ์์ผ Friday
ํ ์์ผ Saturday
์ผ์์ผ Sunday
๋ชฉ์์ผ Thursday
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
135
Time Particle +์ โinโ, โatโ or โonโ When you want to indicate that something has happened at a particular time, you attach the particle +์ to a time word.
Time Word +์ (1) ์์นจ์ ํ๊ต์ ๊ฐ(์).
I go to school in the morning.
(2) ์คํ์ ์์์ฅ์ ๊ฐ(์).
I go to a swimming pool in the afternoon.
(3) ์ฌ๋ ์์ ์ง์ ์(์).
I come home at 8 oโclock.
(4) ์ฃผ๋ง์ ์๋๋์ ๊ฐ(์).
Iโm going to Sydney on the weekend.
However, similar to English, some words are used without +์: ์ค๋ (today)
์ง๊ธ (now)
์ด์ (yesterday)
์ฌํด (this year)
๋ด์ผ (tomorrow)
(5) ๋ด์ผ ๊ทน์ฅ์ ๊ฐ(์)
Iโm going to a cinema tomorrow.
(6) ์ง๊ธ ์ข ๋ฐ๋น (์).
Iโm a bit busy at the moment.
When two or more time words are used together, the time particle +์ is attached to the last one only: (7) ์์นจ ์ฌ๋ ์์ ํ๊ต์ ๊ฐ(์). (8) ๋ด์ผ ์์นจ ์ผ๊ณฑ ์์ ํ๊ต์ ๊ฐ(์).
I go to school at 8 oโclock in the morning. (i.e. You do not say ์์นจ์ ์ฌ๋ ์์) Iโm going to school at 7 oโclock tomorrow morning.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
136
Task 3: Writing Fill in the blanks below according to the information provided in the box. The first five sentences have been completed for you. morning: go to university, play tennis, swim, drink coffee, eat breakfast afternoon: come home, listen to music, drink tea evening: read the newspaper, study Korean night: watch TV, write an email, go to a club weekend: clean the house, do shopping, meet a friend, go to the cinema 1. ๋๋
์์นจ์
ํ๊ต์ ๊ฐ.
2. ๋๋
์คํ์
์ง์ ์.
3. ๋๋
์ ๋ ์
์ ๋ฌธ ์ฝ์ด.
4. ๋๋
๋ฐค์
5. ๋๋
์ฃผ๋ง์
ํ ๋ ๋น์ ๋ด. ์ง ์ฒญ์ํด.
6. ๋๋
ํ ๋์ค ์ณ.
7. ๋๋
์ปคํผ ๋ง์ .
8. ๋๋
์์ ๋ค์ด.
9. ๋๋
ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถํด.
10. ๋๋
์ด๋ฉ์ผ ์จ.
11. ๋๋
์ผํํด.
12. ๋๋
์์ํด.
13. ๋๋
์ฐจ ๋ง์ .
14. ๋๋
๊ทน์ฅ์ ๊ฐ.
15. ๋๋
ํด๋ฝ์ ๊ฐ.
16. ๋๋
์์นจ ๋จน์ด.
17. ๋๋
์น๊ตฌ ๋ง๋.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
137
Activity Location Particle +์์ โinโ or โatโ +์์ is used to indicate where an activity takes place. It is equivalent to the English โinโ or โatโ when used in relation to an activity. This is a distinction that English does not make, so you should try and remember that when an โactivityโ is involved, use +์์, not +์.
Activity Location +์์ Examples: (1) ๋ฐฑํ์ ์์ ๋ฐ์ง ์ฌ(์).
Iโm buying a pair of trousers at a department store.
(2) ๋ชจ๋ด์ ๋ํ๊ต์์ ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถํด(์).
Iโm studying (OR I study) Korean at Monash University.
(3) ์ํ์์ ๋ ์ฐพ์(์).
Iโm withdrawing money at a bank.
(4) ์์ ์์ ์ฑ ์ฌ(์).
Iโm buying a book at a bookshop.
(5) ํ์ฌ์์ ์ผ ํด(์).
Iโm working at the office.
(6) ๋์๊ด์์ ์ฑ ๋น๋ ค(์).
Iโm borrowing a book at the library.
(7) ์๋น์์ ์ ์ฌ ๋จน์ด(์).
Iโm having lunch at a restaurant.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
138
Task 4: Writing Fill in an appropriate place name for the activities below. There may be more than one possible answer. 1.
๋ฐฑํ์ ์์
๋ฐ์ง ์ฌ.
2.
๋ชจ๋ด์ ๋ํ๊ต์์
ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถํด.
3.
๋ ์ฐพ์.
4.
์ฑ ์ฌ.
5.
์ผํด.
6.
์ฑ ๋น๋ ค.
7.
์ ์ฌ ๋จน์ด.
8.
์์ ๊ฑฐ ํ.
9.
ํ ๋์ค ์ณ.
10.
์์ ๋ค์ด.
11.
์ผํํด.
12.
์น๊ตฌ ๋ง๋.
13.
์ฒญ์ํด.
14.
์ ๋ง์ .
15.
์ถค ์ถฐ.
16.
๋ ธ๋ ๋ถ๋ฌ.
17.
์์ ๋ง๋ค์ด.
18.
์ปคํผ ๋ง์ .
19.
ํ๊ตญ ์์ ๋จน์ด.
20.
ํ ๋ ๋น์ ๋ด.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
139
Task 5: Role Play Choose two of the activities below that you usually do on weekends. Move around the classroom and talk about your weekend activities with your classmates. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A: ์ฃผ๋ง์ ๋ณดํต ๋ญ ํด? B: ํ ์์ผ์
*๋ณดํต usually; normally
๋์๊ด์์ ๊ณต๋ถํด. .
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ผ์์ผ์
์ง์์ ์ฒญ์ํด. .
๋? (What about you?)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
140
Task 6: Writing Complete the dialogues using the pictures. 1.
์๋ฏธ:
ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ณดํต ๋ญ ํด?
ํด:
์ค์ ์ ๋์๊ด์์ ๊ณต๋ถํด. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์คํ์ ์ง์์ ์ฒญ์ํด. ๋?
์๋ฏธ:
2.
๋ฏผ์ญ:
์ค์ ์
.
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์คํ์
.
ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ณดํต ๋ญ ํด?
์๋ง๋ค: ์ค์ ์ ์ํผ๋ง์ผ์์ ์๋ฐํด. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์คํ์ ์ง์์ ์ฒญ์ํด. ๋? ๋ฏผ์ญ:
์ค์ ์
.
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์คํ์
.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด? 3.
์์ค:
์ฃผ๋ง์ ๋ณดํต ๋ญ ํด?
๋ก๋ฒํธ: ํ ์์ผ์ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ผ์์ผ์
4.
์ฑ์ฐฌ:
141
. .
์ฃผ๋ง์ ๋ณดํต ๋ญ ํด?
์ค๋๋ฅ: ํ ์์ผ์ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ผ์์ผ์
. .
142
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
143
Situation Dialogue 3 Minjun sees Hyeonu talking to Paul and asks who Paul is. ๋ฏผ์ค:
ํ๊ตญ์ด ์ํ๋๋ฐ. ๋๊ตฌ์ผ?
ํ์ฐ:
ํด์ด์ผ. ๋๋ ๊ฒฝ์ ํ ๊ฐ์ด ๋ค์ด.
๋ฏผ์ค:
๊ทธ๋? ๊ฒฝ์ ํ ์์ ์ด๋? ์ ํ๋ค์ด?
ํ์ฐ:
ํ๋ค์ด. ํ ์คํธ๋ ๋ง์.
๋ฏผ์ค:
๊ณผ์ ๋?
ํ์ฐ:
๊ณผ์ ๋ ์์ด.
Romanisation and Translation Minjun:
Hyeonu:
Hangugeo jal haneunde.
His Koreanโs good.
Nuguya?
Who is he?
Poriya. Narang gyeongjehak Itโs Paul. Heโs in my Economics gachi deureo.
class (Lit. He takes Economics together with me).
Minjun:
Geurae?
Oh, okay. (Lit. Is that so?)
Gyeongjehak sueop eottae?
Howโs the class?
An himdeureo?
Is it hard? (Lit. Is it not hard?)
Himdeureo.
Itโs hard.
Teseuteudo mana.
Lots of tests, too.
Minjun:
Gwajeneun?
What about assignments?
Hyeonu:
Gwajeneun eopseo.
We have no assignments.
Hyeonu:
Vocabulary ํ๊ตญ์ด
Korean language
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
144 ์ํ๋๋ฐ
be good at (Lit. do well)
๋๊ตฌ
who
+์ผ
+{์ด}์ผ is the casual form of +{์ด์์/์์}(am/are/is).
๋
I; me
+{์ด}๋
with
๊ฒฝ์ ํ
Economics (as a subject)
๊ฐ์ด
together
๋ค์ด
[๋ฃ listen to ๏ ๋ค+์ด(casual present tense ending)] take (a class)
๊ทธ๋?
yeah?; oh, okay. (Lit. Is that so?)
์์
class
โฆ ์ด๋?
What is โฆ like? / How is โฆ?
์
not
ํ๋ค์ด
[ํ๋ค hard/tough/difficult/challenging +์ด(casual present tense ending)] hard
ํ ์คํธ
test
+๋
too; also; as well
๋ง์
[๋ง plenty; a lot +์ด(casual present tense ending)] there are lots of; have lots of
๊ณผ์
assignment
์์ด
[์ there isnโt; not have +์ด(casual present tense ending)] there isnโt any; donโt have
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
145
Asking Opinions โฆ ์ด๋(์)? โHow is โฆ?โ Noun
์ด๋?
(Casual)
Noun
์ด๋์?
(Polite)
Noun
์ด๋ ์ธ์?
(Honorific)
When you want to ask an opinion about something (the topic), you can say โโฆ ์ด๋์? (How is ...?)โ as in โHowโs the class?โ (or โWhat is โฆ like?โ as in โWhatโs Korean food like?โ). The answer may be, โIt (the class) is hard.โ In English, question words like โwhat, when, where, who, why, howโ appear at the beginning of the sentence, but Korean sentence order is the same as the answer, which means the topic comes first regardless of whether or not it is a question. Consider the example dialogue below: A:
์์ class
์ด๋? how is?
B:
(์์ ) ํ๋ค์ด. class is hard
Howโs class?
Itโs hard.
Examples: (1) A: ํ๊ตญ์ด ์์ ์ด๋(์)? B: ๊ด์ฐฎ์(์).
(2) A: ์ปคํผ ์ด๋(์)? B: ๋ง์์ด(์).
(3) A: ํ๊ตญ ์์ ์ด๋(์)? B: ์์ฃผ ๋งค์(์).
Howโs your Korean class? Itโs alright.
Howโs the coffee? Itโs good (Lit. tastes good).
Whatโs Korean food like? Itโs very spicy.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
146
Task 7: Role Play Practise the dialogue with a partner, using the adjectives given below. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:
๊ฒฝ์ ํ ์์
์ด๋?
B:
ํ๋ค์ด.
A:
๊ทธ๋? ๊ทธ๋ผ
B:
์ฌ๋ฐ์ด (=์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด).
. ํ๊ตญ์ด๋? .
์ด๋ ค์
difficult
ํ๋ค์ด
hard; tough; challenging
์ฌ์
easy
์ฌ๋ฐ์ด (=์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด)
interesting; fun; enjoyable
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด
not interesting; boring; not enjoyable
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
147
Adjectives (Describing Words) and their Endings +(์/์ด), +(์/์ด)์, +{์ผ}์ธ์ Unlike in English where adjectives are used with the โbeโ verb (am/are/is), adjectives in Korean are used by themselves and come where the verb would go in a sentence. They are formed according to the same rules for verbs and also have three main speech styles: 1) casual form, 2) polite form, and 3) honorific form. Adjective Stem
+(์/์ด)
(Casual)
Adjective Stem
+(์/์ด)์
(Polite)
Adjective Stem
+{์ผ}์ธ์
(Honorific)
1) Casual form โข
If the last vowel of the stem is ใ or ใ : +์ ๋ง
+์
๏ ๋ง์
fine (weather)
์ธ
+์
๏ ์ธ
cheap, inexpensive (์ธ already has ใ and no final consonant, so no need to add ์)
๋์
+์
๏ ๋๋น
bad (When the stem ends in the vowel โใ กโ, it is dropped. This makes ์ in ๋ใ the last vowel.)
โข
If the last vowel is not ใ or ใ : +์ด ์ฌ๋ฏธ์ + ์ด
๏ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด
interesting; fun
๋ง์
+์ด
๏ ๋ง์์ด
delicious; tasty
ํฌ
+์ด
๏ ์ปค
big (When the stem ends in the vowel โใ กโ, it is dropped.)
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
148
When there is no final consonant, the vowels are usually combined into one syllable:
โข
ํ๋ฆฌ
+์ด
๏ ํ๋ ค
cloudy
๋๋ฆฌ
+์ด
๏ ๋๋ ค
slow
If the stem ends in ํ: ํ ๏ ํด ๊นจ๋ํ
๏ ๊นจ๋ํด
clean
๋๋ํ
๏ ๋๋ํด
smart; clever
So far, the rule is the exactly same as that for verbs. However, here you will learn an irregular ending used more frequently for adjectives, which is used when the stem ends in ใ . โข
If the last vowel of the stem is ใ and stem ends in ใ : delete ใ +์ ๊ณฑ
๏
delete ใ + ์ ๏
๊ณ ์
(an old fashioned word for pretty like โfairโ)
โข
If the last vowel of the stem is not ใ and stem ends in ใ : delete ใ +์ ๋ฅ
๏
delete ใ + ์ ๏
๋์
hot (weather or temperature)
์ด๋ ต
๏
delete ใ + ์ ๏
์ด๋ ค์
difficult
Note: +์ is much more common than +์, so at this stage you only need to focus on +์.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
149
2) Polite form Polite form is constructed in the same way as casual form except that you add ์ at the end.
์ธ
+์
๏ ์ธ
+์
๏ ์ธ์
cheap
๋ง์
+์ด
๏ ๋ง์์ด
+์
๏ ๋ง์์ด์
tasty
3) Honorific form There are rules for forming honorific form depending on whether the verb stem ends in a consonant or vowel. โข
If the adjective stem ends in a consonant except ใ : +์ผ์ธ์ ์ฌ๋ฏธ์ + ์ผ์ธ์ ๏
โข
interesting; fun
If the adjective stem ends in a vowel: +์ธ์ ๋ฐ์
โข
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ธ์
+ ์ธ์
๏
๋ฐ์์ธ์
busy
If the adjective stem ends in the consonant ใ : delete ใ +์ฐ์ธ์ ์๋ฆ๋ต ๏ deleteใ +์ฐ์ธ์ ๏ ์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ธ์ beautiful
You need not worry too much about having to remember all these rules. The best way at this stage is to memorize both the stem and ending together as a chunk, as mentioned earlier for verbs.
Refer to the adjective table on the following pages to see the three different forms for a range of adjectives.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
150
Adjective Table: Present Tense Endings English
Casual Form Ending +(์/์ด)
Stem
bad
๋์
drop โใ กโ +์
๋๋น
beautiful
์๋ฆ๋ต
drop โใ โ +์
์๋ฆ๋ค์
boring
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
+์ด
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด
busy
๋ฐ์
drop โใ กโ +์
๋ฐ๋น
cheap
์ธ
+์
์ธ
cold
์ถฅ
drop โใ โ +์
์ถ์
cute
๊ท์ฝ
drop โใ โ +์
๊ท์ฌ์
delicious; tasty
๋ง์
+์ด
๋ง์์ด
difficult
์ด๋ ต
drop โใ โ +์
์ด๋ ค์
easy
์ฝ
drop โใ โ +์
์ฌ์
expensive
๋น์ธ
+์
๋น์ธ
fun; enjoyable
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
+์ด
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด
good; nice
์ข
+์
์ข์
good-looking
์์๊ธฐ
+์์ด*
์์๊ฒผ์ด
hard
ํ๋ค
+์ด
ํ๋ค์ด
hate; dislike
์ซ
+์ด
์ซ์ด
hot (spicy)
๋งต
drop โใ โ +์
๋งค์
plenty; a lot
๋ง
+์
๋ง์
pretty
์์
drop โใ กโ +์ด
์๋ป
sick
์ํ
drop โใ กโ +์
์ํ
not tasty; tastes bad
๋ง์
+์ด
๋ง์์ด
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
Polite Form +(์/์ด)์
Honorific Form +{์ผ}์ธ์
151
Question Ending +๋?
Question Ending +๋?
๋๋น ์
๋์์ธ์
๋์๋?
๋์๋?
์๋ฆ๋ค์์
์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ธ์
์๋ฆ๋ต๋?
์๋ฆ๋ต๋?
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋?
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋?
๋ฐ๋น ์
๋ฐ์์ธ์
๋ฐ์๋?
๋ฐ์๋?
์ธ์
์ธ์ธ์?
์ธ๋?
์ธ๋?
์ถ์์
์ถ์ฐ์ธ์?
์ถฅ๋?
์ถฅ๋?
๊ท์ฌ์์
๊ท์ฌ์ฐ์ธ์
๊ท์ฝ๋?
๊ท์ฝ๋?
๋ง์์ด์
๋ง์์ผ์ธ์?
๋ง์๋?
๋ง์๋?
์ด๋ ค์์
์ด๋ ค์ฐ์ธ์
์ด๋ ต๋?
์ด๋ ต๋?
์ฌ์์
์ฌ์ฐ์ธ์?
์ฝ๋?
์ฝ๋?
๋น์ธ์
๋น์ธ์ธ์?
๋น์ธ๋?
๋น์ธ๋?
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋?
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋?
์ข์์
์ข์ผ์ธ์
์ข๋?
์ข๋?
์์๊ฒผ์ด์
์์๊ธฐ์ จ์ด์
์์๊ฒผ๋?
์์๊ฒผ๋?
ํ๋ค์ด์
ํ๋์ธ์?
ํ๋๋?
ํ๋๋?
์ซ์ด์
์ซ์ผ์ธ์?
์ซ๋?
์ซ๋?
๋งค์์
๋งค์ฐ์ธ์?
๋งต๋?
๋งต๋?
๋ง์์
๋ง์ผ์ธ์
๋ง๋?
๋ง๋?
์๋ป์
์์์ธ์
์์๋?
์์๋?
์ํ์
์ํ์ธ์
์ํ๋?
์ํ๋?
๋ง์์ด์
๋ง์์ผ์ธ์?
๋ง์๋?
๋ง์๋?
Note: Those with the question mark โ?โ are used only in questions.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
152
Vocabulary: Transitional Words ๊ทผ๋ฐ (=๊ทธ๋ฐ๋ฐ)
by the way/anyway; but
ํ์ง๋ง/ ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋
but; however
๊ทธ๋ผ (=๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด)
then; in that case
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ
and (joining sentences)
๊ทธ๋์
so; therefore
Examples: (1) A: ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํ๋? B: ๋ฆฌํฌํธ ์จ. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ์?
(2) A: ํ๊ตญ ์์ ์ข์ํ์ธ์? B: ๋ค, ํ์ง๋ง ์ข ๋งค์์.
(3) A: ๋ ์ค๋ ์์ ์ผ์ฐ ๋๋. B: ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ผ์ฐ ์ง์ ์.
(4) A: ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด? B: ์ค์ ์ ์๋ฐํด. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์คํ์ ๊ณต๋ถํด.
Whatโre ya doin'? Writing an assignment. Why?
Do you like Korean food? Yes, but itโs a bit spicy.
I finish my class early today. Then, come home early.
Whatโre you up to this Saturday? Iโm working (my casual job) in the morning. And in the afternoon Iโll be studying.
(5) ์์ ๊ฐ ๋ง์์. ๊ทธ๋์ ์ ๋ง ๋ฐ๋น ์.
I have a lot of homework. So Iโm really busy.
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
153
Task 8: Writing You are conducting market research. Make your own questionnaire, asking people what they do on weekends. Write your questions in honorific style of speech, as you want your questions to sound very polite. The first two have been done for you.
์ค๋ฌธ์ง (Questionnaire) ๋์ด (age): ์ฑ๋ณ (sex)
์ฌ์ (female)
๋จ์ (male)
์ง์ (occupation): 1. ์ฃผ๋ง์ ํ ๋ ๋น์ ๋ณด์ธ์?
๋ค
์๋์
2. ์ฃผ๋ง์ ์ฑ ์ฝ์ผ์ธ์?
๋ค
์๋์
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. ๊ฐ์ฌํฉ๋๋ค!
154
UNIT 5 ์ด๋ฒ ํ ์์ผ์ ๋ญ ํด?
6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
Unit Focus: โข Talking About the Time โข Making Appointments โข Talking About Class Timetables o Spaces Between Words Revisited o ๋ฌด์จ โWhichโฆ?โ; โWhat kind of โฆ?โ; โWhatโฆ?โ o Vocabulary: Question Words o Vocabulary: Study ๊ณต๋ถ o Telling the Time: # oโclock o ๋ช โhow manyโ; โwhat/whichโ; โhowโ o Suggestions 1: +์ โLet'sโฆโ o Delimiter Particles โฆ+๋ถํฐ โฆ+๊น์ง โfromโฆ tillโฆโ o Suggestions 2: +{์/ใน}๊น์? โShall weโฆ?โ
156
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
157
Situation Dialogue 1 Minjun asks Hyeonu if he wants to have lunch after class. ๋ฏผ์ค:
์ค๋ ์ค์ ์ ์์ ์๋?
ํ์ฐ:
์ด.
๋ฏผ์ค:
๋ฌด์จ ์์ ?
ํ์ฐ:
์ค๊ตญ์ด.
๋ฏผ์ค:
๋ช ์์ ๋๋๋๋ฐ?
ํ์ฐ:
์ด๋ ์.
๋ฏผ์ค:
์ ๋๋ค. ๊ทธ๋ผ ๊ฐ์ด ์ ์ฌ ๋จน์.
ํ์ฐ:
๊ทธ๋. ๊ทธ๋ฌ์.
Romanisation and Translation Minjun:
Oneul ojeone sueop innya?
You have class this morning?
Hyeonu:
Eo.
Yep.
Minjun:
Museun sueop?
What class?
Hyeonu:
Junggugeo
Chinese.
Minjun:
Myeot sie kkeunnaneunde?
Whenโs it finish?
Hyeonu:
Yeol dusi.
Twelve (oโclock).
Minjun:
Jal dwaetda.
Thatโs great.
Geureom gachi jeomsim meokja. Letโs have lunch together, then. Hyeonu:
Geurae. Geureoja
Yeah, letโs do that.
Vocabulary ์ค๋
today
์ค์ ์
[์ค์ morning; a.m. +์ in] in the morning
์์
class
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
158 โฆ ์๋?
[์ have; there is +๋(masculine casual question ending)] Do you haveโฆ?
์ด
yep; yeah (casual)
๋ฌด์จ
what (kind of)
์ค๊ตญ์ด
[์ค๊ตญ China ์ด language] Chinese language
๋ช ์์
[๋ช ์ what time +์(time particle)] at what time
๋๋๋๋ฐ
[๋๋ finish +๋๋ฐ (casual soft ending)] finish
์๋๋ค
Thatโs great. (Lit. It has worked out well).
์ด๋ ์
twelve oโclock
๊ทธ๋ผ
then; in that case
๊ฐ์ด
together
์ ์ฌ
lunch
๋จน์
[๋จน eat +์ letโs] letโs eat
๊ทธ๋
okay; alright
๊ทธ๋ฌ์
[๊ทธ๋ฌ like that +์ letโs] letโs do that
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
159
Spaces Between Words Revisited We have already learnt that there are spaces between words in Korean. The basic rule is that there is a space between words unless there is a particle such as โ+์ toโ, โ+์์ atโ, โ+๋ถํฐ fromโ, etc. In English these are regarded prepositions and considered as separate words, but in Korean they are attached to the noun, without a space.
The particles we have learned so far are as follows: โข
Destination particle +์ ํ๊ต์ ๊ฐ์.
โข
Location particle +์์ ๋ชจ๋ด์์์ ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถํด์.
โข
Iโm going to uni.
I study Korean at Monash.
Time Particle +์ ๋ด์ผ ์์นจ์ ์ํ ์์ด์.
I have an exam tomorrow morning.
โข
Topic particle +{์/๋ใด} ์ ๋ ๋ชจ๋ด์ ํ์์ด์์.
Iโm a Monash student.
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
160
๋ฌด์จ โWhich...?โ; โWhat kind of ...?โ; โWhat...?โ When you want to ask a question that corresponds to the English โwhich ...?โ or โwhat kind of ...?โ, you can use the question word ๋ฌด์จ in front of the noun that you are asking about. Strictly speaking, ๋ฌด์จ is equivalent to โwhat kind ofโฆ?โ and should be answered by stating a type. (E.g. โWhat kind of food did you eat?โ โI had Italian food.โ) However, in common usage, ๋ฌด์จ is also used to correspond to questions like โWhat food did you eat?โ and can be answered with โI ate pastaโ. Just as the โWh-โ questions in English, you say these questions in falling intonation.
Examples: (1)
(2)
(3)
A: ๋ฌด์จ ์ํ ์ข์ํด?
What type of movie do you like?
B: ์ก์ ์ํ.
Action movies.
A: ๋ฌด์จ ์ฑ ์ฝ์ด์?
What kind of book are you reading?
B: ์์ค์ฑ ์ด์.
A novel.
A: ๋์ด ๋ฌด์จ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐ ํด?
What are you two talking about?
B: ์ด, ์๋ฌด ๊ฒ๋ ์๋์ผ.
Uh, itโs nothing.
Note that ๋ฌด์จ can also mean โanyโ depending on its context as in (4). As this is a โyes-noโ question, you say it in rising intonation.
(4)
A: ๋ด์ผ ๋ฌด์จ ๊ณํ ์์ด?
Do you have any plan for tomorrow?
B: ์๋. ์?
Nope. Why?
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
161
Vocabulary: Question Words ๋ญ
what
๋ช
what; how (many) (numerical quantity) e.g. what time ๋ช ์, how old ๋ช ์ด, how many people ๋ช ๋ช
๋ฌด์จ
which; what kind of; what
์ด๋(์์) where ์ธ์
when
์ผ๋ง
how much (when asking about the price)
๋๊ตฌ
who
๋๊ฐ
who (when used as the subject)
Vocabulary: Study ๊ณต๋ถ (ํ)๊ตญ์ด
Korean
ํ๊ณํ
accounting
์ค๊ตญ์ด
Chinese
๊ฒฝ์ํ
business management
์์ด
English
๊ฒฝ์ ํ
economics
๋ถ์ด
French (or ํ๋์ค์ด)
๊ต์กํ
education
๋ ์ผ์ด
German
๊ธ์ตํ
finance
์ธ๋๋ค์์์ด Indonesian
์ง๋ฆฌํ
geography
์ผ๋ณธ์ด
Japanese
๋ฒํ
law
ํ์ผ๋๋์ด
Thai (or ํ๊ตญ์ด)
์ธ์ดํ
linguistics
๋ฒ ํธ๋จ์ด
Vietnamese
์ํ
mathematics
์ํ
examination; test
๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ
physics
์์
homework
์ ์นํ
politics
๊ณผ์
assignment
๊ณผํ
science
๋ฆฌํฌํธ
essay (often misspelt
ํ๊ตญ ์ญ์ฌ
Korean history
and pronounced as ๋ ํฌํธ)
(or ๊ตญ์ฌ)
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
162
Telling the Time: # oโclock We have learnt that Pure Korean numbers and Sino-Korean numbers are used in different situations. However, when telling the time, both sets of numbers have to be used. Here, we will first learn how to say 1 oโclock, 2 oโclock, etc, using pure Korean numbers. And later, you will be introduced to Sino-Korean numbers and how to say minutes.
Pure Korean numbers are used for the hour: ํ์
one oโclock
๋์
two oโclock
์ธ์
three oโclock
๋ค์
four oโclock
๋ค์ฏ ์
five oโclock
์ฌ์ฏ ์
six oโclock
์ผ๊ณฑ ์
seven oโclock
์ฌ๋ ์
eight oโclock
์ํ ์
nine oโclock
์ด์
ten oโclock
์ดํ ์
eleven oโclock
์ด๋ ์
twelve oโclock
Pure Korean numbers are also used to express a duration of a certain number of hours: ๋ ์๊ฐ
two hours
๋ค ์๊ฐ ๋ฐ
four and a half hours
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
163
๋ช โhow manyโ; โwhat/whichโ; โhowโ We use ๋ช when we want to ask a question regarding a numerical quantity. In English, we often start such questions with โhow manyโ but there are also cases where we use โwhatโ (e.g. Whatโs the time?) or โhowโ (e.g. How old is she?). Korean uses the word ๋ช for all of these cases.
(1)
(2)
A: ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์?
What time is it?
B: ๋ ์์์.
Itโs two oโclock.
A: ํ๋ฃจ์ ๋ช ์๊ฐ ๊ณต๋ถํด?
How many hours a day do you study?
(3)
B: ํ ์๊ฐ.
One hour.
A: ํ๋ฃจ์ ์ปคํผ ๋ช ์ ๋ง์ ์?
How many cups of coffee do you drink a day?
(4)
(5)
B: ์ธ ์ ๋ง์ ์.
I drink three cups a day.
A: ๋ค ์ฌ๋์ ๋ช ์ด์ด์ผ?
How old is your younger sister?
B: ์ด ์ฌ์ฏ ์ด์ด์ผ.
Sheโs sixteen.
A: ํ์์ด ๋ชจ๋ ๋ช ๋ช ์ด์์?*
How many students are there altogether?
B: ๋ค ๋ช ์ด์์.
There are four.
(*๋ช ๋ช ์ด์์ is pronounced myeon-myeong-i-e-yo.)
(6)
A: ์ฌ๋ฌด์ค์ด ๋ช ์ธต์ ์์ด์?
What floor is the office on?
B: ์ค ์ธต์ ์์ด์.
Itโs on the fifth floor.
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
164 (7)
A: ์ค๋ ๋ช ์ ๋ฉฐ์น ์ด์์?*
Whatโs the date today?
B: ๊ตฌ ์ ์ญ์ฌ ์ผ์ด์์.
Itโs the 14th of September.
(*๋ช ์ is pronounced myeo-dweol. But in spoken Korean, โ๋ช ์โ is often omitted when asking what the date is.)
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
165
Task 1: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์?
What time is it now?
A(Pure Korean Number) ์์์.
It's A o'clock.
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) Pure Korean numbers up to 12 โ You are going to hear a dialogue on the time. "์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์?" "5์์์" Find the clock that shows the time you hear. Put a mark ' ' in that clock. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
166
Task 2: Word Check Match the Korean words with their English equivalents. The first one has been done for you. a. ํ๊ตญ์ด โ
h.
์ํ
o.
์์ด
b. ์ง๋ฆฌํ
i.
๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ
p.
ํ๊ตญ ์ญ์ฌ
c. ๊ธ์ตํ
j.
๊ต์กํ
q.
๋ฒ ํธ๋จ์ด
d. ํ๊ณํ
k.
๋ ์ผ์ด
r.
์ผ๋ณธ์ด
e. ๋ฒํ
l.
๊ฒฝ์ ํ
s.
์ ์นํ
t.
์ค๊ตญ์ด
f.
๊ณผํ
g. ์ธ๋๋ค์์์ด
1.
Korean
2.
m. ํธ์ฃผ ์ญ์ฌ n.
ํ๊ตญ์ด
์ธ์ดํ
11.
economics
English
12.
linguistics
3.
German
13.
Chinese
4.
Japanese
14.
Korean history
5.
mathematics
15.
politics
6.
physics
16.
geography
7.
accounting
17.
Vietnamese
8.
finance
18.
Australian history
9.
science
19.
Indonesian
10.
education
20.
law
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
167
Task 3: Role Play Find out the timetables of the other students in your class using the following dialogue to complete the table below. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ 1 Example Dialogue]
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ 2]
๋ฏผ์ค: ์ค๋
๋ฏผ์ค:
์ค๋
ํ์ฐ:
์ด.
๋ฏผ์ค:
๋ฌด์จ
์์
์์ด?
ํ์ฐ: ์ด. ๋ฏผ์ค: ๋ฌด์จ ํ์ฐ:
์์ ? .
์ค๊ตญ์ด. .
ํ์ฐ:
๋ฏผ์ค: ๋ช ์์ ๋๋๋๋ฐ?
๋ฏผ์ค:
ํ์ฐ:
ํ์ฐ:
์ด๋ ์. .
์๋ฐ
์์ด?
์๋ฐ? .
์ปคํผ์์์ ์๋น. . ๋ช ์์ ๋๋๋๋ฐ? ๋ค์ฏ ์. .
์๊ฐ
์ด๋ฆ
๊ณผ๋ชฉ/ ์๋ฐ
Time
Name
Subject/Type of Work
8:00 - 9:00 9:00 -10:00 10:00 -11:00 11:00 -12:00 12:00 - 1:00 1:00 - 2:00 2:00 - 3:00 3:00 - 4:00 4:00 - 5:00
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
168
Suggestions 1: +์ โLetโsโฆโ When you want to make a suggestion that involves both you and the person you are talking to in a casual style, add the ending +์ to the verb stem:
Verb Stem + ์
(Casual)
(1) ๊ฐ์ด ๊ฐ์.
Letโs go together.
(2) ๊ฐ์ด ์ ์ฌ ๋จน์.
Letโs have lunch together.
(3) ๊ฐ์ด ๊ณต๋ถํ์.
Letโs study together.
(4) ์์ ๊ฑฐ ํ์.
Letโs ride bike.
(5) ์ด๋ฒ ์ฃผ๋ง์ ์ผํ ๊ฐ์.
Letโs go shopping this weekend.
(6) ๋ฐฅ ๋จน์.
Letโs eat.
(7) ํ ๋ ๋น์ ๋ณด์.
Letโs watch TV.
(8) ํ๊ตญ ์์ ๋ฃ์.
Letโs listen to Korean Music.
(9) ์ปคํผ์์์ ๋ ์์ ๋ง๋์.
Letโs meet at the coffee shop at two.
Note: Unlike some other sentence endings, you cannot just add +์ to the casual suggestion ending +์ to make it into polite style of speech. You need to use the present tense polite ending +(์/์ด)์ instead. That is:
๏
๊ฐ์ด ๊ฐ์.
(correct)
๏
๊ฐ์ด ๊ฐ์์.
(wrong)
Refer to the verb table in the appendices.
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
169
170
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
171
Situation Dialogue 2 Jihun asks Minseo whether she wants to go hagwon after class. ์งํ:
์ค๋ ์คํ์ ์์ ์์ด?
๋ฏผ์:
์ด.
์งํ:
๋ช ์์ ์๋๋ฐ?
๋ฏผ์:
์ธ ์๋ถํฐ ๋ค์ฏ ์๊น์ง.
์งํ:
๋๋ ๋ค์ฏ ์์ ๋๋๋๋ฐ. ๋๋๊ณ ํ์ ๊ฐ์ด ๊ฐ๊น?
๋ฏผ์:
๊ทธ๋, ๊ทธ๋ผ.
Romanisation and Translation Jihun:
Oneul ohue sueop isseo?
Dโyou have class this afternoon?
Minseo:
Eo.
Yep.
Jihun:
Myeot sie inneunde?
At what time?
Minseo:
Se sibuteo daseot sikkaji
From three till five.
Jihun:
Nado daseot sie
I finish at five, too. Wanna come to
kkeunnaneunde.
the hagwon with me?
Kkeunnago hagwon gachi
(Lit. Shall we go to the hagwon
galkka?
together?)
Geurae, geureom.
Yeah, alright.
Minseo:
Vocabulary ์ค๋
today
์คํ์
[์คํ afternoon; p.m. +์ in] in the afternoon
์์
class
์์ด
[์ have; there is +์ด(casual present tense ending)] have
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
172 ๋ช์
what time
์๋๋ฐ
[์ have +๋๋ฐ(soft ending)] have
์ธ์
three oโclock
+๋ถํฐ
from
๋ค์ฏ ์
five oโclock
+๊น์ง
until
๋๋
[๋ me +๋ too; as well; also] me, too
๋๋๋๋ฐ [๋๋ finish +๋๋ฐ (soft ending)] finish ๋๋๊ณ
[๋๋ finish +๊ณ and then] after finishing
ํ์
hagwon (a private educational institution) A hagwon is a private school where students are taught subjects such as English and mathematics after regular school hours. Most Korean students attend these expensive schools in order to keep up in the extremely competitive educational system. Some other kinds of hagwon teach sports or art subjects, such as taekwondo (Korean traditional martial arts) or piano. There are also hagwon where adults go to learn foreign languages or to prepare for various professional exams (e.g. ์์ด ํ์).
๊ฐ์ด
together
๊ฐ๊น?
[๊ฐ go +ใน๊น?shall we?] Shall we goโฆ?
๊ทธ๋
okay; alright
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
173
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
174
Delimiter Particles โฆ+๋ถํฐ โฆ+๊น์ง โfromโฆ tillโฆโ When we want to show a starting point in time, we add the particle +๋ถํฐ to the starting time. For the finishing time we add +๊น์ง.
Time Word +๋ถํฐ Time Word +๊น์ง
(1)
A: ์ค๋ ์คํ์ ์์ ์์ด?
Do you have class this afternoon?
B: ์ด. ๋ ์๋ถํฐ ๋ค ์๊น์ง
Yep. Iโve got a Korean class from 2
ํ๊ตญ์ด ์์ ์์ด.
(2)
until 4.
A: ์ํ ์ธ์ ์์ด?
When do you have exams?
B: ์ค๋๋ถํฐ ๋ชจ๋ ๊น์ง.
From today till the day after tomorrow.
(3)
A: ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด์?
What did you do yesterday?
B: ์์นจ๋ถํฐ ์ ๋ ๊น์ง
I watched TV all day from the
ํ๋ฃจ์ข ์ผ ํ ๋ ๋น ๋ดค์ด์.*
morning till the evening.
(*The standard word for television is ํ ๋ ๋น์ but often in colloquial speech, ํ ๋ ๋น or ํฐ๋น is used. ๋ดค์ด์ is the past tense form of ๋ด์.)
(4)
A: ํ์ถค ๊ณต์ฐ ์ธ์ ์์ด์?
When are the talchum (Korean traditional mask dance) performances on?
B: ๋ค์ ์ฃผ ์์์ผ๋ถํฐ ์์์ผ๊น์ง์์.
Theyโre on next week from Monday till Wednesday.
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
175
Task 4: Role Play Practise the dialogue with a partner, using the timetable given below. You may ask about classes or work. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:
์ค๋ ์คํ์
B:
์/ ์ด.
A:
๋ช ์์ ์๋๋ฐ?
B:
์ธ ์๋ถํฐ
1.
์์ / ์๋ฐ
๋ค์ฏ ์๊น์ง.
2.
3.
1โ2
5.
2โ3
6.
7 โ 11
์์ด?
4.
4โ5
7.
8 โ 10
5โ6
8.
9 โ 12
10 โ 12
Extended Role Play Repeat the above role play, but this time ask what subject or type of work your partner is doing as well. A:
์ค๋ ์คํ์
B:
์/ ์ด.
A:
๋ฌด์จ ์์ ?
B:
๊ฒฝ์ ํ. .
์์ / ์๋ฐ
์์ด?
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
176
Task 5: Writing It is 12 oโclock noon on a Thursday. Use the table of opening times below to complete the dialogues. Write down the times in Korean. The first one is done for you. ํ๊ธ ํ๊ต
โ 9905-2230 Sat: 9am-1pm
์ธํ์ํ
โ 8432-1110 Mon-Fri: 9am-5pm; Sat.: 9am-1pm
์์ธ ์๋น
โ 7823-2743 Mon.-Fri.: 12pm-9pm; Sat.-Sun: 5pm-9pm
๋์๊ด
โ 6364-1336 Mon: 9am-5pm; Sat.: 9am-12pm
์ฐ์ฒด๊ตญ
โ 5293-2010 Mon.-Fri: 9am-5pm; Sat.: 9am-12pm
๋ญํค ์ํผ
โ 4337-2766 Mon.-Sat.:9am-9pm
์ ์ผ ์์
โ 3915-4340 Mon-Fri:9am-5pm; Sat.: 9am-12pm
๋๋ฐ DVD
โ 8205-9230 Mon-Sat.: 9am-7pm; Sun.: 9am-1pm
Note: โSat: 9am-1pmโ is read as ํ ์์ผ ์ค์ ์ํ ์๋ถํฐ ์คํ ํ ์๊น์ง.
1.
A:
์์ธ ์๋น์ ๋๋ค. (This is Seoul Restaurant.)
B:
์ฌ๋ณด์ธ์ (Hello)? ์ค๋ ๋ช ์๊น์ง ํด์ (What time are you open till today)?
A:
์ด๋ ์๋ถํฐ ์ ๋ ์ํ ์๊น์ง์ .
B:
์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค (I see). ๊ฐ์ฌํฉ๋๋ค.
.
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น? 2.
3.
4.
A:
์ ์ผ ์์ ์ ๋๋ค.
B:
์ฌ๋ณด์ธ์? ๋ด์ผ ๋ช ์๊น์ง ํด์?
177
A:
.
B:
.
A:
์ธํ ์ํ์ ๋๋ค.
B:
์ฌ๋ณด์ธ์? ๋ด์ผ ๋ช ์๋ถํฐ ๋ช ์๊น์ง ํด์?
A:
.
B:
.
A:
๋๋ฐ DVD ์ ๋๋ค.
B:
์ฌ๋ณด์ธ์? ?
A: B:
. ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. ๊ฐ์ฌํฉ๋๋ค.
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
178
Suggestions 2: +{์/ใน}๊น์? โShall weโฆ?โ When you want to suggest doing something with someone, you add the ending +์๊น์? or +ใน๊น์? to the verb stem:
Verb Stem
+{์/ใน}๊น?
(Casual)
Verb Stem
+{์/ใน}๊น์?
(Polite)
Rules: โข
If the verb stem ends in a consonant: +์๊น(์)? ์
โข
+์๊น์?
๏
์์๊น์?
Shall we sit?
If the stem ends in a vowel: +ใน๊น(์)? ๋ง๋ +ใน๊น์?
๏
๋ง๋ ๊น์?
Shall we meet?
Examples (1) A: ๊ฐ์ด ์ํ ๋ณผ๊น? B: ์, ์ข์.
(2) A: ๋ญ ๋จน์๊น? B: ๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋จน์.
(3) A: ์คํ์ ๋ญ ํ ๊น? B: ํ ๋์ค ์น์.
(4) A: ์ปคํผ ๋ง์ค๊น? B: ์ด๋กํ์ง? ์ฝ์ ์๋๋ฐ.
Shall we see a movie together? Sounds good (Lit. Yup, good).
What shall we eat? Letโs have Bulgogi.
What shall we do this afternoon? Letโs play tennis.
Shall we have coffee? Oh, I canโt. I have something on (Lit. Oh no, what to do? I have other plans/appointment).
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น? (5) A: ์ด๋ ์๋น์ ๊ฐ๊น์? B: ์์ธ ์๋น์ ๊ฐ์.
(6) A: ๋ฌด์จ ์๋น์ ๊ฐ๊น์? B: ํ๊ตญ ์๋น ์ด๋์?
179 Which restaurant shall we go to? Letโs go to Seoul Restaurant.
What kind of restaurant shall we go to? How about a Korean restaurant?
Refer to the verb table in the appendices.
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
180
Task 6: Role Play Practise making an arrangement to have a dinner with a partner. You may add more food to the list below. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:
ํ๊ตญ ์์
์ข์ํด?
B:
ํ๊ตญ ์์?
๋น์ฐํ์ง (of course).
A:
๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ์ ๋ ์
B:
๊ทธ๋, ์ข์.
ํ๊ตญ ์๋น
๊ฐ๊น?
ํ๊ตญ ์์ (ํ์)
Korean food
์ค๊ตญ ์์ (์ค์)
Chinese food
ํ๋์ค ์์
French food
์ธ๋ ์์
Indian food
์ดํ๋ฆฌ์ ์์
Italian food
์ผ๋ณธ ์์ (์ผ์)
Japanese food
๋ง๋ ์ด์์ ์์
Malaysian food
์คํ์ธ ์์
Spanish food
ํ๊ตญ/ํ์ด ์์
Thai food
๋ฒ ํธ๋จ ์์
Vietnamese food
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
181
Task 7: Word Check Select the odd one out in the following groups of words. The first one has been done for you. 1. ์์์ผ
ํ์์ผ
์์์ผ
์ผ์์ผโจ
2. ํ๊ตญ์ด
๋ ์ผ์ด
ํ๋์ค์ด
์ญ์ฌ
3. ์๋น
์์์
๋น๋์ค
๋ฐฑํ์
4. ์ค๋
์ด์
์ง๊ธ
๋ด์ผ
5. ์์
๋์๊ด
๊ทน์ฅ
์ํ
6. ์์นจ
์ ์ฌ
์ ๋
์ฃผ๋ง
7. ์ ์นํ
๊ฒฝ์ ํ
์ธ์ดํ
๋ํ๊ต
182
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
183
Situation Dialogue 3 Paul wants Hyeonu to study with him tomorrow. ํด:
์ค๋ ์คํ์ ์๊ฐ ์์ด?
ํ์ฐ:
์ค๋ ์คํ? ๋ฆ๊ฒ๊น์ง ์์ ์๋๋ฐ.
ํด:
๊ทธ๋ผ ๋ด์ผ์?
ํ์ฐ:
๋ด์ผ์ ๊ด์ฐฎ์.
ํด:
๊ทธ๋ผ ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ด์ผ ๊ฐ์ด ๊ณต๋ถํ์. ๋ ์์ ๋์๊ด ์ด๋?
ํ์ฐ:
์ข์. ๊ทธ๋ผ ๋ด์ผ ๋ด.
Romanisation and Translation Paul:
Oneul ohue sigan isseo?
Hyeonu: Oneul ohu?
Paul:
You got time this afternoon? This afternoon?
Neutgekkaji sueop inneunde.
I have class until late.
Geureom naeireun?
What about tomorrow, then?
Hyeonu: Naeireun gwaenchana.
Tomorrowโs okay.
Paul:
Geureom uri naeil gachi
Then letโs study together
gongbuhaja.
tomorrow.
Du sie doseogwan eottae?
How about two oโclock at the library?
Hyeonu: Joa. Geureom naeil bwa.
Cool (Lit. Good). See ya tomorrow, then.
Vocabulary ์ค๋
today
์คํ์
[์คํ afternoon; p.m. +์ in (time particle)] in the afternoon
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
184 ์๊ฐ
time; hours
์์ด
[์ have; there is +์ด(casual present tense ending)] have
๋ฆ๊ฒ๊น์ง [๋ฆ๊ฒ late +๊น์ง till] until late ์์
class
์๋๋ฐ
[์ have +๋๋ฐ(soft ending)] have
๊ทธ๋ผ
then; in that case
๋ด์ผ
tomorrow
+์
topic particle
๊ด์ฐฎ์
[๊ด์ฐฎ okay; fine +์(casual present tense ending)] okay; fine
์ฐ๋ฆฌ
we
๊ฐ์ด
together
๊ณต๋ถํ์ [๊ณต๋ถํ study +์ letโs] letโs study ๋ ์์
[๋ ์ two oโclock +์ at (time particle)] at two oโclock
๋์๊ด
library
์ด๋?
How about โฆ?; Whatโs โฆ like?
์ข์
[์ข good +์(casual present tense ending)] good
๋ด
[๋ณด see +์(casual present tense ending)] see
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
185
Task 8: Role Play Practise this role play with a partner. A:
You are arranging a time to meet a friend tomorrow. First, fill in half of the schedule below. You start the conversation.
B:
You are arranging a time to meet a friend tomorrow. First, fill in half of the schedule below. You partner will start the conversation.
Your Schedule for Tomorrow ์ค์ 6์
7์
8์
9์
10 ์
11 ์
3์
4์
5์
์คํ 12 ์
1์
2์
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A: ๋ด์ผ ๋ B:
๋
A: ๊ทธ๋ผ B:
์์ ์๊ฐ ์์ด?
์? ์ด๋กํ์ง?*
์์ ์๋๋ฐ. .
๋ค ์๋?
๋ค ์๋ ๊ด์ฐฎ์.
(*์ด๋กํ์ง? is a contracted, colloquial form of ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ํ์ง? which literally means โHow to do?โ but can be translated as, โOh, no (Iโm afraid I canโt)โ. This expression can be used when indicating that you are unable to accept someone elseโs offer or request. Pronunciation: eo-tteo-ka-ji.)
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
186
Task 9: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) A ์์ด์?
Have you got A?
๋ค, A ์์ด์.
Yes I have got A.
A(the time) ์ ๊ด์ฐฎ์์?
Is A(the time) o'clock O.K.?
๊ด์ฐฎ์์.
It's O.K.
์ข์์.
It's fine.
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์๊ฐ
time
์ค๋
today
๋ด์ผ
์
o'clock
๋ค
yes
Pure Korean numbers up to 12
tomorrow
โ You are going to hear a dialogue in which two people make an appointment to get together. Draw lines connecting people with their appointment time. Ready? Listen! 1์ ํ ๋ง์ค(Thomas)
2์
์์ง(male)
3์ 4์ ์์(Susan)
5์
์๋ฏธ(female)
6์ 7์ ํด(Paul)
8์
์ ์(female)
9์ 10 ์ ์๋ง๋ค(Amanda)
11 ์ 12 ์
๋ฏผ์ญ(male)
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
187
Task 10: Role Play Practise arranging to see a movie with a partner. A list of popular Korean movies is given below. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ Example Dialogue] A:
๋ด์ผ
๋ฌด์จ ๊ณํ (any plan) ์์ด?
B:
์๋, ์?
A:
์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๊ฐ์ด ์ํ ๋ณผ๊น?
B:
์ํ? ์ข์ง (Sounds great)!
A:
๋ฌด์จ ์ํ? ์ด๋?
B: movie title
A:
์ข์. ๋ช ์์ ์ด๋์? ์
B:
์์์ ์ด๋?
hour
A:
๊ทธ๋, ๊ทธ๋ผ.
place
๋ด์ผ
(in front)
๋ด.
Popular Korean Films 1.
The Admiral: Roaring Currents
๋ช ๋ (2014)
2.
The Host
๊ดด๋ฌผ (2006)
3.
Thieves
๋๋๋ค (2012)
4.
A Gift from Room 7
7 ๋ฒ ๋ฐฉ์ ์ ๋ฌผ (2013)
5.
Masquerade
๊ดํด, ์์ด ๋ ๋จ์ (2012)
6.
King and the Clown
์์ ๋จ์ (2005)
7.
Brotherhood
ํ๊ทน๊ธฐ ํ๋ ๋ฆฌ๋ฉฐ (2004)
8.
Haeundae
ํด์ด๋ (2009)
9.
The Attorney
๋ณํธ์ธ (2013)
10. Ode to My Father
๊ตญ์ ์์ฅ(2014)
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
188
Task 11: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) A ์์ด์?
Have you got A?
์๋์ค, A ์์ด์.
No, I haven't got A.
A ์ด๋์? ๊ด์ฐฎ์์.
How about A? It's O.K.
์ข์์.
It's fine.
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์์์ผ
Monday
ํ์์ผ
Tuesday
์์์ผ
Wednesday
๋ชฉ์์ผ
Thursday
๊ธ์์ผ
Friday
ํ ์์ผ
Saturday
์ผ์์ผ
Sunday
๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด
then
์ค๋
today
๋ด์ผ
tomorrow
์๊ฐ
time
๋ค
yes
์๋์ค
no
โ You are going to hear more dialogue on making an appointment. This time, listen for the day and draw lines connecting people with their appointment day. Ready? Listen! ์์์ผ Monday ํ ๋ง์ค
์์
ํ์์ผ Tuesday ์์์ผ Wednesday
์์ง
์๋ฏธ
๋ชฉ์์ผ Thursday ํด
์๋ง๋ค
๊ธ์์ผ Friday ํ ์์ผ Saturday ์ผ์์ผ Sunday
์ ์
๋ฏผ์ญ
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
189
Task 12: Word Check Match the Korean words with their English equivalents. The first one has been done for you. a. ์์์ผ โ
g.
ํ ์์ผ
m. ํ์์ผ
b. ์ผ์์ผ
h.
์ด์
n.
๋ช์
c. ๊ธ์์ผ
i.
์์
o.
๋ด์ผ
d. ์ค์
j.
๋ชฉ์์ผ
p.
์ค๋
e. ์ฝ์
k.
๋ช์
q.
๋ฉฐ์น
l.
โฆ+๋ถํฐ โฆ+๊น์ง
r.
์คํ
f.
์์์ผ
1.
Monday
10.
afternoon
2.
Tuesday
11.
morning
3.
Wednesday
12.
today
4.
Thursday
13.
tomorrow
5.
Friday
14.
yesterday
6.
Saturday
15.
what month
7.
Sunday
16.
what day
8.
appointment
17.
fromโฆ tillโฆ
9.
what time
18.
class
์์์ผ
190
UNIT 6 ๋ช ์์ ๋ง๋ ๊น?
7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
Unit Focus: โข Talking about Past Events o Verbs and Adjectives: Past Tense Endings +(์/์)์ด, +(์/์)์ด์, +{์ผ}์ จ์ด์ o ๋ชป โcannotโ or โdid notโ because of inability โ unintentionally o +๊ฑฐ๋ (์) โIt's because ..., (you know)โ o ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ and +๊ณ โandโ; โand thenโ o Three โandsโ: +ํ๊ณ , +๊ณ and ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ
192
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
193
Situation Dialogue 1 Hyeonu introduces his friend, Kim Minjun, to Paul. ํด:
์ด, ์์ด?
ํ์ฐ:
์ค๋ ๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ์ด?
ํด:
์๋, ๋๋ ๋ฐฉ๊ธ ์์ด.
ํ์ฐ:
์ธ์ฌํด. ๋ด ์น๊ตฌ์ผ. ์ด๋ฆ์ ๊น๋ฏผ์ค. ์ฌ๊ธฐ ๊ตํ ํ์์ผ๋ก ์์ด.
ํด:
์๋ ํ์ธ์, ํด ์ค๋ฏธ์ค์ ๋๋ค.
๋ฏผ์ค:
์๋ ํ์ธ์? ํ์ฐํํ ์ ์๊ธฐ ๋ง์ด ๋ค์์ด์.
Romanisation and Translation Paul:
Eo, wasseo?
Oh, youโre here.
Hyeonu:
Orae gidaryeosseo?
Been waiting long?
Paul:
Ani, nado banggeum wasseo.
Nope, I just got here, too.
Hyeonu:
Insahae.
You donโt know each other, do
Nae chinguya.
you? (Lit. Letโs do introductions.)
Ireumeun kimโ minjun.
This is my friend, Kim Minjun
Yeogi gyohwan
(Lit. Name is Kim Minjun).
haksaengeuro wasseo.
Heโs here on exchange.
Annyeonghaseyo,
Hello, Iโm Paul Smith.
Paul:
Paul smithโ imnida. Minjun:
Annyeonghaseyo?
Hello?
Hyeonuโ hanteseo
Iโve heard a lot about you from
yaegi mani deureosseoyo.
Hyeonu.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
194
Vocabulary ์ด
oh; yeah
์์ด
[์ค come +์์ด(casual past tense ending)] came; got here
์ค๋
a long time
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ์ด
[๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ wait +์์ด(casual past tense ending)] waited
์๋
nah; nope
๋๋
[๋ I; me +๋ too; also; as well] me too; I also
๋ฐฉ๊ธ
just now; a moment ago
์ธ์ฌํด
[์ธ์ฌํ introduce; greet; say hello ๏ ์ธ์ฌํด(casual present tense)] say hello
๋ด ์น๊ตฌ
my friend
+์ผ
+์ผ/์ด์ผ is the casual form of +์์/์ด์์(am/are/is).
์ด๋ฆ
name
์ฌ๊ธฐ
here
๊ตํ ํ์์ผ๋ก
[๊ตํ ํ์ exchange student +์ผ๋ก as] as an exchange student
+์ ๋๋ค
+์ ๋๋ค is the formal form of +์์/์ด์์(am/are/is).
+ํํ ์
from (a person)
์๊ธฐ
story; conversation; chat (shortened form of โ์ด์ผ๊ธฐโ)
๋ง์ด
a lot
๋ค์์ด์
[๋ฃ hear; listen to +์์ด์(polite past tense ending)] heard; listened to
Note: In English we say โcome from ...โ using the present tense (์์). But in Korean we use the past tense (์์ด์) since the act of coming occurred in the past. ์ค์คํธ๋ ์ผ๋ฆฌ์์์ ์์ด์.
I come from Australia.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
195
Verbs and Adjectives: Past Tense Endings Verb or Adjective Stem
+(์/์)์ด
(Casual)
Verb or Adjective Stem
+(์/์)์ด์
(Polite)
Verb or Adjective Stem
+{์ผ}์ จ์ด์
(Honorific)
1) Casual form The past tense endings consist of the present tense ending +(์/์ด) and +ใ ์ด. So to create a past tense verb or adjective, simply add +ใ ์ด to the present tense form: (Present)
โข
(Past)
+์
+ ใ ์ด
๏
+ ์์ด
+์ด
+ ใ ์ด
๏
+ ์์ด
+ํด
+ ใ ์ด
๏
+ ํ์ด
If the last vowel of the stem is ใ or ใ : +์์ด ์ด
+ ์์ด
๏
์ด์์ด
lived
๋ง
+ ์์ด
๏
๋ง์์ด
was/were fine (weather)
When the stem ends with the vowel ใ , only +ใ ์ด is added: ๊ฐ
+ ใ ์ด
๏
๊ฐ์ด
went
์ธ
+ ใ ์ด
๏
์์ด
was/were inexpensive
When the stem ends with the vowel ใ , it is combined with ์: ์ค
+ ์์ด
๏
์์ด
came
When the stem ends in the vowel โใ กโ, it is dropped. ๋์
+ ์์ด
๏
๋๋นด์ด
was/were bad (The dropping of โใ กโ makes ์ in ๋ใ the last vowel.)
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
196 โข
If the last vowel is not ใ or ใ : +์์ด ๋จน
+ ์์ด
๏
๋จน์์ด
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
+ ์์ด
๏
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ด
was/were interesting/fun
When the stem ends in a vowel, the vowel is usually combined with +์: ์ฃผ
+ ์์ด
๏
์คฌ์ด
gave
ํ๋ฆฌ
+ ์์ด
๏
ํ๋ ธ์ด
was/were cloudy
When the stem ends in the vowel โใ กโ, it is dropped. ํฌ
โข
โข
+ ์์ด
๏
์ปธ์ด
was/were big
If the stem ends in ํ: ํ ๏ ํ์ด ๊ณต๋ถํ
๏
๊ณต๋ถํ์ด
studied
ํ๋ณตํ
๏
ํ๋ณตํ์ด
was/were happy
If the stem ends in the consonant ใ and the last vowel is not ใ : delete ใ +์ ์ด ์ฝ ๏ delete ใ + ์ ์ด
โข
๏ ์ฌ์ ์ด
was/were easy
If the stem ends in the consonant ใ and the last vowel is ใ : delete ใ +์์ด ๊ณฑ ๏ delete ใ + ์์ด
๏ ๊ณ ์์ด
was/were fair/pretty
2) Polite form Polite form is constructed in the same way as casual from except that you add ์ at the end.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
197
์ด
+ ์์ด
๏
์ด์์ด
+์
๏
์ด์์ด์
๋ง
+ ์์ด
๏
๋ง์์ด
+์
๏
๋ง์์ด์
๋จน
+ ์์ด
๏
๋จน์์ด
+์
๏
๋จน์์ด์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
+ ์์ด
๏
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ด
+์
๏
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ด์
๊ณต๋ถํ
๏
๊ณต๋ถํ์ด
+์
๏
๊ณต๋ถํ์ด์
ํ๋ณตํ
๏
ํ๋ณตํ์ด
+์
๏
ํ๋ณตํ์ด์
์ฝ
๏
์ฌ์ ์ด
+์
๏
์ฌ์ ์ด์
๊ณฑ
๏
๊ณ ์์ด
+์
๏
๊ณ ์์ด์
3) Honorific form To create the honorific past tense form, instead of the present tense form +{์ผ}์ธ์, you add +{์ผ}์ จ์ด์ to the verb stem. โข
โข
If the stem ends in a vowel: +์ จ์ด์ ๊ณต๋ถํ
+ ์ จ์ด์
๏
๊ณต๋ถํ์ จ์ด์
studied
๋ง๋
+ ์ จ์ด์
๏
๋ง๋์ จ์ด์
met
๊ฐ
+ ์ จ์ด์
๏
๊ฐ์ จ์ด์
went
์ค
+ ์ จ์ด์
๏
์ค์ จ์ด์
came
๋ฐ์
+ ์ จ์ด์
๏
๋ฐ์์ จ์ด์
was busy
๋๋ํ
+ ์ จ์ด์
๏
๋๋ํ์ จ์ด์
was smart
If the stem ends in a consonant except ใ : +์ผ์ จ์ด์ ์
+ ์ผ์ จ์ด์
๏
์ ์ผ์ จ์ด์
put on; wore
์ฝ
+ ์ผ์ จ์ด์
๏
์ฝ์ผ์ จ์ด์
read
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
+ ์ผ์ จ์ด์
๏
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ด์
was funy
์ข
+ ์ผ์ จ์ด์
๏
์ข์ผ์ จ์ด์
was good
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
198 โข
If the stem ends in the consonant ใ : delete ใ +์ฐ์ จ์ด์ ์๋ฆ๋ต
๏ delete ใ
๏
์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ จ์ด์
beautiful
+ ์ฐ์ จ์ด์ ๊ท์ฝ
๏ delete ใ
was/were
๏
๊ท์ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
was/were cute
+ ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
You also need to remember a special set of honorific verbs and adjectives: ๋์ธ์
๏
๋์ จ์ด์
took; ate; drank
์ก์์ธ์
๏
์ก์์ จ์ด์
ate
๊ณ์ธ์
๏
๊ณ์ จ์ด์
was (there)
๋ง์ํ์ธ์
๏
๋ง์ํ์ จ์ด์
spoke; said
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ธ์
๏
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ จ์ด์
slept
๋์๊ฐ์ธ์
๏
๋์๊ฐ์ จ์ด์
passed away
ํธ์ฐฎ์ผ์ธ์
๏
ํธ์ฐฎ์ผ์ จ์ด์
was/were ill
Refer to the verb and adjective tables in the appendices to see the three different forms for a range of verbs and adjectives.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
199
Task 1: Role Play Form a group of three and practice introducing somebody to the rest of your group members. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ์ด, ์์ด?
B: ์ค๋ ๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ์ด?
A: ์๋, ๋๋ ๋ฐฉ๊ธ ์์ด.
B: ์ธ์ฌํด. ๋ด ์น๊ตฌ์ผ. ์ด๋ฆ์
. name
A: ์๋ ํ์ธ์,
์ ๋๋ค. name
C: ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
ํํ (์) ์๊ธฐ ๋ง์ด ๋ค์์ด์. name
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
200
Task 2: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ(EXPONENT) ์ด๋/์ด๋ ๋๋ผ์์ ์์ด์?
Where/Which country do you come from?
A (region)์์ ์์ด์.
I'm from A.
A ์ด๋์์ ์์ด์?
Which area in A are you from?
โ ํ์ ์ดํ(ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) which country ์ด๋ where ์ด๋ ๋๋ผ +์์ China Australia ์๊ตญ ์์ด์ came ์ค๊ตญ ํธ์ฃผ Germany ํ๋์ค France ์ผ๋ณธ Japan ๋ ์ผ
from U.K.
โ You are going to hear an immigration officer asking people what country they come from. Choose the picture that shows the nationality that you hear and write the number of the dialogue in the top row of the table. Ready? Listen!
์บ ๋ฒ ๋ผ Canberra ๋ฉ ๋ฒ ๋ฅธ Melbourne ์ ๋ ๋ Sydney ์ ๋ค๋ ์ด๋ Adelaide ๋ธ๋ฆฌ์ฆ๋ฒ Brisbane
๋ฒ ๋ฅผ ๋ฆฐ Berlin ํจ๋ถ๋ฅดํฌ Hamburg ๋ธ ๋ ๋ฉ Bremen ํ ๋ ธ ๋ฒ Hanover ๋ผ์ดํ์นํ Leipzig
ํ ๋ฆฌ Paris ๋ฃจ ์ Rouean ์ค๋ฅผ๋ ์ Orlรฉans ๋ญ ํธ Nantes ๋ฆฌ ์น Lyon
๋ฐ ๋ London ๋งจ์ฒด์คํฐManchester ๋ฆฌ ๋ฒ ํ Liverpool ๋ฒ ๋ฐ ์ Birmingham ๊ธ๋์ค๊ณ Glasgow
๋ ์ฟ Tokyo ์ค ์ฌ ์นด Osaka ์ฟ ํ Kyoto ์๋ชจ๋ ธ์ธํคShimonoseki ์์ฝํ๋ง Yokohama
๋ฒ ์ด ์ง Beijing ์ ํ ์ด Shanghai ๊ด์ ์ฐGuangzhou ๋ ์ง Nanjing ํ ์ผ ๋น Harbin
โ You will hear an extension of each dialogue. The immigration officer is asking people which city in their countries they come from. Choose the city that you hear and put a mark ' ' in the box next to it. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
201
Task 3: Role Play Choose one of the activities shown below. This is what you did yesterday. Move around the classroom and have a conversation with your classmates about what you all did. Try to expand the conversation by asking further questions.
1.
4.
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ 1] A: ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด? B:
๊ทธ๋ฅ ์ง์ ์์์ด.
A: ์ง์์ ๋ญ ํ๋๋ฐ? B:
ํ ๋ ๋น์ ๋ดค์ด.
2.
3.
5.
6.
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ 2] A: ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด? B:
์๋ด์์ ์น๊ตฌ ๋ง๋ฌ์ด.
A: ๋๊ตฌ ๋ง๋ฌ๋๋ฐ? B:
๋ก๋ฒํธ.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
202
Task 4: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) ๋ญ ํ์ด์?
What did (you) do?
์ธ์ ํ์ด์?
When did (you) do (it)?
Verb stem +(์/์)์ด์
Verb+ed
Noun +ํ์ด์
did Noun
A ์(o'clock)๋ถํฐ B ์(o'clock)๊น์ง
from A o'clock to B o'clock
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์ด์
yesterday
์ธ์
when
๋ญ
what
์ ๋ ์
in the evening
+ํ๊ณ
with(people)
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ
and
+์์
in
์ ๋ (์) ๋จน์์ด์
ate dinner
์ (์) ์ค์ด์
slept
ํ์ด์
did
์น๊ตฌ
friend
์ ํ(๋ฅผ) ํ์ด์
rang
๊ทน์ฅ
cinema house
์ฐ์ฑ (์) ํ์ด์
had a walk
์ฑ (์) ์ฝ์์ด์
read a book
์์ (์) ๋ค์์ด์
listened to music
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด? ํผ์๋ ธ(๋ฅผ) ์ณค์ด์
203 played piano
ํ ๋ ๋น์ (์) ๋ดค์ด์ watched television ์ํ(๋ฅผ) ๋ดค์ด์
saw a movie
โ There was a murder last night. A detective questions each member of the victim's household about his or her activities on the night of the murder. Listen carefully and note down each person's activities in the appropriate spaces on the time grid. You can either use the letter which corresponds to each activity or the underlined words as shown in the notes from the first dialogue. Ready? Listen!
List of the Activities a. ์ (์) ์ค์ด์.
b. ์ ๋ (์) ๋จน์์ด์.
c. ํผ์๋ ธ(๋ฅผ) ์ณค์ด์.
d. ํ ๋ ๋น์ (์) ๋ดค์ด์.
e. ์์ (์) ๋ค์์ด์.
f. ์ฐ์ฑ (์) ํ์ด์.
g. ์ํ(๋ฅผ) ๋ดค์ด์.
h. ์ฑ (์) ์ฝ์์ด์.
i. ์ ํํ์ด์.
์ด๋ฆ 1. ๋ฉ๋ฆฌ Mary 2. ํฐ Tom 3. ํด๋ฆฌ Harry 4. ์ ์ธ Jane
7์ โ 8์
8์ โ 9์
9์ โ 10์
10์โ11์
b
c
d
a
์ ๋
ํผ์๋ ธ
ํ ๋ ๋น์
์
11์ โ12์
204
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
205
Situation Dialogue 2 Hyeonu and Paul talk about why they havenโt finished their assignments. ํ์ฐ:
๋ฆฌํฌํธ ๋ค ํ์ด?
ํด:
์๋, ์์ง ๋ค ๋ชป ํ์ด. ๋?
ํ์ฐ:
๋๋. ์ด์ ๋ฆ๊ฒ๊น์ง ์น๊ตฌ ์์ผ ํํฐ์ ์์๊ฑฐ๋ . ๊ทผ๋ฐ ๋ ์ ๋ชป ๋๋์ด?
ํด:
๊ฐ๊ธฐ ๋๋ฌธ์. ๋ฉฐ์น ๊ณ์ ์ํ ์ด.
ํ์ฐ:
๊ทธ๋? ์ด์ ๊ด์ฐฎ๋?
ํด:
์. ๋ค ๋์์ด.
Romanisation and Translation Hyeo nu: Paul: Hyeo nu:
Paul:
Hyeo nu: Paul:
Ripoteu da haesseo?
Finished your assignment?
Ani, ajik da mot haesseo. Neon? Nado. Eoje neutgekkaji chingu saengnil patie isseotgeodeun. Geunde neon wae mot kkeunnaesseo? Gamgi ttaemune. Myeochil gyesok apasseo. Geurae? Ije gwaenchannya? Eung. Da naasseo.
Nah, not yet. You? Me, neither (Lit. Me, too). I was at a friendโs birthday party until late last night. But why havenโt you finished? (Lit. But why couldnโt you finish it?) Itโs โcause of my cold. Iโve been sick for several days. Yeah? You okay now? Yeah. Iโm fine now. (Lit. Iโve gotten all better.)
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
206
Vocabulary ๋ฆฌํฌํธ
assignment; essay; report (often pronounced as ๋ ํฌํธ)
๋ค
all; in total
์๋
nah; nope
์์ง
yet; still
๋ชป ํ์ด
[๋ชป unable ํ์ด(past tense form of ํโdoโ)] couldnโt do
๋
[๋ you +ใด(topic particle)] you
๋๋
[๋ I; me +๋ too] me too; I also
์ด์
yesterday
๋ฆ๊ฒ๊น์ง
[๋ฆ๊ฒ late +๊น์ง till] until late
์น๊ตฌ
friend
์์ผ ํํฐ
birthday party
์์๊ฑฐ๋
[์ have/there is+์ past tense infix +๊ฑฐ๋ Itโs becauseโฆ]
๊ทผ๋ฐ
โcause I wasโฆ by the way; but
์
Why
๋๋์ด
[๋๋ด finish +์์ด(casual past tense ending)] finished
๊ฐ๊ธฐ
a cold
๋๋ฌธ์
because of
๋ฉฐ์น
[๋ช several +์ผ day(s)] several days
๊ณ์
continuously
์ํ ์ด.
[์ํ sick +์์ด(casual past tense ending)]was sick
๊ทธ๋?
Really? Oh, yeah? (Lit. Is that so?)
์ด์
now
๊ด์ฐฎ๋?
[๊ด์ฐฎ okay +๋?(masculine casual question ending)]
์
Is it/Are you okay? yeah; yep
๋์์ด
[๋ซ recover +์์ด(casual past tense ending)] got better
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
207
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
208
๋ชป โcannotโ or โdid notโ because of inability โ unintentionally You have already seen how you create a negative sentence by using the negative word ์, e.g. ์ ๋ ์ ๊ฐ์ด์ (I didnโt go). If you change ์ to ๋ชป, the sentence becomes ์ ๋ ๋ชป ๊ฐ์ด์ (I couldnโt go). Examples: (1) ์์ง์์ ํํฐ๋ฅผ ํ์ด์.
There was a party next door.
๊ทธ๋์ ์ด์ ๋ฐค์
So I couldnโt sleep well
์ ์ ์ ๋ชป ์ค์ด์.
last night.
(2) ๋ ๋ด์ผ ์์ ์ ๋ชป ์. ๋ด์ผ ๋ฉด์ ์ํ ์์ด. (3) ๋ ๊ฐ๊ธฐ ๊ฑธ๋ ธ์ด. ๊ทธ๋์ ๋ด์ผ ๋ชป ๋ง๋.1 (4) ์ํ์ ์ ๋ชป ๋ดค์ด์. 2 ๊ทธ๋์ ๊ธฐ๋ถ์ด ๋ณ๋ก ์ ์ข์์. (5) A: ์ด์ ๊ณต๋ถํ์ด? B: ์ ๋ ์ ์น๊ตฌ๊ฐ ๋๋ฌ ์์ด. ๊ทธ๋์, ๋ชป ํ์ด. 3
I canโt come to class tomorrow. I have a job interview. Iโve got a cold. So I canโt meet you tomorrow. I didnโt do well in the exam. So I donโt feel too good. Did you study yesterday? A friend came over to my place in the evening. So I couldnโt.
Note 1: ๋ชป ๋ง๋ is pronounced mon-man-na. Note 2: In English we use the word โdidnโtโ rather than the word โcouldnโtโ. But in Korean, if there is some external reason that is preventing you from doing something, you always use the negative word ๋ชป. When you use ์, it implies that you intentionally choose not to do something. Thus, ๋ชป is used far more often than โcannotโ is used in English.) Note3: ๋ชป ํ์ด is pronounced mo-tโaessoe.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
209
Task 5: Grammar Check Fill in the blank with negative particles ์ or ๋ชป. The first one has been done for you. 1. ์ค๋์ ์ผ์์ผ์ด์์. ๊ทธ๋์ (therefore) ํ๊ต์
์
. ๊ฐ์.
2. ํฌ๋ ์ ์ข์ํด์. ๊ทธ๋์ ________ ๋จน์ด์. 3. ๋ ์ฝฉ ์๋ ๋ฅด๊ธฐ ์์ด์ (have a peanut allergy). ๊ทธ๋์ ๋ ์ฝฉ ๋ฒํฐ ________ ๋จน์ด์. 4. ์ปดํจํฐ ์ฌ๊ณ ์ถ์ด์ (want to buy). ๊ทธ๋ฐ๋ฐ (but) ๋ (money) ์์ด์. ๊ทธ๋์ ________ ์ฌ์. 5. ์ง๊ธ ๋ฐฐ ์ํ์ (I have a stomach ache). ๊ทธ๋์ ์ ๋ ______ ๋จน์ด์. 6. ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ ์ข์ํด์. ํ์ง๋ง (but) ์ด์ฝ๋ฆฟ์ ______ ์ข์ํด์. 7. ํธ๋ํฐ(mobile phone)์ด ์์ด์. ๊ทธ๋์ ์ง๊ธ ๋ฌธ์ ______ ๋ณด๋ด์ (send a text message/SMS). 8. A: ์ผ, ๋ ์ค๋ ์์ ______ ํด? B: ์ด. ์์ ์์ด. 9. A: ์๋ฏธํํ ์ ํํ์ด? B: ์ด, ํ์ด. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ์ ํ ______ ๋ฐ์ (not answering the telephone). 10. ์ ์๋: ์์ ํ์ด์? ํ์:
์๋์, ________ ํ์ด์.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
210
+๊ฑฐ๋ (์) โIt's because ..., (you know)โ You use โ+๊ฑฐ๋ (์)โ to provide a reason for an action or situation. This is a sentence ending which is often used in everyday conversation. It can be translated in English as โIt's because..., (you know)โ, however, this would be often omitted because the meaning will usually be quite clear from context.
Present
(1)
(2)
Future
+๊ฑฐ๋
+(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋
+{์ด}๊ฑฐ๋
+{์ด์/์}๊ฑฐ๋ +{์ผ/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋
Verb or Adjective Noun
Past
A: ๋ฆฌํฌํธ ๋๋์ด?
Have you finished your essay?
B: ์์ง ๋ชป ํ์ด. ๋ฐ๋นด๊ฑฐ๋ .
Not yet. Iโve been busy, you know.
A: ๊ณผ์ ๋๋์ด?
Have you finished your assignment?
B: ์๋. ์ปดํจํฐ๊ฐ ๊ณ ์ฅ ๋ฌ๊ฑฐ๋ . Nope. My computerโs crashed. (3)
A: ์ด๋ ๊ฐ?
Whereโre you goinโ?
B: ๋์๊ด์.
To the library.
๋ด์ผ ์ํ ์๊ฑฐ๋ . (4)
A: ์๋๋์๋ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ์ค์ จ์ด์?
I've got an exam tomorrow. What brings you to Sydney? (Lit. How did you come to Sydney?) (honorific)
B: ํ์ฌ์์ ์ถ์ฅ ๋์์ต๋๋ค.
Iโm here on a business trip.
์ ํฌ ์ง์ฌ๊ฐ ์ฌ๊ธฐ ์๊ฑฐ๋ ์. My (Lit. our) company has a branch office here.
Refer to the verb and adjective table in the appendices.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
211
Task 6: Role Play Practise this role play with a partner. Take turns asking each other โ๋ฆฌํฌํธ ๋๋์ด?โ and coming up with reasons why you couldnโt do it. Write your and your partnerโs reasons in the table below. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ๋ฆฌํฌํธ ๋๋์ด? B: ์์ง ๋ค ๋ชป ํ์ด. ๊ฐ๊ธฐ ๊ฑธ๋ ธ๊ฑฐ๋ . .
Reason (+๊ฑฐ๋ )
English translation
1.
I had (part-time) work.
2.
I slept.
3.
I was sick.
4.
Iโve been too busy.
5.
It was too hard.
6.
I had too much to drink (alcohol).
7. ์ฐจ ์ฌ๊ณ ๋ฌ๊ฑฐ๋ .
I had a car accident.
8.
My computer crashed.
212
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
213
Situation Dialogue 3 Minseoโs mum asks whether she has already eaten when she comes home. ์๋ง:
์๊น ์คํ์ ์ ํํ์๋๋ฐ.
๋ฏผ์:
๊ทธ๋? ๊ทธ๋ ๋์๊ด์์ ๊ณต๋ถํ๊ณ ์์์ด.
์๋ง:
์ ๋ ๋จน์์ด?
๋ฏผ์:
์.
์๋ง:
ํผ์ ๋จน์์ด?
๋ฏผ์:
์๋, ์น๊ตฌํ๊ณ .
์๋ง:
์น๊ตฌ ๋๊ตฌ? ๋จ์์น๊ตฌ?
๋ฏผ์:
์๋ง! ์๋์ผ. ์๋ฏธํ๊ณ ๋จน์์ด.
Romanisation and Translation Mum:
Akka ohue
I called you this afternoon.
jeonhwahaesseonneunde. Minseo: Geurae? Geuttae doseogwanโ eseo
Mum:
Yeah? I was studying in the
gongbuhago isseosseo.
library (at that time).
Jeonyeok meogeosseo?
Had dinner?
Minseo: Eung.
Yeah.
Mum:
Did you eat alone?
Honja meogeosseo?
Minseo: Ani, chinguhago.
Nah, with a friend.
Mum:
What friend? A boyfriend?
Chingu nugu? Namjachingu?
Minseo: Eomma! Aniya. Yeongmihago meogeosseo.
Mum! Itโs not! I ate with Yeongmi.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
214
Vocabulary ์๊น
a little while ago
์คํ์
[์คํ afternoon +์(time particle)] in the afternoon
์ ํํ์๋๋ฐ
[์ ํํ make a phone call ๏ ์ ํํ +์ (past tense infix) +๋๋ฐ] called... (When Minseoโs mother tells Minseo that she called this afternoon, she uses the verb ending ์ ํํ์๋๋ฐ. This places an emphasis on her action. If she had just said ์ ํํ๋๋ฐ, it would describe what she did, but with a nuance indicating that it was no big deal.)
๊ทธ๋?
Oh, yeah? Really? (Lit. Is that so?)
๊ทธ๋
(at) that time
๋์๊ด์์
[๋์๊ด library +์์(activity location particle)] in the library
๊ณต๋ถํ๊ณ ์์์ด
[๊ณต๋ถํ study +๊ณ ์์์ด(past progressive tense)] was studying
์ ๋
dinner
๋จน์์ด
[๋จน eat +์์ด(casual past tense ending)] ate
์
yeah; yup
ํผ์
alone; by oneself
์๋
nah; nope
์น๊ตฌํ๊ณ
[์น๊ตฌ friend +ํ๊ณ with] with a friend
๋๊ตฌ
who
๋จ์์น๊ตฌ
boyfriend
์๋ง
mum
์๋์ผ
Itโs not
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
+ํ๊ณ
215
and; with (When the phrase +ํ๊ณ (๊ฐ์ด) is attached to a person, it means โ(together) withโ. You can omit ๊ฐ์ด, with not much difference in meaning.) A: ์ด๋ ์ด์์?
Where do you live?
B: ์ ์ฌ๋์ ์ด์์.
I live in Shinsa-dong.
A: ํผ์ ์ด์์?
Do you live on your own?
B: ์๋์, ํ๊ตญ ์น๊ตฌํ๊ณ
No, I live with a Korean friend.
๊ฐ์ด ์ด์์.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
216
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ and +๊ณ โandโ; โand thenโ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ can be used to connect two sentences. It is placed at the beginning of the second sentence and operates like the English โAndโ or โAnd thenโ: (1) ์๋ฏธ๋ ์์ ๋ค์ด์. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ฒ ๋ฏผ์ด๋ ์ฑ ์ฝ์ด์.*
Sumi is listening to music. And Cheolmin is reading a book.
(*In colloquial speech, it is common to add ์ด when a personโs first name ends in a consonant: ์ฒ ๋ฏผ+์ด. This should not be done with seniors or in formal situations. ) (2) ์๋ฏธ๋ ์ ๋ ๋จน์์ด์. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ค์ ๋๊ฐ์ด์.
Sumi ate her dinner. And then she went out again.
The sentences can describe two independent actions as in the first example, or alternatively, two actions in a time sequence as in the second example. Note that when the subjects of the two sentences are different, you use the topic particle +{์/๋} since you are contrasting them as in (1).
As in English, you can also combine these sentences and make them into one. To do this, instead of using ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , you add the ending +๊ณ to the stem of the first verb:
(3) ์๋ฏธ๋ ์์ ๋ฃ๊ณ * ์ฒ ๋ฏผ์ด๋ ์ฑ ์ฝ์ด์.
Sumi is listening to music and Cheolmin is reading a book.
(*The verb ๋ค์ด์ in (1) is irregular, with the stem ๋ฃ.) (4) ์๋ฏธ๋ ์ ๋ ๋จน๊ณ ๋ค์ ๋๊ฐ์ด์.
Sumi ate her dinner and then went out again.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
217
Even though the two sentences in (4) are in past tense, when we join them with +๊ณ , we do not use the past tense form in the first clause, but only in the final clause. That is, we do not say, ๋จน์๊ณ (wrong).
(5) ์ ์๋น์ ์ธ๊ณ ์์์ด ๋ง์์ด์.
That restaurant is cheap and the food is delicious.
As you can see from example (5), you can also use +๊ณ to link clauses that end in an adjective, and the rule is exactly the same as for verbs.
More examples: (6) ๋๋ ํผ์๋ ธ ์น๊ณ ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ์ค๋น ๋ ๋ ธ๋ ๋ถ๋ ์ด.
(7) ์ฃผ๋ง์ ์ง์์ ํ ๋ ๋น์ ๋ณด๊ณ ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถํ์ด.
(8) ์ด์ ์น๊ตฌ ๋ง๋๊ณ ์ฌ์ฏ ์์ฏค ์ง์ ์์ด์.
I played the piano and my older brother sang.
On the weekend, I watched TV at home and then studied Korean.
I met a friend and then came home around six oโclock yesterday.
(9) ์ ๋ ๋จน๊ณ ์ง์ ์์ด์.*
I came back home after eating dinner.
(*This structure can also be used to emphasise that you did not just do the second action, but did something first. For example, a mum might ask her son, โHave you had dinner?โ upon his arrival at home in the evening, to which he may reply, โ๋จน๊ณ ์์ด์.โ to emphasise that he ate before coming home.)
Refer to the verb and adjective table in the appendices.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
218
Three โandsโ: +ํ๊ณ , +๊ณ and ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ 1) +ํ๊ณ is a particle used to join nouns together:
์ฌ๊ณผํ๊ณ ์ค๋ ์ง ๋ฏผ์ํ๊ณ ์งํ
2) +๊ณ is an ending used to join verbs or adjectives:
ํ ๋ ๋น์ ๋ณด๊ณ ๊ณต๋ถํด์. ์๋ดํ๊ณ ์๋ป์. (petite and pretty)
3) ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ is a transitional word used to connect two sentences:
์ ๋ ์ ๋จน์์ด์. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ค์ ๋๊ฐ์ด์.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
219
Task 7: Role Play Choose two of the activities shown below. These are what you did yesterday. Move around the classroom, asking each other and talking about what you did yesterday. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด? B: (์ง์์) ์ฑ ์ฝ๊ณ ํ ๋ ๋น์ ๋ดค์ด. ๋? A: ๋ ์ฒญ์ํ๊ณ (๊ณต์์์) ์์ ๊ฑฐ ํ์ด.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
220
Task 8: Reading Read and translate this letter that Michael has written to his teacher after arriving in Korea. ๊น๋ฏผ์ค ๊ต์๋๊ป
์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์ ๋ ์ง๋ ์ฃผ ํ ์์ผ์ ์์ธ์ ๋์ฐฉํ์ด์. ์ค๋๋ถํฐ ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถ ์์ํ์ด์. 9 ์๋ถํฐ 1 ์๊น์ง ํ๊ต์์ ๊ณต๋ถํ์ด์. ์์ฃผ ํ๋ค์์ด์. ๋ค ์๊ฐ ๋์ ํ๊ตญ๋ง ํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์!
์คํ์ ์คํฐ๋ธ์ ๋ง๋ฌ์ด์. ๊ทธ๋ฐ๋ฐ ์คํฐ๋ธ ํ๊ตญ์ด ์์ฒญ ์ํด์! ๋ถ๋ฌ์์. ํ์ง๋ง ์คํฐ๋ธํ๊ณ ์์ด๋ก ์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ด์. ์ ๊ฐ ๋๋ฌด ํผ๊ณคํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์. ์คํฐ๋ธํ๊ณ ๊ฐ์ด ์ ๋ ๋จน๊ณ 10 ์์ฏค์ ๊ธฐ์์ฌ์ ์์ด์. ........ ๋ด์ผ๋ 9 ์๋ถํฐ 1 ์๊น์ง ์์ ์์ด์. ๊ทธ๋ผ ์๋ ํ ๊ณ์ธ์.
2008 ๋ 9 ์ 10 ์ผ ๋ง์ดํด ์ฌ๋ฆผ
Vocabulary ๊ต์๋๊ป
[๊ต์ professor ๋ sir (honorific) +๊ป to (honorific)] Dear Professor (The casual version of +๊ป is +์๊ฒ.)
์ ๋
[์ I (humble)+๋ (topic particle)] I
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
221
์ง๋ ์ฃผ
[์ง๋ past ์ฃผ week] last week
ํ ์์ผ์
[ํ ์์ผ Saturday +์(time particle)] on Saturday
๋์ฐฉํ์ด์
[๋์ฐฉํ arrive๏ ๋์ฐฉํ์ด์(past tense form)] arrived
์ค๋๋ถํฐ
[์ค๋ today +๋ถํฐ from] from today on
์์ํ์ด์
[์์ํ started ๏ ์์ํ์ด์(past tense form)] began
+๋ถํฐ +๊น์ง
fromโฆ tillโฆ
๊ณต๋ถํ์ด์
[๊ณต๋ถํ study๏ ๊ณต๋ถํ์ด์(past tense form)]
์์ฃผ
very
ํ๋ค์์ด์
[ํ๋ค difficult +์์ด์(past tense ending)] was difficult
๋ค ์๊ฐ ๋์
[๋ค four ์๊ฐ hours ๋์ for; during] for four hours
ํ๊ตญ๋ง
[ํ๊ตญ Korea ๋ง spoken language] Korean
ํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์
[ํ do๏ ํ(past tense form) +๊ฑฐ๋ ์ itโs because]
์คํ์
[์คํ afternoon +์(time particle)] in the afternoon
+์
+{์/๋ฅผ}: object particle
๋ง๋ฌ์ด์
[๋ง๋ meet +์์ด์(past tense ending)] met
์์ฒญ ์ํด์
[์์ฒญ tremendously ์ํด์ be good at] awesome at โฆ
๋ถ๋ฌ์์
[๋ถ๋ฝ envious๏ ๋ถ๋ฌ +์์(present tense ending)] envious
์์ด๋ก
[์์ด English +๋ก in] in English
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ด์
[์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ speak๏ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ด์(past tense form)] spoke
์ ๊ฐ
[์ I (humble)+๊ฐ (subject particle)] I
๋๋ฌด
too (much)
ํผ๊ณคํ๊ฑฐ๋ ์
[ํผ๊ณคํ tired๏ ํผ๊ณคํ(past tense form) +๊ฑฐ๋ ์ itโs because] it was because โฆ was tired
๋จน๊ณ
[๋จน eat +๊ณ and]
10 ์ ์ฏค์
[10 ์ ten oโclock ์ฏค around +์ at] at around 10
๊ธฐ์์ฌ
dormitory; halls of residence
์ฌ๋ฆผ
Yours Sincerely (honorific)
222
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
Task 9: Reading & Writing Read the following text and answer the questions below, in English. Also, write about your own holidays.
๋์ ๋ฐฉํ
๋ฐฉํ์ ์น๊ตฌํ๊ณ ๊ทน์ฅ์์ ์ํ ๋ดค์ด์. ์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ด์. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ํ๊ตญ ์น๊ตฌ๋คํ๊ณ ๊ฐ์ด ๋์๊ด์์ ๊ณต๋ถํ์ด์. ๋งค์ผ ์ง์์ ํ๊ตญ ๋๋ผ๋ง ๋ดค์ด์. ๋๋ Rain ์์ฃผ ์ข์ํด์. ๊ทธ๋์ โํ ํ์ฐ์คโํ๊ณ โ์ด ์ฃฝ์ผ ๋์ ์ฌ๋โ ๋ดค์ด์.
๋๋ ๋จ์ ์น๊ตฌ ์์ด์. ๊ทธ๋์ ๋ฐ๋ ํ์ธ ๋ฐ์ด(Valentineโs Day)์ ์ด์ฝ๋ฆฟ ์ ์์ด์. ์น๊ตฌ๋ ์๋ด์ ๊ฐ์ โRainy dayโ ์์ด์. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋งค์ผ ์ ๋ง์ด ์ค์ด์. ์๋ฒฝ ๋ ์์ฏค๋ถํฐ ์ค์ ์ดํ ์๊น์ง ์ ์ค์ด์. ์์ฃผ ํ๋ณตํ์ด์!
1. With whom, and where did she watch a movie?
2. What did she do in the library?
3. Why did she not buy chocolate on Valentineโs Day?
4. Around how many hours of sleep did she normally get every day?
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
223
Vocabulary ๋์
[๋ I +์(possessive particle)] my
๋ฐฉํ
school/uni holiday
๊ทน์ฅ์์
[๊ทน์ฅ cinema; theatre +์์(activity location particle)] in a cinema
์น๊ตฌ๋ค
[์น๊ตฌ friend ๋ค(plural marker)] friends
๋ดค์ด์
[๋ณด see +์์ด์(past tense ending)] saw
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ด์ [์ฌ๋ฏธ์ good +์์ด์(past tense ending)] was good ๋งค์ผ
every day
+ํ๊ณ
and; with
์์ด์
[์ not have/there is not +์ด์(present tense ending)] do not have
์์ด์
[์ฌ buy +์์ด์(past tense ending)] bought
์น๊ตฌ๋
[์น๊ตฌ friend +๋ with] with a friend
๊ฐ์
[๊ฐ go +์ and then] went and
์ ์ค์ด์
[(์ )์ sleep +์์ด์(past tense ending)] slept
๋ง์ด
a lot
์๋ฒฝ
very early in the morning (usually between 1am till 6 am)
ํ๋ณตํ์ด์
[ํ๋ณตํ happy๏ ํ๋ณตํ์ด์(past tense form)] was happy
UNIT 7 ์ด์ ๋ญ ํ์ด?
224
Task 10: Word Check Write down the Korean words next to their English equivalents. The first one is done for you. a. ์ด์ โ
j.
์ ์ค์ด์
b. ์ธ์
k.
์ฐ์ฑ ํ์ด์
c. ์์นจ์/์ค์ ์
l.
ํ ๋ ๋น์ ๋ดค์ด์
d. ๋ฎ์/์คํ์
m.
๊ณต๋ถํ์ด์
e. ์ ๋ ์
n.
์ฑ ์ฝ์์ด์
o.
์์ ๋ค์์ด์
g. ์ ๋ ๋จน์์ด์
p.
์ ํํ์ด์
h. ์ฐจ ๋ง์ จ์ด์.
q.
์ํ ๋ดค์ด์
r.
ํผ์๋ ธ ์ณค์ด์
f.
i.
๋ฐค์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ด์
1.
yesterday
๏ ์ด์
10.
when
๏
2.
in the morning
๏
11.
in the afternoon
๏
3.
in the evening
๏
12.
at night
๏
4.
ate dinner
๏
13.
studied
๏
5.
drank tea
๏
14.
went for a walk
๏
6.
listened to music
๏
15.
played piano
๏
7.
rang
๏
16.
read a book
๏
8.
saw a movie
๏
17.
slept
๏
9.
was interesting
๏
18.
watched television
๏
8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
Unit Focus: โข Ordering in a Cafรฉ or Restaurant o Asking for Something in a Shop o +{์/ใน}๋์ โI wantโฆโ; โDo you want toโฆ?โ o Counting Nouns o Restaurant Related Expressions o Pure Korean Numbers o Noun +ํ๊ณ , +{์ด}๋ and +{๊ณผ/์} โandโ
226
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
227
Situation Dialogue 1 Hyeonu is very thirsty and looking for a cold beer. ๋ฏผ์ค:
์์ด?
ํ์ฐ:
์. ๋ ์จ๊ฐ ๊ฝค ๋ฅ๋ค. ์, ๋ชฉ ๋ง๋ผ.
๋ฏผ์ค:
๋ฌผ ๋ง์ .
ํ์ฐ:
๋ฌผ ๋ง๊ณ ์์ํ ๋งฅ์ฃผ ์๋?
๋ฏผ์ค:
๋งฅ์ฃผ? ์์ด. ๊ทธ๋ฅ ๋ฌผ ๋ง์ .
ํ์ฐ:
์~ ๋งฅ์ฃผ๊ฐ ๋ ์ข์๋ฐ. ํ ์ ์์ง, ๋ญ.
Romanisation and Translation Minjun:
Wasseo?
Hyeonu: Eung. Nalssiga kkwae deomne.
Minjun:
Youโre here. (Lit. You came?) Yeah. Oh, itโs quite hot today!
A, mok malla.
Gee, Iโm thirsty.
Mul masyeo.
Have some water.
Hyeonu: Mul malgo siwonhan maekju eomnya?
Do you (Lit. Do you not) have some cold beer instead of water?
Minjun:
Maekju? Eopseo.
Beer? Nope (Lit. There isnโt any).
Geunyang mul masyeo. Hyeonu: A~ maekjuga deo joeunde. Hal su eopji mwo.
Just have water. Manโฆ but I like beer better. Ah well, I guess water will do, then (Lit. I canโt do anything about it).
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
228
Vocabulary ์์ด?
[์ค come +์์ด(casual past tense ending)] came; got here
๋ ์จ
weather
๊ฝค
quite; pretty; rather
๋ฅ๋ค
[๋ฅ hot +๋ค (exclamatory ending)] hot
์
ah; oh; hey etc.
๋ชฉ ๋ง๋ผ
[๋ชฉ throat ๋ง๋ฅด dry +์(casual present tense ending)] thirsty (Lit. throat is dry)
๋ฌผ
water
๋ง์
[๋ง์ drink +์ด(casual present tense ending)] drink
๋ง๊ณ
instead of
์์ํ
[์์ํ cool +ใด(noun modifying adjective ending)] cool; refreshing
๋งฅ์ฃผ
beer
์๋?
[์ not have; there isnโt +๋?(casual masculine question ending)] Is there notโฆ?; Do you not haveโฆ?
์์ด
[์ not have; there isnโt +์ด(casual present tense ending)] There isnโt.; I donโt have
๊ทธ๋ฅ
just; simply
๋
more; (also forms comparatives like the English โer ending)
์ข์๋ฐ
[์ข good +์๋ฐ (soft sentence ending)]
ํ ์ ์์ง, ๋ญ Ah well, can't do anything about itโฆ (used when you are forced to accept a situation that may not particularly be ideal for you)
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
229
Asking for Something in a Shop When we are asking for something in a shop, we say: A: noun
์์ด์?
Do you have any noun ?
The reply will be either: B: ๋ค, ์์ด์.
Yes, we do.
or B: ์๋์, ์์ด์.
No, we donโt.
Examples: (1) A: ํฌ๋ ์์ด์? B: ๋ค, ์์ด์. (2) A: ์ธ์ผ์ฐจ ์์ด์?
(3)
Do you have any grapes? Yes, we do. Do you have ginseng tea?
B: ์๋์, ์์ด์.
No, we donโt.
A: ์ง๋ฌธ ์์ด์?
Do you have any questions?
B: ์๋์, ์์ด์.
No, I donโt.
(4) A: ์ค๋ ์๊ฐ ์์ด? B: ์? (5) A: ๋จ์ ์น๊ตฌ ์์ด์? B: ์๋์, ์๋๋ฐ์.
You have (some free) time today? Why do you ask? Do you have a boyfriend? No, I donโtโฆ
You can see from the latter examples that this phrase has a wide application not just asking for things in shops.
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
230
Task 1: Role Play Form a group. One student will play Role A, the borrower. The others in the group will be neighbours. Rotate the roles so that everyone has a turn at borrowing. A:
You are cooking for a party and find out that youโve forgotten to buy the items below. Ask each of your neighbours in turn if they have what you need, until you have borrowed all of the items.
B:
Divide up the six items below with your fellow neighbours. This is all that you have to lend.
1. ์น์ฆ
2. ์ฐ์
3. ์ปคํผ
4. ๋น๊ทผ
5. ๋ฐฐ์ถ
6. ํฌ๋
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: B:
์ฐ์
์์ด์?
๋ค, ์์ด์. / (์๋จ,) ์๋๋ฐ์. (When B replies that s/he doesnโt have the item, s/he uses the term ์๋๋ฐ์. Although the meaning is the same as ์์ด์, the ending is softer and sounds more polite. Pronunciation: eom-neun-de-yo.)
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
Task 2: Writing Answer the questions about what is in the refrigerator according to the picture. The first two have been done for you. 1.
A: ์ค๋ ์ง ์์ด์? B: ๋ค, ์์ด์.
2.
A: ๋ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์์ด์? B: ์๋๋ฐ์.
3.
A: ๋ฒ์ฏ์์? B:
4.
A: ๋ฐฐ์ถ๋์? B:
5.
A: ๋ฌ๊ฑ์์? B:
6.
A: ์๊ณ ๊ธฐ๋์? B:
7.
A: ์์ ์์ด์? B:
8.
A: ์ฌ๊ณผ ์์ด์? B:
9.
A: ๋นต์์? B:
10.
A: ๊ฐ์๋์? B:
231
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
232
Task 3: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) A(things) ์์ด์?
Have we got A?
(A) ์์ด์/์์ด์.
We have/haven't got A.
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ๋ค
yes
์๋์ค
no
์ฌ๊ณผ
apple
์ค๋ ์ง
orange
๊ฐ์
potato
๋ฒ์ฏ
mushroom
์์
fish
๊ฒ
crab
๋น๊ทผ
carrot
์ฅ์์
corn
ํฌ๋
grape
์ฝ๋ผ
coke
๋งฅ์ฃผ
beer
์ฐ์
milk
์น์ฆ
cheese
๋นต
bread
์ผ์ดํฌ
cake
๋ฌ๊ฑ
egg
๋ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ
chicken
์๊ณ ๊ธฐ
beef
๋ฐฐ์ถ
Korean cabbage
์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค
orange juice
โ You will hear Susan ask ์๋ฏธ whether or not the following items are in the fridge. However, ์๋ฏธ is quite playful. She does not always tell the truth. Mark โโโ TRUE or FALSE according to whether or not she tells the truth. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
233
์ฐธ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
(TRUE)
โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก
๊ฑฐ์ง (FALSE)
โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก โก
234
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
235
Situation Dialogue 2 Minseo and Jihun are at a coffee shop and Minseo wants to have Patbingsu. ์งํ:
๋ญ ๋ง์ค๋?
๋ฏผ์:
์์ด์ค ์ปคํผ. ์๋, ํฅ๋น์ ๋จน์๋.
์งํ:
ํฅ๋น์?
(Jihun tries to get the attention of a waiter.) ์งํ:
์ฌ๊ธฐ์!
(The waiter comes over.) ์งํ:
ํฅ๋น์ ๋ผ์?
์ข ์ ์:
์ ์๋ง์.
(The waiter comes back.) ์ข ์ ์:
์ฃ์กํฉ๋๋ค, ์๋. ์ค๋์ ํฅ๋น์๊ฐ ์ ๋ฉ๋๋ค.
๋ฏผ์:
์... ๊ทธ๋ผ ์์ด์ค ์ปคํผ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
์งํ:
์ ๋ ๊ฐ์ ๊ฑธ๋ก ์ฃผ์ธ์.
์ข ์ ์:
์์ด์ค ์ปคํผ ๋ ์์ด์. ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค.
Romanisation and Translation Jihun:
Mwo masillae?
Minseo: Aiseu keopi.
What do you wanna drink? Iced coffee.
Ani, patbingsu meogeullae.
Nah, I wannna have Patbingsu.
Jihun:
Patbingsu?
Patbingsu?
Jihun:
Yeogiyo!
Excuse me. (Lit. Over here!)
Jihun:
Patbingsu dwaeyo?
Do you have Patbingsu?
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
236 Staff:
Jamsimanyo.
Iโll go and check (Lit. One moment, please).
Staff:
Joesonghamnida, sonnim.
Iโm sorry (dear customer).
Oneureun patbingsuga an
We donโt have Patbingsu today
doemnida.
(Lit. not available).
Minseo: Eum... Geureom aiseu keopi
UmmโฆThen, can I have an iced
juseyo.
coffee, please?
Jihun:
Jeodo gateun geollo juseyo.
The same for me, please.
Staff:
Aiseu keopi du janiyo.
Two iced coffees. Certainly.
Algetseumnida.
Vocabulary ๋ญ
what
๋ง์ค๋
[๋ง์ drink +ใน๋ wanna] wanna drink
์์ด์ค ์ปคํผ
iced coffee
๋จน์๋
[๋จน eat +์๋ wanna] wanna eat
์๋
nah; nope (casual)
ํฅ๋น์
crushed ice dessert with red beans (also ice cream, fruit etc.)
์ฌ๊ธฐ์
[์ฌ๊ธฐ here +์(polite particle)] over here
๋ผ์?
[๋ available; possible; be done +์ด์(casual present tense ending)] Is ... available? * โ... ๋ผ์?โ can also be used for โIs ... allowed (or possible)?โ. For instance, it can be used in the phrase, โ์นด๋ ๋ผ์? (Can I pay by card?)โ when you wish to make your payment with a card.
์ ์๋ง์
[์ ์๋ง just a moment +์(polite particle)] Just a moment, please
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์ ์ฃ์กํฉ๋๋ค
237
[์ฃ์กํ sorry +ใ ๋๋ค(formal present tense ending)] Iโm sorry; I regret it; I apologise
์๋
customer; guest
์ค๋์
[์ค๋ today +์(topic particle)] today
์ ๋ฉ๋๋ค
[์ negative word ๋+ใ ๋๋ค(formal present tense ending)] not available; is not possible; cannot be done
๊ทธ๋ผ
then; in that case
์ฃผ์ธ์
[์ฃผ give +์ธ์(honorific present tense ending)] Can I please haveโฆ (Lit. Please give meโฆ)
์ ๋
[์ I (humble) +๋ too; also; as well] me too; I also
๊ฐ์ ๊ฑธ๋ก
[๊ฐ์ the same ๊ฑธ๋ก one ofโฆ] one of the same
๋์
two cups/glasses
+{์ด}์
polite particle โ+์โ. * In colloquial speech, Korean people tend to add +์ด before the polite particle +์ (i.e. +์ด์) when the preceding word is a noun ending in a consonant. For instance, ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์ด์, ๋์ด์, ํ์์ด์ and so on. Strictly speaking, however, the proper grammatical way of saying these would be without the +์ด and just with the polite participle +์: that is, ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์, ๋์, ํ์์ etc. Nevertheless, for the purpose of providing โauthenticโ text, we have included +์ด์ in some parts of the textbook, as appropriate.
์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
Certainly; Of course (Lit. I understand).
Culture note: When speaking English, it is very common to add โthank youโ or โthanksโ when making an order. The Korean equivalents are reserved for when we want to express gratitude for something, and are rarely used when ordering from a waiter or shop assistant.
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
238
+{์/ใน}๋์ โI want toโฆโ; โDo you want toโฆ?โ When we express a desire to do something, we can use: Verb Stem
+{์/ใน}๋
(Casual)
Verb Stem
+{์/ใน}๋์
(Polite)
When ascertaining another personโs desire do something, we can use: Verb Stem
+{์/ใน}๋?
(Casual)
Verb Stem
+{์/ใน}๋์?
(Polite)
Verb Stem
+{์ผ}์ค๋์?
(Honorific)
This sentence ending can only be used in the first person (Iโ or โweโ) or second person (โyouโ).
1) Casual and polite forms โข
โข
If the verb stem ends in a consonant (except for ใน): +์๋(์) ๋จน
+ ์๋(์)
๏ ๋จน์๋(์)
want to eat
์
+ ์๋(์)
๏ ์ ์๋(์)
want to wear
If the verb stem ends in a vowel: +ใน๋(์) ๋ง์
+ ใน๋(์)
๏ ๋ง์ค๋(์)
want to drink
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
+ ใน๋(์)
๏ ๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด๋(์)
want to wait
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
239
2) Honorific form โข
If the verb stem ends in a consonant (except for ใน): +์ผ์ค๋์? โWould you like toโฆ?โ
โข
์ฝ
+ ์ผ์ค๋(์)
๏ ์ฝ์ผ์ค๋์
์
+ ์ผ์ค๋(์)
๏ ์ ์ผ์ค๋์?
Would you like to readโฆ?
If the verb stem ends in a vowel: +์ค๋์? ๋ณด
+ ์ค๋(์)
๏ ๋ณด์ค๋(์)
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
+ ์ค๋(์)
๏ ๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ค๋์?
Would you like to watchโฆ?
The honorific form +{์ผ}์ค๋์? is used in question form only, and should never be used to talk about yourself (as it is inappropriate to โhonourโ yourself). Also, note that we must use the honorific word ๋์- in place of ๋จน- (eat) or ๋ง์- (drink) when using the honorific form. That is:
๏
๋์ค๋์?
(correct)
๏
๋จน์ผ์ค๋์?
(wrong)
๏
๋ง์์ค๋์?
(wrong)
Would you like to haveโฆ?
Examples: (1) A: ๋ญ ๋ง์ค๋? B: ์ปคํผ ๋ง์ค๋. (2) A: ๋ญ ๋์ค๋์? B: ํ์ฐจ ์ฃผ์ธ์. (3) A: ๋ญ ์ ์๋? B: ์ฒญ๋ฐ์ง ์ ์๋์.
What do you want to drink? I want to drink coffee. What would you like to drink? Iโd like some tea, please. What do you wanna wear? Iโd like to wear jeans.
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
240
(4) A: ์ ๋ ์ ํ ๋์ค ์น ๋? B: ์... ๊ทธ๋ฅ ์ง์์ ์ด๋. ์ค๋ ์ข ํผ๊ณคํด.
Do you wanna play tennis tonight? Hmmโฆ I just wanna rest at home. Iโm a bit tired today.
There are other expressions in Korean for talking about oneโs desire to do something. When +{์/ใน}๋์ is used, the context is usually to express a specific desire or decision at the time of speaking (e.g. I want to have iced coffee), rather than a more general hope or desire (e.g. I want to speak Korean well./ We want to travel to Europe).
Refer to the verb table in the appendices.
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
241
Task 4: Role Play Get into a group of three. Two of you are friends meeting at a cafe, and one of you is the waitress/waiter. You have learnt the items on the menu in Unit 3. ์น๊ตฌ 1:
๋ญ ๋ง์ค๋?
์น๊ตฌ 2:
์ปคํผ.
์๋,
์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค
๋ง์ค๋.
๋? ์น๊ตฌ 1:
๋
์์ด์ค ์ปคํผ. .
์น๊ตฌ 2:
์ฌ๊ธฐ์! ์์ด์ค ์ปคํผ
์ข ์ ์:
์ฃ์กํฉ๋๋ค, ์๋. ์ค๋์
์น๊ตฌ 2:
๋ผ์?
์์ด์ค ์ปคํผ๊ฐ ์ ๋ฉ๋๋ค.
์... ๊ทธ๋ผ
์ฝ๋ผ
์ฃผ์ธ์.
์๋ฃ์ (Beverages) 1.
์ฝ๋ผ
cola
2.
์ปคํผ
coffee
3.
์ฐ์
milk
4.
์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค
orange juice
5.
์์ด์ค ์ปคํผ
iced coffee
6.
ํ์ฐจ
black tea
7.
๋ น์ฐจ
green tea
8.
์ธ์ผ์ฐจ
ginseng tea
9.
๋งฅ์ฃผ
beer
10. ์์ฃผ
Soju
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
242
Counting Nouns In Korean โcounting nounsโ are commonly used when counting objects with a number. One example of a counting noun, โ์ (oโclock)โ was introduced in Unit 6. An example of an English counting noun is the word โcupโ when we say, โIโll have two cups of coffeeโ rather than โIโll have two coffeesโ.
In English, however, counting nouns are mainly used with โuncountableโ or โmass nounsโ, for example, โtwo loaves of breadโ instead of โtwo breadsโ or โthree pieces of furnitureโ instead of โthree furnituresโ. (Note that in Korean all nouns must be used in their singular form when a number is specified.) (1) ์ปคํผ ๋ ์ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Can I please have two cups of coffee?
(2) ์ฌ๊ณผ ํ ๊ฐ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Can I please have one apple?
The use of counting nouns in English is very limited. However, there is a wide range of different counting nouns in Korean. A very common one is ๊ฐ, which can be used with most objects, although it cannot be used for people. For people, use ๋ช or ๋ถ (honorific). ๋ถ is an honorific form and should be used for elders, seniors, customers etc. For example, when customers arrive at a restaurant:
(3)
์ข ์ ์: ๋ช ๋ถ์ด์ธ์?
How many of you are there?
์๋:
There are three of us.
์ธ ๋ช ์ด์์.
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
243
Examples: ์
์
๊ฐ
๋ช
ํ์
ํ์
ํ๊ฐ
ํ๋ช
๋์
๋์
๋๊ฐ
๋๋ช
์ธ์
์ธ์
์ธ๊ฐ
์ธ๋ช
๋ค์
๋ค์
๋ค๊ฐ
๋ค๋ช
๋ค์ฏ ์
๋ค์ฏ ์
๋ค์ฏ ๊ฐ
๋ค์ฏ ๋ช
The list below shows the counting nouns that you are most likely to need in everyday conversation, so you should memorise these. Item
Counting Noun ์
Example ํ ์ one oโclock
(1)
oโclock
(2)
hours
(3)
months
๋ฌ
์ธ ๋ฌ three months
(4)
age (years)
์ด
๋ค ์ด four years (old)
(5)
people
๋ช
ํ์ ๋ค์ฏ ๋ช five students
(6)
people (honorific)
๋ถ
์๋ ์ฌ์ฏ ๋ถ six customers
(7)
general things
๊ฐ
์ฌ๊ณผ ์ผ๊ณฑ ๊ฐ seven apples
(8)
cups
์
์ปคํผ ์ฌ๋ ์ eight cups of
์ปต
์ปคํผ ์ฌ๋ ์ปต coffee
๋ณ
๋งฅ์ฃผ ์ํ ๋ณ nine bottles of
(9)
bottles
์๊ฐ
๋ ์๊ฐ two hours
beer (10) sheets/tickets/ photographs
์ฅ
์ข ์ด ์ดํ ์ฅ eleven sheets of paper
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
244
This list shows less frequently used counting nouns and is provided for you to refer to when necessary. Item
Counting
Example
Noun ๋ง๋ฆฌ
์ ์ํ ๋ง๋ฆฌ nine cows
๊ถ
์ฑ ์ด ๊ถ ten books
(11)
animals
(12)
books
(13)
pencils
์๋ฃจ
์ฐํ ์ด๋ ์๋ฃจ twelve pencils
(14)
shoes, socks
์ผค๋
๊ตฌ๋ ์ด์ธ ์ผค๋ thirteen pairs of shoes
(15)
suits (clothes)
๋ฒ
(16)
cars
๋
(17)
trees
๊ทธ๋ฃจ
(18)
letters
ํต
์๋ณต ์ด๋ค ๋ฒ fourteen suits ์๋์ฐจ ์ด๋ค์ฏ ๋ fifteen cars ๋๋ฌด ์ด์ฌ์ฏ ๊ทธ๋ฃจ sixteen trees ํธ์ง ์ด์ผ๊ณฑ ํต seventeen letters
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
245
Task 5: Writing Compile a shopping list from the information on the right. Make sure you use the appropriate counting nouns. The first one has been done for you.
a.
oranges
3
1. ์ค๋ ์ง ์ธ ๊ฐ
b.
apples
2
2.
c.
eggs
10
3.
d.
beer
5
4.
e.
wine
1
5.
f.
cakes
4
6.
g.
bread
1
7.
h.
carrots
7
8.
246
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
Task 6: Writing You need to buy the items in the box for a party:
apples -10
apple juice - 2 bottles
pears - 5
beer - 8 bottles
coke - 7 bottles
wine - 1 bottle
orange juice - 3 bottles
Use this information to complete the following dialogues. 1. 1st ๊ณผ์ผ ๊ฐ๊ฒ์์ ์ ์: ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ์๋: ์ฌ๊ณผ ์์ด์? ์ ์: ๋ค, ์์ด์. ์๋: ๋ฐฐ๋์? ์ ์: ์๋๋ฐ์. ์๋: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด,
์ฃผ์ธ์.
2. 2nd ๊ณผ์ผ ๊ฐ๊ฒ์์ ์ ์: ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ์๋: ๋ฐฐ ์์ด์? ์ ์: ๋ค, ์์ด์. ์๋: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด,
์ฃผ์ธ์.
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
247
3. 1st ์ํผ๋ง์ผ์์ ์ ์: ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ์๋: ์ฝ๋ผ ์์ด์? ์ ์: ๋ค, ์์ด์. ์๋: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด,
์ฃผ์ธ์.
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์ฌ๊ณผ ์ฃผ์ค ์์ด์? ์ ์: ์๋๋ฐ์. ์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค๋ ์์ด์. ์๋: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค
์ฃผ์ธ์.
4. 2nd ์ํผ๋ง์ผ์์ ์ ์: ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ์๋: ์ฌ๊ณผ ์ฃผ์ค ์์ด์? ์ ์: ๋ค, ์์ด์. ์๋: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด,
์ฃผ์ธ์.
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋งฅ์ฃผ ์์ด์? ์ ์: ๋ค, ์์ด์. ์๋: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด,
์ฃผ์ธ์.
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ํฌ๋์ฃผ ์์ด์? ์ ์: ์๋๋ฐ์.
5. 3rd ์ํผ๋ง์ผ์์ ์ ์: ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ์๋: ํฌ๋์ฃผ ์์ด์? ์ ์: ๋ค, ์์ด์. ์๋: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด,
์ฃผ์ธ์.
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
248
Task 7: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) A(things) ์์ด์?
Have you got A?
A ์์ด์/์์ด์.
I have/haven't got A.
A(things) ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Give me A, please.
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ๋ค
yes
์๋์ค
no
๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด
then
์ฌ๊ณผ
apple
๋นต
bread
์ฝ๋ผ
coke
์์คํค
whisky
๋งฅ์ฃผ
beer
๋ธ๋๋
brandy
์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค
orange juice
๊ฐ
general item counting noun
๋ณ
bottle counting noun
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
249
โ Listen to the following dialogues that might happen in a shop between a shop assistant and a customer. Write down the number of items that a customer is buying in the box next to that item. Ready? Listen!
1. ๊ณผ์ผ ๊ฐ๊ฒ์์; in a fruit shop
2. ์ํผ๋ง์ผ์์; in a small supermarket
3. ์ฃผ๋ฅ ๊ฐ๊ฒ์์; in a bottle shop
250
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
251
Situation Dialogue 3 Minjun, Hyeonu and Paul are at a Korean restaurant in Melbourne. ์ข ์ ์: ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ์ธ ๋ถ์ด์ธ์? ๋ฏผ์ค:
๋ค.
์ข ์ ์: ์ด์ชฝ์ผ๋ก ์ค์ธ์.
(A waiter comes back to take an order.) ์ข ์ ์: ์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น? ๋ฏผ์ค:
๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋, ๊น์น์ฐ๊ฐ ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์. ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์ ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋นผ๊ณ ์.
์ข ์ ์: ๋ค, ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค.
(The waiter brings out the food.) ์ข ์ ์: ๋ง์๊ฒ ๋์ธ์.
(Hyeonu gets the attention of waiter.) ํ์ฐ:
์ ๊ธฐ์. ์ฌ๊ธฐ ๋ฌผ ํ ์๋ง ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
์ข ์ ์: ๋ค. ๋ญ ํ์ํ ๊ฑฐ ๋ ์์ผ์ธ์? ํด:
์๋จ, ๊ด์ฐฎ์์.
์ข ์ ์: ๋ค, ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค.
Romanisation and Translation Staff:
Eoseo oseyo. Se buniseyo?
Welcome. A table for three?
Minjun:
Ne.
Yes.
Staff:
Ijjogeuro oseyo.
Please come this way.
(A waiter comes back to take an order.) Staff:
Jumun hasigetseumnikka?
Are you ready to order? (Lit. Will you order?)
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
252 Minjun:
Bibimbap hana, gimchijjigae
One bibimbab and two kimchi
dul juseyo.
jjigae please.
Bibimbabeun gogi ppaegoyo.
Weโll have the bibimbap without meat. (vegetarian bibimbap)
Staff:
Ne, algetseumnida.
Yes, certainly. (Lit. Yes, I understand.)
(The waiter brings out the food.) Staff:
Masitge deuseyo.
Enjoy your meal.
(Hyeonu gets the attention of waiter.) Hyeonu: Jeogiyo.
Staff:
Excuse me. (Lit. Hey over
Yeogi mul han janman deo
there!) Can we have another
juseyo.
class of water, please?
Ne. Mwo piryohan geo deo
Sure. Is there anything else you
eopseuseyo?
need? (Lit. Is there not anything else you need?)
Paul:
Anyo,gwaenchanayo.
No, weโre fine.
Staff:
Ne, algetseumnida.
Okay then.
Vocabulary ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์
Welcome (Lit. Please come promptly.); a fixed expression for greeting customers
์ธ๋ถ
three people (honorific)
+์ด์ธ์?
is it? (+{์ด์ธ์/์ธ์} is the honorific form of +{์ด์์/์์})
์ด์ชฝ์ผ๋ก
[์ด์ชฝ this side +์ผ๋ก to (direction particle)] this way
์ค์ธ์
[์ค come +์ธ์(honorific present tense ending)] (please) come
๋น๋น๋ฐฅ
Bibimbap (a rice dish with mixed vegetables, beef etc.)
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์ ์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น?
253
[์ฃผ๋ฌธํ order +์(honorific infix) +๊ฒ (future infix) +์ต๋๊น?(honorific question ending)] Are you ready to order? Would you like to order?
ํ๋
one
๊น์น์ฐ๊ฐ
Kimchi stew
๋
two
๊ณ ๊ธฐ
meat
์ฃผ์ธ์
[์ฃผ give +์ธ์(honorific present tense ending)] Can I please have โฆ? (Lit. Please give me โฆ)
๋นผ๊ณ ์
[๋นผ take out; exclude +๊ณ and +์ (polite particle)] without meat, please
์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
Okay. (Lit. I understand.) (formal)
๋ง์๊ฒ ๋์ธ์
Enjoy your meal [๋ง์๊ฒ deliciously (Note. This is a part of an idiomatic expression so it is unnatural to translate it separately) ๋์ธ์ Please eat/drink (honorific)]
์ ๊ธฐ์
[์ ๊ธฐ over there +์(polite particle)] Excuse me. (when you want to attract someoneโs attention)
์ฌ๊ธฐ
here
๋ฌผ
water
ํ์
one cup/glass
+๋ง
only; just
๋
more
ํ์ํ ๊ฑฐ
[ํ์ํ needed +ใด(noun modifying adjective ending) ๊ฑฐ thing] something you need (Lit. needed thing)
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
254 ์์ผ์ธ์?
[์ not have; there isnโt +์ผ์ธ์(honorific present tense ending)] Is not there anyโฆ?; Do you not have anyโฆ?
์๋จ
no (Lit. No, Iโm not/Itโs not.); contracted form of ์๋์ (polite)
๊ด์ฐฎ์์
[๊ด์ฐฎ okay; fine +์์(polite present tense ending)] Iโm/Weโre fine
๋ค
yes (polite)
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
255
Restaurant Related Expressions ์ ๋จน์๊ฒ.
(casual)
Before eating: Thank you for this meal.
์ ๋จน๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค!
(formal)
(Lit. I will be enjoying the meal); when someone has cooked for you, or treated you to a meal.
์ ๋จน์์ด.
(casual)
After eating: That was a good meal.
์ ๋จน์์ต๋๋ค.
(formal)
(Lit. Iโve enjoyed the meal)
๋ง์๋ค!
Yum!; Tastes good!
๋ฐฐ๋ถ๋ฌ(์).
Iโm full.
์ฌ๊ธฐ ๋ญ๊ฐ ๋ง์์ด์?
What is your recommendation? (Lit. What is delicious here?)
A ์ ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋ค์์ด์?
Does A have meat in it?
๋นจ๋ฆฌ ์ข ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Could you hurry up, please?
๋ฐ์ฐฌ ์ข ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Can I have some more side dishes? (Lit. Please give me more side dishes.)
์ฌ๊ธฐ ๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ถ๊ฐ์.
One more bowl of rice, please.
์ด๊ฑฐ ์ ์์ผฐ๋๋ฐ์.
I didnโt order this.
(OR ์ด๊ฑฐ ์ฃผ๋ฌธ ์ ํ๋๋ฐ์.) ์ด๊ฑฐ ์๋น์ค์์.
Complements of the house. (Lit. This is a (free) service.)
๊ณ์ฐ์ ์ข ๊ฐ๋ค ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Can I have the bill, please?
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
256
Pure Korean Numbers Korean uses two sets of numbers. The first is comprised of numbers that predate the influence of Chinese culture in Korea, โPure Korean numbersโ. The second is based on the Chinese number system, โSino-Korean numbersโ. Pure Korean numbers up to 12 were introduced in Unit 6 for telling the time (e.g. โ1 oโclockโ). Here, we will introduce more Pure Korean numbers. You will hear these numbers used most often for counting everyday objects, such as when people are ordering food or drinks in a restaurant, etc.
ํ๋
1
๋
2
์
3
๋ท
4
๋ค์ฏ
5
์ฌ์ฏ
6
์ผ๊ณฑ
7
์ฌ๋
8
์ํ
9
์ด
10
์ดํ๋ 11
์ด๋
12
์ด์
13
์ด๋ท 14
์ด๋ค์ฏ
15
์ด์ฌ์ฏ 16
์ด์ผ๊ณฑ
17
์ด์ฌ๋
18
์ด์ํ 19
์ค๋ฌผ
20
Examples: (1) ์ฌ๊ณผ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Can I please have one apple? (Lit. Please give me one apple).
(2) ๋ผ๋ผ ๋์ด์.
Two lattes, please.
(3) ์ปคํผ ์ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Can I please have three coffees?
(4) ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ๋ท ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Can I please have four hamburgers?
Note that the object does not change to a plural form when there is more than one, unlike in English.
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
257
Note also that a modified form of ํ๋, ๋, ์ , ๋ท and ์ค๋ฌผ are used with counting nouns, as shown below: ํ๊ฐ
ํ๋
๋๊ฐ
๋
์ธ๊ฐ
์
๋ค๊ฐ
๋ท
์ค๋ฌด ๊ฐ
์ค๋ฌผ
(5a) ์ปคํผ ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Can I please have two coffees?
(5b) ์ปคํผ ๋ ์ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Can I please have two cups of coffee?
While these pure Korean numbers exist up to 99 (shown below), nowadays most Koreans tend to use them only for numbers up to about 20, and use sino-Korean numbers for bigger numbers. Listening Comprehension Tasks 10 and 11 introduce the Pure Korean numbers up to 20. ์ค๋ฌผ 20
์๋ฅธ 30
๋งํ 40
์ฐ 50
์์ 60
์ผํ 70
์ฌ๋ 80
์ํ 90
258
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
Task 8: Word Check Connect the numerals with their Pure Korean number equivalent. The first one is done for you.
1
ํ๋
2
์ผ๊ณฑ
3
์ฌ๋
4
๋
5
์
6
์ฌ์ฏ
7
์ํ
8
๋ท
9
๋ค์ฏ
10
์ด
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
259
Task 9: Listening โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ํ๋
one
๋
two
์
three
๋ท
four
๋ค์ฏ
five
์ฌ์ฏ
six
์ผ๊ณฑ
seven
์ฌ๋
eight
์ํ
nine
์ด
ten
โ You are going to hear pure Korean numbers from 1 to 10. Circle the number that you hear. Ready? Listen!
1. a.5 b.9
2. a.7 b.10
3. a.2 b.8
4. a.9 b.3
5. a.1 b.6
6. a.3 b.8
7. a.3 b.9
8. a.3 b.1
9. a.7 b.5
10. a.4 b.9
โ You are going to hear the numbers again. However, this time write down the number that you hear, if possible, in Korean. Ready? Listen!
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
260
Task 10: Listening โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์ดํ๋
eleven
์ด๋
twelve
์ด์
thirteen
์ด๋ท
fourteen
์ด๋ค์ฏ
fifteen
์ด์ฌ์ฏ
sixteen
์ด์ผ๊ณฑ
seventeen
์ด์ฌ๋
eighteen
์ด์ํ
nineteen
์ค๋ฌผ
twenty
โ You are going to hear pure Korean numbers from 11 to 20. Circle the number that you hear. Ready? Listen! 1. a.15 b.14
2. a.17 b.13
3. a.11 b.18
4. a.19 b.13
5. a.11 b.16
6. a.18 b.19
7. a.15 b.13
8. a.12 b.17
9. a.12 b.15
10. a.20 b.19
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
261
Task 11: Role Play Practice the following role play with a partner, taking turns being a waiter/waitress and a customer: A:
Waiter/Waitress: You work in a fast food restaurant. Take the customerโs order, filling out the order sheet below as you go. Make sure you confirm the order at the end.
B:
Customer: You are making an order at a fast food restaurant for you and your friends. Using the menu below, decide what items and the quantities that you want to order, then tell the waiter/waitress.
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ๋ญ ๋๋ฆด๊น์? (What can I get you?) B: ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ ํ๋ํ๊ณ ์น์ฆ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ๋ํ๊ณ ์ฝ๋ผ ์ ์ฃผ์ธ์. A: ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ ํ๋, ์น์ฆ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ๋, ์ฝ๋ผ ์ ์ด์? B: ๋ค, ๋ง์์. (Yes, thatโs right)
์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ
๊ฐ
์ฝ๋ผ
์/์ปต
์น์ฆ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
๊ฐ
์ปคํผ
์/์ปต
ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
๊ฐ
์ฐ์
์/์ปต
ํ๋ ์น ํ๋ผ์ด
๊ฐ
์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค
์/์ปต
ํซ๋๊ทธ
๊ฐ
์ฌ์ด๋ค
์/์ปต
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
262
Noun +ํ๊ณ , +{์ด}๋, +{๊ณผ/์} โandโ When listing two or more nouns, we add the particles +ํ๊ณ , +{์ด}๋ or +{๊ณผ/์} to the first noun, as shown below:
๋นตํ๊ณ ์ฐ์
1) +ํ๊ณ for colloquial speech:
์ฐ์ ํ๊ณ ๋นต 2) +{์ด}๋ for colloquial speech (often used by children or young females): o If the word ends in a consonant, +์ด๋:
๋นต์ด๋ ์ฐ์
o If the word ends in a vowel +๋:
์ฐ์ ๋ ๋นต
3) +{๊ณผ/์} for formal speech or in writing: o If the word ends in a consonant, +๊ณผ:
๋นต๊ณผ ์ฐ์
o If the word ends in a vowel, +์:
์ฐ์ ์ ๋นต
Note that there is no space between the first noun and the particle, but there is a space between the particle and the second noun (not ์ฝ๋ผ ํ๊ณ ํ์ฐจ, but ์ฝ๋ผํ๊ณ ํ์ฐจ). Koreans tend to use +ํ๊ณ most often in conversation. Examples: (1) ์๋: ์ฝ๋ผํ๊ณ ์ปคํผ ์ฃผ์ธ์. ์ ์: ๋ค, ์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. (2) A: ํ๊ตญ์ด ์์ ์ธ์ ์์ด?
A coke and a coffee, please. Sure, here you are. When do you have Korean classes?
B: ์์์ผํ๊ณ ์์์ผ.
Mondays and Wednesdays.
(3) ์ฌ๊ณผ๋ ๋ ๋ชฌ์ด๋ ๋ธ๊ธฐ ์์ด.
I bought apples, lemons and strawberries.
(4) ๋ ๋ฆฝ์ํ โ๋นต๊ณผ ์ฐ์ โ (์์ ์ฐ ๊ฐ๋ )
Independent Film โBread and Milkโ (Director: Shin-yon Won)
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
263
Task 12: Writing Work out what the following dialogue means and fill in the blanks using the words below. There may be more than one answer. +ํ๊ณ
๋ณ
ํ
ํ๋
๊ฐ
๋
์ข ์ ์:
์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ๋ ๋ถ์ด์ธ์?
์๋:
๋ค.
์ข ์ ์:
์ด์ชฝ์ผ๋ก ์ค์ธ์. ๋ญ ๋์๊ฒ ์ด์?
์๋:
๋งฅ์ฃผ ๋ญ ์์ด์?
์ข ์ ์:
ํ์ดํธ, ์นด์ค, ์นดํ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ ์๋๋ฐ์.
์๋:
ํ์ดํธ ์ธ
์ข ์ ์:
๋ค, ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. ์์ฃผ๋์?
์๋:
๋ง๋ฅธ (dried; dry) ์์ฃผ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
์ข ์ ์:
๋ค, ํ์ดํธ ์
์๋:
๋ง์์.
์ฃผ์ธ์.
๋ง๋ฅธ ์์ฃผ1
์?
Note 1: Korean pub goers normally order ์์ฃผ (drinking snacks) to go with their drinks (It is actually often compulsory to do so!). These side dishes can vary from plates of nibbles to large hot dishes of nicely prepared food. Most drinks are quite cheap, so the pubs usually make their money from selling these drinking snacks.
UNIT 8 ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์
264
Task 13: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) A(things) ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Give me A please.
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์ฝ๋ผ
coke
์ปคํผ
coffee
์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค
orange juice
์ฐ์
milk
์ด์ ์ค์ธ์
routine expression meaning welcome
Pure Korean numbers up to 5 โ You are going to hear three dialogues in which a customer is ordering drinks in a coffee shop. Write down the number of drinks the customer orders in the box next to the drink. Ready? Listen!
9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
Unit Focus: โข Asking for and Giving Prices โข Asking for a Discount o ์๋์์; ์๋์ผ โam/are/is notโ o ์ผ๋ง โHow much?โ o Sino-Korean Numbers o Telling the Time: # minutes o Rate and Ratio Particle +์ โperโ o Delimiter Particle +๋ง โonlyโ o Demonstrative Pronouns: ์ด, ๊ทธ, ์ and ์ด๋ o Vocabulary: Colour Terms ์(๊น) o Vocabulary: Consumer Items
266
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
267
Situation Dialogue 1 Jihun and Minseo are at a fast food restaurant. ์ ์:
๋ญ ๋๋ฆด๊น์?
์งํ:
๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ์ธํธ ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
์ ์:
์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ต๋๋ค.
์งํ:
์ผ๋ง์์?
์ ์:
๊ตฌ์ฒ ์์ ๋๋ค.
์ ์:
๋ง ์ ๋ฐ์์ต๋๋ค.
์ ์:
์ฒ ์ ๋๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค.
Romanisation and Translation Assistant: Mwo deurilkkayo?
What can I get you?
Jihun:
Bulgogi beogeo seteu dul
Two bulgogi burger meals,
juseyo.
please.
Assistant: Yeogi itseumnida.
Here you are.
Jihun:
How much is it?
Eolmayeyo?
Assistant: Gucheonwonimnida.
Thatโs 9,000 won.
Assistant: Manwon badatโ seumnida.
Thatโs (Lit. I have received) 10,000 won.
Assistant: Cheonwon deuryeotโ seumnida. Thatโs 1,000 won change (Lit. I have given you 1,000 won).
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
268
Vocabulary ๋ญ
what
๋๋ฆด๊น์?
[๋๋ฆฌ give (honorific) +ใน๊น์? shall I?] Shall I give โฆ?
๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
Bulgogi burger
์ธํธ
meal; set
๋
two
์ฃผ์ธ์
[์ฃผ give +์ธ์ (honorific present tense ending)] Could I please haveโฆ (Lit. Please give me...)
์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ต๋๋ค
[์ฌ๊ธฐ here ์ there is +์ต๋๋ค (formal style present tense ending)] here it is
์ผ๋ง์์?
[์ผ๋ง how much +์์ am/are/is] How much is it?
๊ตฌ์ฒ ์
9,000 won
+์ ๋๋ค
+์ ๋๋ค is the formal style version of +{์ด์์/์์} (am/are/is).
๋ง์
10,000 won
๋ฐ์์ต๋๋ค
[๋ฐ receive +์์ต๋๋ค (formal style past tense ending)] received
์ฒ์
1,000 won
๋๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค
[๋๋ฆฌ give (honorific) +์์ต๋๋ค(formal style past tense ending)] gave
Note 1: Korean shop assistants typically use formal/honorific forms when speaking to customers. Customers will generally speak to shop assistants in less formal - though still polite - forms.
Note 2: The highest valued Korean note is 50,000 won and the lowest is
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
269
1,000 won. Coins range from 1 won to 500 won. However, 1 won and 5 won coins are very rarely used โ the more widely used ones are 10 won, 50 won, 100 won and 500 won coins.
Further information on current Korean currency can be found at the following web address: http://eng.bok.or.kr/broadcast.action?menuNaviId=1691
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
270
์๋์์; ์๋์ผ โam/are/is notโ 1) +{์ด์์/์์} (am/are/is) In Unit 1 you have learned +{์ด์์/์์} to say โA is Bโ when B is a noun and not an adjective. Remember that this ending must be added to the end of a noun, pronoun or a โwh- questionโ word (e.g what, why, when). Noun+{์ด}์ผ
(casual)
Noun+{์ด์์/์์}
(polite)
Noun+{์ด}์ธ์
(honorific)
Noun+์ ๋๋ค
(polite, formal)
Noun+{์ด}์ญ๋๋ค
(honorific, formal)
Rules: โข
If the noun ends in a consonant: +์ด์์ ์ฌ์ ์น๊ตฌ ์ฌ์ง์ด์์.
Itโs a photo of my girlfriend.
โข
If the noun ends in a vowel: +์์ ๊ทธ๊ฑฐ ๋ญ์์?
What is that?
2) ์๋์์ If you want to say that โA is not Bโ, then you use ์๋์์. Noun
์๋์ผ
(casual)
Noun
์๋์์
(polite)
Noun
์๋์ธ์
(honorific)
Noun
์๋๋๋ค
(polite, formal)
Noun
์๋์ญ๋๋ค
(honorific, formal)
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
271
In this case, however, we do not write it as an ending attached to the noun, but as a separate word, with a space before it: ์ด๊ฑฐ ์ ์ฑ ์๋์์.
This is not my book.
Examples: (1) A:
์ ์ฌ๋ ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋์ด์์?
Is s/he Korean (Lit. Is that person a Korean person)?
B:
(2) A: B:
(3) A: B:
(4) A: B:
์๋์, ํ๊ตญ ์ฌ๋ ์๋์์.
No. S/heโs not Korean.
๊ทธ๊ฑฐ ๋ค ์ฑ ์ด์ผ?
Is that your book?
์๋, ๋ด ๊ฑฐ ์๋์ผ.
No, itโs not mine.
์ด๊ฑฐ ์ผ๋ง์์?
How much is this one?
์ญ ๋ฌ๋ฌ์์.
Itโs 10 dollars.
์ ๋ถ ๋๊ตฌ์ธ์?
Who is s/he? (honorific)
ํ๊ตญํ ๊ต์๋์ด์ธ์.
S/he is a professor of Korean Studies. (honorific)
(5) A:
๋จ๋์์ด ๋ช ํ๋ ์ด์์?
What year of school is your younger brother in?
B:
๊ณ ๋ฑํ๊ต ์ผ ํ๋ ์ด์์.*
He is in his 3rd year of high school.
(*ํ๋ is pronounced [ํญ๋ hang-nyeon])
(6) A:
์กธ์ ์์ด ์ธ์ ์ผ?
Whenโs your graduation ceremony?
B:
์ด ์ ์ด์ญ์ค ์ผ์ด์ผ.
Itโs on the 25th of February.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
272 (7) A:
์ฌ๊ธฐ๊ฐ ์ด๋์์?
Where are we? (Lit. Where is this place?)
B:
์ข ๋ก 3 ๊ฐ์์. *
We are in Jongno 3-ga. (Lit. It is Jongno 3-ga)
(*Pronounced [์ข ๋ ธ ์ผ๊ฐ jong-no sam-ga])
(8) A:
์ค๋ ๋ฉฐ์น ์ด์์?
Whatโs the date today?
B:
์ด์ญ์น ์ผ์ด์์.
Itโs the 27th.
Refer to Appendix 1 at the end of the book (Copular โbeโ tables).
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
273
์ผ๋ง โHow much?โ You have learned the meaning of ๋ช โ โhow manyโ, or โwhatโ when used with counting nouns, such as time/age/floor etc. โ in Unit 6. Now we will look at the word ์ผ๋ง, which has a similar meaning, but different usage.
์ผ๋ง is also used for numerical quantities but unlike ๋ช, ์ผ๋ง is not used before nouns. For example, ๋ช can be used as follows: (1) ๋ช ์์์?
What time is it?
(2) ๋ช ์ด์ด์์?
What age are you?/ What age is s/he?
(3) ๋ช ์ธต์ด์์?
What floor is it?
In these examples, ๋ช is asking what โnumberโ.
๋ช is also used in this way: (4) ํ๋ฃจ์ ์ปคํผ ๋ช ์ ๋ง์ ์?
How many cups of coffee do you drink in a day?
์ผ๋ง, on the other hand, is used like this: (5) ์ด๊ฑฐ ์ผ๋ง์์?
How much is this?
Note that there is no noun after ์ผ๋ง, but simply the verb, โisโ. This construction can always be equated to โHow much isโฆ?โ In the simple form above, it is used to ask the price of something, but the word โpriceโ is not used in the sentence. Therefore, when asking about prices, always use ์ผ๋ง, and for now, use ๋ช for asking about all other quantities or amounts.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
274
Sino-Korean Numbers Sino-Korean numbers are used in cases where numbers are more abstract. As such, they are used for dates, telephone numbers, bus numbers, amounts of money including prices, minutes when telling the time, room numbers, floors of a building, measurements of weight, height, and so on. ์/๊ณต 0 1 ์ผ
์ด
2
์ผ
3
์ฌ
4
์ค
5
์ก
6
์น
7
ํ
8
๊ตฌ
9
์ญ
10
์ญ์ผ
11
์ญ์ด
12
์ญ์ผ
13
์ญ์ฌ
14
์ญ์ค
15
์ญ์ก
16
์ญ์น
17
์ญํ
18
์ญ๊ตฌ
19
์ด์ญ
20
์ญ
10
์ด์ญ
20
์ผ์ญ
30
์ฌ์ญ
40
์ค์ญ
๋ฐฑ
100
์ด๋ฐฑ
200
์ผ๋ฐฑ
300
์ฌ๋ฐฑ
400
โฆ
์ฒ
1000
์ด์ฒ
2000
์ผ์ฒ
3000
โฆ
๋ง
10000 ์ด๋ง
์ญ๋ง
100,000 โฆ
๋ฐฑ๋ง
1,000,000 โฆ
์ฒ๋ง
10,000,000 โฆ
50
20000 โฆ
Examples: year
๋
์ฒ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ๊ตฌ์ญ์ค ๋
1995
month name
์
์ผ์
January
date (of the month) ์ผ
์ด์ผ
the 2nd (of a month)
weeks
์ฃผ
์ผ์ฃผ
three weeks
minutes
๋ถ
์ฌ๋ถ
four minutes
currency
์
์ค์
five won
floor
์ธต
์ก์ธต
the sixth floor
building number
๋
์น ๋
building no. 7
room number
ํธ
ํํธ
room no. 8
telephone number
๊ตญ, ๋ฒ ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์ผ ๊ตญ์ ์ด์ฒ์ค ๋ฒ 1 901-2005
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
275
Note: Koreans typically express the first four (or three) digits of a phone number as one number, followed by ๊ตญ์, and then the last four digits as another number, before finally adding ๋ฒ. However, Koreans are increasingly expressing phone numbers as a series of digits, as in English. That is, more Koreans these days tend to say, ๊ตฌ๊ณต์ผ์ ์ด๊ณต๊ณต์ค, without the ๊ตญ and ๋ฒ.
More examples: (1)
(2)
A: ์ด๊ฑฐ ์ผ๋ง์์?
How much is this?
B: ์ฒ์ค๋ฐฑ ์์ด์์.
Itโs 1,500 won.
A: ์ ์ ์ฌ์ ์๊ธ์ด* ์ผ๋ง๋ ๋ผ์? How much is the starting salary (Lit. salary for new employees)? B: ์ผ๋ฐฑ๋ง ์์ด์์.
3,000,000 won (per month).
(Note: In Korea, salaries are calculated by the month. ์๊ธ means a monthโs pay (์ month + ๊ธ provision). An employee will usually receive a bonus payment which can be up to 6 months base salary per year, as well as allowances for meals and travelling expenses. Starting annual salaries for university graduates in major companies averaged 37,070,000 won (US$34,048) in 2014.
(3)
A: ์ถ์์ด* ์ธ์ ์์?
When is Chuseok?
B: ์๋ ฅ ํ์ ์ญ์ค์ผ์ด์์.
Itโs August 15 in the lunar calendar.
(Note: ์ถ์ is one of the most important public holidays in the Korean calendar. Traditionally, it marked the end of the harvest in autumn. On the day before ์ถ์, millions of Koreans jam the highways and crowd the long-distance buses and trains as they travel to their hometowns for the traditional celebrations.)
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
276 (4) A: ์ฌ๋ฌด์ค์ด* ๋ช ์ธต์ ์์ด์? B: ์ผ์ธต์ ์์ด์.
Which floor is your office on? Itโs on the third floor
(Note: In Korea, the ground floor is designated ์ผ์ธต (level 1). So ์ผ์ธต (level 3) is actually equivalent to the second floor in Australia.) (5) A: ํ๊ตญ์ด ๊ณต๋ถ ์ผ๋ง๋ ํ์ด?
How long have you been studying Korean?
B: ์ผ ์ฃผ ํ์ด.
(6) A: ์ด๊ฑฐ ๋ฐฐ๋ฌ ์ข ํด ์ฃผ์ธ์.
For 3 weeks.
Could you deliver this for me, please?
B: ์ฃผ์๊ฐ* ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
Whatโs the address?
A: ํ๋ ์ํํธ ์น ๋ ์ฒ์กํธ์์.
Apartment 1006, Block 7, Hyundai Apartments.
* In examples 2, 3, 4 and 6 above, a subject particle +{์ด/๊ฐ} has been used (+์ด in 2, 3 and 4, +๊ฐ in 6). This is because in these sentences, your attention is being focussed on the subject (i.e. monthly pay, Chuseok, office, address). When the subject noun ends in a consonant you use +์ด, and when it ends in a vowel you use +๊ฐ. In spoken Korean, the subject particle is sometimes omitted.
Note that it is important to remember for which items you use pure Korean numbers and in which cases you must use Sino-Korean numbers. Eventually you should not have to think about which number system to use. Normally, numbers are written using digits and not spelled out in Hangul. So when a number is written as, for example, 24, you need to know whether to read it as ์ค๋ฌผ๋ท (pure Korean number) or as ์ด์ญ์ฌ (sino-Korean number).
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
277
Task 1: Listening โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์/๊ณต
zero
์ผ
one
์ด
two
์ผ
three
์ฌ
four
์ค
five
์ก
six
์น
seven
ํ
eight
๊ตฌ
nine
์ญ
ten
โ You are going to hear Sino-Korean numbers from 0 to 10. Circle the numbers that you hear. Ready? Listen!
1. a.4 b.5
2. a.10 b.3
3. a.2 b.8
4. a.9 b.3
5. a.1 b.6
6. a.3 b.8
7. a.3 b.9
8. a.3 b.1
9. a.0 b.8
10. a.4 b.9
11. a.10 b.7
โ You are going to hear the numbers again. However, this time write down the numbers that you hear, if possible, in Korean. Ready? Listen!
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
278
Task 2: Listening โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์ญ์ผ
eleven
์ญ์ด
twelve
์ญ์ผ
thirteen
์ญ์ฌ
fourteen
์ญ์ค
fifteen
์ญ์ก
sixteen
์ญ์น
seventeen
์ญํ
eighteen
์ญ๊ตฌ
nineteen
์ด์ญ
twenty
โ You are going to hear Sino-Korean numbers from 11 to 20. Circle the numbers that you hear. Ready? Listen!
1. a.15 b.14
2. a.17 b.13
3. a.12 b.18
4. a.19 b.13
5. a.11 b.16
6. a.18 b.19
7. a.15 b.13
8. a.11 b.17
9. a.12 b.15
10. a.20 b.19
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
279
Task 3: Listening โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์ญ
ten
์ด์ญ
twenty
์ผ์ญ thirty
์ฌ์ญ
forty
์ค์ญ
fifty
์ก์ญ sixty
์น ์ญ
seventy
ํ์ญ
eighty
๊ตฌ์ญ ninety
๋ฐฑ
(a) hundred
โ You are going to hear Sino-Korean numbers from 10 to 100. Circle the numbers that you hear. Ready? Listen!
1. a. 40
b. 90
2. a. 30 b. 70
3. a. 20 b. 80
4. a. 50
b. 90
5. a. 60 b. 30
6. a. 70 b. 80
7. a. 40
b. 30
8. a. 10 b. 90
9. a. 50 b. 30
10. a. 100
b. 90
โ You are going to hear the numbers again. However, this time write down the numbers that you hear, if possible, in Korean. Ready? Listen!
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
280
Task 4: Writing Read the dialogues and write down the prices next to each article. The first one has been done for you.
๏ฟฆ150
.
๏ฟฆ
.
c. soft serve cone
๏ฟฆ
.
d. cheeseburger
๏ฟฆ
.
a. ball-point pen
b.
public transport card (rechargeable smart card)
1. ์๋: ์ด ํ๋ ์ ๋ณผํ ์ผ๋ง์์? ์ ์: ๋ฐฑ์ค์ญ ์์ด์์.
2. ์๋: ๊ตํต ์นด๋ ์ผ๋ง์์? ์ ์: ์ด์ฒ์ค๋ฐฑ ์์ด์์.
3. ์ ์: ๋ญ ๋๋ฆด๊น์? ์๋: ์ํํธ์ฝ ํ๋ํ๊ณ ์น์ฆ ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์. ์ ์: ์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์๋: ์ผ๋ง์์? ์ ์: ์ค์ฒ ์์ ๋๋ค. ์๋: ์ํํธ์ฝ์ด ์ผ๋ง์์? ์ ์: ์ค๋ฐฑ ์์ ๋๋ค.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
281
Task 5: Role Play Practise the following role play with a partner. A:
Customer: You are at a coffee shop. There is a menu on the table but there are no prices. Ask the waiter/waitress for the price of each item and fill in the menu below. When you have all the prices, order a drink. When you have finished, show your partner what you have written to check if you have got the prices correct.
B:
Waiter/waitress: You are serving a customer in a coffee shop. Decide what you would like to charge for your drinks.
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] ์ ์: ์๋:
์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ๋ญ ๋๋ฆด๊น์? ์ปคํผ
์ผ๋ง์์?
์ ์:
5,500 ์์ ๋๋ค.
์๋:
๊ทธ๋ผ,
ํ์ฐจ๋์?
MENU ์ปคํผ
์
์ธ์ผ์ฐจ
์
ํ์ฐจ
์
์ฌ๊ณผ ์ฃผ์ค
์
์ฐ์
์
๋ธ๊ธฐ ์ฃผ์ค
์
์ฝ๋ผ
์
์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค
์
๋ น์ฐจ
์
์ฌ์ด๋ค
์
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
282
Task 6: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) A ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Give me A, Please.
์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ต๋๋ค.
Here you are.
์ผ๋ง์์?
How much is it?
A (price) ์์ด์์.
It's A won (Korean currency unit).
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ
ice cream
์น์ฆ ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
cheeseburger
ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
hamburger
์ฝ๋ผ
coke
์ปคํผ
coffee
์ฐ์
milk
ํ์ฐจ
black tea
+ํ๊ณ
and
๊ฐ
general item counting noun
ํ๋ ์น ํ๋ผ์ด์ฆ
French fries
์ด์ ์ค์ธ์
โWelcomeโ (when greeting customers)
ํฉ๊ณ
sum; total amount
Sino-Korean numbers up to 9,000: ๋ฐฑ hundred
์ฒ thousand
Pure Korean numbers up to 4
โ You are going to hear some dialogue that might happen in a fast food restaurant. Listen for the number of items that a customer is ordering and the price. Write down the number and the price on your sheet. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
1.
283
์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ
๊ฐ
์น์ฆ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
2.
์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ
๊ฐ
๊ฐ
์น์ฆ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
๊ฐ
ํ ๋ฒ ๊ฑฐ
๊ฐ
ํ ๋ฒ ๊ฑฐ
๊ฐ
ํ๋ ์น ํ๋ผ์ด์ฆ
๊ฐ
ํ๋ ์น ํ๋ผ์ด์ฆ
๊ฐ
์ฝ ๋ผ
์ปต
์ฝ ๋ผ
์ปต
์ปค ํผ
์
์ปค ํผ
์
์ฐ ์
์ปต
์ฐ ์
์ปต
ํ ์ฐจ
์
ํ ์ฐจ
์
ํฉ ๊ณ
์
ํฉ ๊ณ
์
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
284 3.
์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ
๊ฐ
์น์ฆ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
4.
์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ
๊ฐ
๊ฐ
์น์ฆ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ
๊ฐ
ํ ๋ฒ ๊ฑฐ
๊ฐ
ํ ๋ฒ ๊ฑฐ
๊ฐ
ํ๋ ์น ํ๋ผ์ด์ฆ
๊ฐ
ํ๋ ์น ํ๋ผ์ด์ฆ
๊ฐ
์ฝ ๋ผ
์ปต
์ฝ ๋ผ
์ปต
์ปค ํผ
์
์ปค ํผ
์
์ฐ ์
์ปต
์ฐ ์
์ปต
ํ ์ฐจ
์
ํ ์ฐจ
์
ํฉ ๊ณ
์
ํฉ ๊ณ
์
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
285
Task 7: Writing Complete the dialogue: You are looking for a newspaper at a kiosk.
์ ์:
1. ์ฝ๋ฆฌ์ ํค๋ด๋:
์ฒ์
2. ์ฝ๋ฆฌ์ ํ์์ฆ :
์ฒ์
3. ์กฐ์ ์ผ๋ณด:
ํ๋ฐฑ ์
4. ํ๊ตญ์ผ๋ณด:
ํ๋ฐฑ ์
5. ํ๊ฒจ๋ ์ ๋ฌธ:
ํ๋ฐฑ ์
์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ๋ญ ์ฐพ์ผ์ธ์? (What are you looking for?)
์๋:
ํ๊ฒจ๋ ์ ๋ฌธ
์ ์:
๋ค, ์์ต๋๋ค.
์๋:
์ผ๋ง์์?
์ ์:
์์ ๋๋ค.
์๋:
์ฝ๋ฆฌ์ ํค๋ด๋
์ ์:
๋ค, ์์ต๋๋ค.
์๋:
์ผ๋ง์์?
์ ์:
?
?
.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
286
Telling the Time: # minutes You have learnt that Pure Korean numbers and Sino-Korean numbers are used for different things. When telling the time, both sets of numbers have to be used. You have learnt how to say 1 oโclock, 2 oโclock, etc., with Pure Korean numbers. Now that we have introduced Sino-Korean numbers, the way to specify the minutes of the time will be explained.
Sino Korean numbers are used for the minutes of the time: ์ธ ์ ์ญ์ค ๋ถ
3:15
To say a specific time, including how many minutes โpastโ, simply add the number of minutes followed by the word ๋ถ (minutes) after the hour, so literally you are saying, โthree oโclock and fifteen minutesโ.
Examples: (1) A: ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B: ์ธ ์ ์ญ์ค ๋ถ์ด์์.
(2) A: ์์ ์ธ์ ๋๋?*
Whatโs the time now? Itโs 3:15.
When do you finish class (Lit. When does class finish)?
B: ๋ค ์ ์ค์ญ์ค ๋ถ์ ๋๋.
I finish at 4:55.
(๋๋ is pronounced [๋๋ kkeunna].)
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
287
Task 8: Listening โ You are going to hear more dialogues on the time. For example, โ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์?โ, โ12 ์ 30 ๋ถ์ด์์.โ Write down the time that you hear in Korean. Ready? Listen!
1. ์ด๋ ์
์ผ์ญ
๋ถ์ด์์.
2.
์
๋ถ์ด์์.
3.
์
๋ถ์ด์์.
4.
์
๋ถ์ด์์.
5.
์
๋ถ์ด์์.
6.
์
๋ถ์ด์์.
7.
์
๋ถ์ด์์.
8.
์
๋ถ์ด์์.
9.
์
๋ถ์ด์์. 10.
์
๋ถ์ด์์.
11.
์
๋ถ์ด์์. 12.
์
๋ถ์ด์์.
288
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
289
Situation Dialogue 2 Minseo is buying some fruit at a market. ๋ฏผ์:
์ , ์์ ์จ, ์ฌ๊ณผ ์ผ๋ง์์?
๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ํ ๊ฐ์ ์ฒ ์์ด์์. ๋ฏผ์:
๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ด ํฌ๋๋ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ํด์?
๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ํฌ๋ก์ ์ฌ์ฒ ์์ธ๋ฐ์. ๋ฏผ์:
๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ๋ฐฐ๋์?
๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ํ ๊ฐ์ ์ผ์ฒ ์์ธ๋ฐ์. ๋ฏผ์:
๋๋ฌด ๋น์ธ์. ์ข ๊น์ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ์ด์ฒํ๋ฐฑ ์๋ง ๋ด์ธ์. ๋ฏผ์:
์... ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ๋ฐฐ ์ธ ๊ฐ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Romanisation and Translation Minseo:
Jeo, ajeossi, sagwa
Excuse me1, how much are the
eolmayeyo?
apples?
Shopkeeper: Han gaee cheon wonieyo.
Theyโre 1,000 won each.
Minseo:
Geureom, i podoneun
How much are these grapes
eotteoke haeyo?
then?
Shopkeeper: Killoe sacheon wonindeyo.
Theyโre 4,000 won per kilo.
Minseo:
Well then, what about the
Geureomyeon, baeneunyo?
pears? Shopkeeper: Han gaee samcheon
Theyโre 3,000 won each.
wonindeyo. Minseo:
Neomu bissayo.
Thatโs too expensive. Can I
Jom kkakka juseyo.
please get a discount? (Lit. Please cut the price a little.)
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
290 Shopkeeper: Geureomyeon, icheon palbaek wonman naeseyo. Minseo:
Well then, you can just pay 2,800 won.
Eum... geureomyeon, bae se Umโฆ then, Iโll take three gae juseyo.
pears, please (Lit. Please give me ~).
Vocabulary ์ผ๋ง์์?
[์ผ๋ง how much +์์ is] How much is it?
ํ ๊ฐ์
[ํ ๊ฐ one unit +์ per] per unit; each
์ฒ์
1,000 won
์ด๋ป๊ฒ ํด์?
[์ด๋ป๊ฒ how ํด์?do?] How much is/areโฆ? (Lit. How do you sellโฆ?)
ํฌ๋ก์
[ํฌ๋ก kilo +์ per] per kilo
์ฌ์ฒ
[์ฌ four ์ฒ thousand] 4,000
+์ธ๋ฐ์
[+์ด am/are/is +ใด๋ฐ์ (soft sentence ending)] is
์ผ์ฒ
[์ผ three ์ฒ thousand] 3,000
๋๋ฌด
too
๋น์ธ์
[๋น์ธ expensive +์์(present tense ending)] expensive
์ข
a bit
๊น์ ์ฃผ์ธ์
[๊น cut; reduce +์ ์ฃผ์ธ์ Please do something for me] please give me a discount (Lit. please reduce the price)
๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด
then; in that case
์ด์ฒํ๋ฐฑ
[์ด two ์ฒ thousand ํ eight ๋ฐฑ hundred] 2,800
+๋ง
only; just
๋ด์ธ์
[๋ด pay +์ธ์(honorific present tense ending)] Please pay
์ธ๊ฐ
three units
์ฃผ์ธ์
[์ฃผ give +์ธ์(honorific present tense ending)] Please give meโฆ
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
291
Note 1: Older male shopkeepers are usually addressed as ์์ ์จ. Older female shopkeepers are addressed as ์์ค๋ง (or ์์ฃผ๋จธ๋, which sounds a bit more polite). These days, especially in restaurants, you will also hear people say ์ด๋ชจ (literally your motherโs sister, i.e. your aunt) instead of ์์ค๋ง. Younger female shopkeepers are often called ์ธ๋ by females, which literally means โolder sisterโ. However, they are hardly ever called ๋๋ by males, which also means older sister but to a male. Males will simply call out "์ฌ๊ธฐ์" (literally Over here!) or โ์ ๊ธฐ์ (Excuse me)โ if they need to catch a young female staff memberโs attention. However, if you feel confused about how to address people at a shop or a restaurant, you can always quite safely use โ์ฌ๊ธฐ์โ or โ์ ๊ธฐ์โ (equivalent to the general expression, โExcuse meโ in English).
Note 2: When ordering something in a shop in English, we often use a phrase such as โCan I please have โฆ?โ. The equivalent expression in Korean is โ... ์ฃผ์ธ์โ, which literally means โPlease give me ...โ
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
292
Rate and Ratio Particle +์ โperโ When we are using numbers, we often want to specify a price or an amount in terms of another quantity. (For example $10 per kilo, 2000 calories per person, 3 times per week, lemons are $2 for 3.) To do this in Korean, add the particle +์ to the unit of measurement (the quantity which comes after โperโ in English).
1 ํฌ๋ก์ 10 ๋ฌ๋ฌ
10 dollars per kilo
Examples: (1) ์๋: ์ ์:
(2) ์๋:
์ ์:
(3) ์๋: ์ ์:
ํฌ๋ ์ผ๋ง์์?
How much are the grapes?
์ผ ํฌ๋ก๊ทธ๋จ์
Theyโre 9,000 won
๊ตฌ์ฒ ์์ด์์.
per kilogram.
์ ๋ผ์ง๊ณ ๊ธฐ
How much is
์ผ ํฌ๋ก์ ์ผ๋ง์์?
one kilo of that pork?
์ผ ํฌ๋ก์ ์ก์ฒ ์์ด์์.
Itโs 6,000 won per kilo.
์ด ์๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ผ๋ง์์?
How much is this beef?
์ก๋ฐฑ ๊ทธ๋จ์*
Itโs 50,000 won
์ค๋ง ์์ด์์.
for 600 grams.
(Note: 600g (์ก๋ฐฑ ๊ทธ๋จ) is often used (rather than 1 kilogram or 500 grams) for meat because it approximates an old Korean measure for weighing meat.) (4) ์๋: ์ ์:
์ ์ฌ๊ณผ ์ผ๋ง์์?
How much are those apples?
์ธ ๊ฐ์ ๋ง ์์ด์์.
Theyโre 10,000 won for three.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
293
Delimiter Particle +๋ง โonlyโ; โjustโ The particle +๋ง is used when you want to say โonlyโ or โjustโ (e.g. Can you just give me 10 dollars?; I just went to Brisbane only, etc.). +๋ง comes straight after the noun it refers to. And as with all other particle, you do not leave a space between the preceding noun and +๋ง.
(1) ์๋:
๋๋ฌด ๋น์ธ์.
Theyโre too expensive.
์ข ๊น์ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Could I please get a discount?
๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ์ด์ฒํ๋ฐฑ ์๋ง ๋ด์ธ์.
(2) ๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ฃผ์ธ: ์ด ์ฌ๊ณผ๋ ๋๋ฆด๊น์?
Well then, you can just pay 2,800 won.
Would you like these apples as well? (Lit. Shall I give you these apples, too?)
์๋:
์๋์, ๋ฐฐ๋ง ์ฃผ์ธ์.
No, just the pears, please.
์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ต๋๋ค.
Here it is.
์๋:
์ผ๋ง์์?
How much is it?
์ฃผ์ธ:
ํ๋ง ์๋ง ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Make it 80,000 won.
(3) ๊ฐ๊ฒ์ฃผ์ธ:
(Lit. Give me just 80,000 won). ์๋:
์น ๋ง ์๋ง ํด์.
How about 70,000 won?
์ฃผ์ธ:
๊ทธ๋ฌ์ธ์.
All right.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
294 (4) ์น๊ตฌ 1:
์ด์ ํํฐ์
Did Minseo also go to the
๋ฏผ์๋ ๊ฐ์ด?
party yesterday?
์น๊ตฌ 2:
์๋, ๋๋ง ๊ฐ์ด.
Nah, just me.
(5) ์น๊ตฌ 1:
๋ ํ ์์ผ๋ ๋*
Do you work (part-time)
์๋ฐํด?
on Saturdays as well?
์๋, ๊ธ์์ผ์๋ง ํด.
Nope, I only work on
์น๊ตฌ 2:
Fridays. (ํ ์์ผ on its own means โSaturdayโ, so the ๋ (day) is actually redundant. However, the two are sometimes used together in colloquial speech. If you wanted to specify that something happened in the daytime, as in the colloquial English, โduring daytime on Saturdayโ, then you would say โํ ์์ผ ๋ฎ์โ because the word โ๋ โ does not have the connotation of daytime that the English word day does. ํ ์์ผ๋ is pronounced [ํ ์์ผ๋ to-yo-il-lal]).
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
295
Task 9: Writing Read the dialogues and write down the prices next to each article. The first one has been done for you.
1.
2.
3.
a. book
๏ฟฆ 15,000
.
b. camera
๏ฟฆ
.
c. apple
๏ฟฆ
.
d. pear
๏ฟฆ
.
e. grapes
๏ฟฆ
.
์๋:
์ด ์ฑ ์ผ๋ง์์?
์ ์:
๋ง ์ค์ฒ ์์ด์์.
์๋:
์ด ์นด๋ฉ๋ผ ์ผ๋ง์์?
์ ์:
์ผ์ญ์ด๋ง ์น ์ฒ ์์ด์์.
์๋:
์ , ์์ค๋ง, ์ฌ๊ณผ ์ผ๋ง์์?
๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ฃผ์ธ:
ํ ๊ฐ์ ์ฒ์ฌ๋ฐฑ ์์ด์์.
์๋:
๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ๋ฐฐ๋์?
๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ฃผ์ธ:
๋ ๊ฐ์ ์ค์ฒ ์์ด์์.
์๋:
๊ทธ๋ผ, ํฌ๋๋์?
๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ฃผ์ธ:
ํฌ๋ก์ ์ค์ฒ ์์ด์์.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
296
Task 10: Role Play Practise the following role play with a partner. A:
You are at a greengrocerโs. Ask the shop assistant for the prices of the fruit below and write them down in the appropriate blanks. When you have finished, show your partner what you have written to check if you have the prices correct.
B:
You are a shop assistant at a greengrocerโs. Decide the prices you would like to charge for each item.
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A:
์ , ์์ ์จ/์์ค๋ง ์ฌ๊ณผ ์ผ๋ง์์?
B:
์ธ ๊ฐ์ ๋ง ์์ด์์.
A:
๊ทธ๋ผ ํฌ๋๋์?
B:
์ผ ํฌ๋ก(๊ทธ๋จ)์ ๊ตฌ์ฒ ์์ด์์.
A:
๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ฌ๊ณผ ์ฌ์ฏ ๊ฐํ๊ณ ํฌ๋ ์ผ ํฌ๋ก(๊ทธ๋จ) ์ฃผ์ธ์.
์ฌ๊ณผ
๊ฐ ๋ฐฐ
๊ฐ ํฌ๋
์
์
kg ์
์ค๋ ์ง
kg ์
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
297
298
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
299
Situation Dialogue 3 Minseo is buying a sweater at a department store. ๋ฏผ์:
์ ๊น๋ง ์ค์จํฐ ์ผ๋ง์์?
์ ์:
์ญํ๋ง ์์ธ๋ฐ์.
๋ฏผ์:
์ข ๋น์ธ๋ค์. ์... ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ด ๋นจ๊ฐ ์ค์จํฐ๋์?
์ ์:
๊ตฌ๋ง ์ค์ฒ ์์ด์์.
๋ฏผ์:
์ข ๋ณด์ฌ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
์ ์:
์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ด์. ๋ง์์ ๋์ธ์?1
๋ฏผ์:
๋ค, ์์๋ค์.
Romanisation and Translation Minseo
Jeo kkaman seuweteo
How much is that black sweater?
eolmayeyo? Assistant Sippalman wonindeyo.
Itโs 180,000 won.
Minseo
Jom bissaneyo.
Oh, thatโs a bit expensive.
Eum...geureom, i ppalgan
UmโฆWhat about this red
seuweteoneunyo?
sweater, then?
Assistant Guman ocheon wonieyo.
Thatโs 95,000 won.
Minseo
Can I have a look at it?
Jom boyeo juseyo.
(Lit. Please show it to me.) Assistant Yeogi isseoyo.
Minseo
Here it is.
Maeume deuseyo?
Are you happy with it?
Ne, yeppeuneyo.
Yes, itโs pretty.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
300
Vocabulary ์
that (one over there)
๊น๋ง
black
์ค์จํฐ
sweater
์ผ๋ง์์?
[์ผ๋ง how much +์์ am/are/is] How much is it?
์ญํ๋ง ์
180,000 won
+์ธ๋ฐ์
[์ด am/are/is +ใด๋ฐ์ (soft sentence ending)] is
๋น์ธ๋ค์
[๋น์ธ expensive +๋ค์ (exclamatory ending)] expensive
์ด
this
๋นจ๊ฐ
red
๊ตฌ๋ง ์ค์ฒ ์
95,000 won
์ข
please; a bit
๋ณด์ฌ ์ฃผ์ธ์
[๋ณด์ด show +์ด ์ฃผ์ธ์ please do something for me] please show (it) to me
์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ด์
[์ฌ๊ธฐ here ์ there is +์ด์(present tense ending)] here it is
๋ง์์ ๋์ธ์?
Are you happy with it? Is it to your liking?
์์๋ค์
[์์ pretty; looks nice +๋ค์ (exclamatory ending)] pretty
Note: You have previously learnt โ์ข์ํ์ธ์?โ (honorific). However, when you are buying things, โ๋ง์์ ๋์ธ์?โ is used instead (Lit. โDoes it match with your heart/feelings?โ) to ask about your preference. A shop assistant might also ask, '์ฌ์ด์ฆ ๋ง์ผ์ธ์?โ (Is the size right?).
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
301
Demonstrative Pronouns: ์ด, ๊ทธ, ์ and ์ด๋ ์ด (this) is used when you want to refer to something or someone located close to you the speaker, ๊ทธ (that) to something or someone located not close to you the speaker but to the listener, ์ (that over there) to something or someone distant from both speaker and listener. The corresponding question word is ์ด๋ (which).
์ด ์ฑ this book
์ด๊ฑฐ this (one)
์ฌ๊ธฐ here
๊ทธ ์ฑ that book
๊ทธ๊ฑฐ that (one); it
๊ฑฐ๊ธฐ there
์ ์ฑ that book over there
์ ๊ฑฐ that (one) over there
์ ๊ธฐ over there
์ด๋ ์ฑ which book
์ด๋ ๊ฑฐ which (one)
์ด๋ where
Examples: (1) A: B:
(2) A: B:
๊ทธ๊ฑฐ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
Give me that one.
์ด๋ ๊ฑฐ์? ์ด๊ฑฐ์?
Which one? This one?
์ ๊ฑฐ ๋ญ์ผ?
Whatโs is that over there?
ํ๊ตญ ํ์ด์ผ.
Itโs a Korean mask.
(3) (A customer is talking to a shop assistant about buying a TV.) ์๋: ์ด ์ผ์ฑ LCD TV ์ผ๋ง์์?
How much is this Samsung LCD TV?
์ ์: ๋ฐฑ์ค๋ง ์์ด์์.
Itโs 1,050,000 won.
์๋: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด ์ LG ๋ ์ผ๋ง์์?
Well then, how much is that LG over there?
์ ์: ๋ฐฑ์ญ๊ตฌ๋ง ์์ด์์.
Itโs 1,190,000 won.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
302
Vocabulary: Colour Terms ์(๊น) ์/์๊น
colour
ํ์์/ํฐ์
white
๊ฒ์์/๊น๋ง์
black
๋นจ๊ฐ์
red
ํ๋์ 1
blue
๋ ธ๋์
yellow
์ด๋ก์/๋ น์
green
๋ถํ์/ํํฌ์ 2
pink
์ฃผํฉ์/์ค๋ ์ง์
orange
ํ์
grey
๋ฐค์ 3 /๊ฐ์
brown
์์ฃผ์
purple
๋ณด๋ผ์
violet
๊ธ์
gold
์์
silver
๋ฌด์ง๊ฐ
rainbow (๋นจ, ์ฃผ, ๋ ธ, ์ด, ํ, ๋จ (indigo), ๋ณด)
Note 1:
ํ๋์ is also used sometimes to describe the colour green. In ancient Korean there were only five pure colour words, so ํ๋์ was used to denote both blue and green.
Note 2:
Younger people tend to use ํํฌ์ rather than ๋ถํ์, which has a rather โold fashionedโ connotation.
Note 3:
๋ฐค์ literally means โchestnut colourโ.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
303
Task 11: Role Play Practise the following role play with a partner. A:
You are a customer in a department store looking at the sweaters listed below. You have a budget of only 65,000 ์. Choose a sweater and ask the shop assistant for the price. When you find the one that you can afford, buy it.
1. black sweater
2. brown sweater 3. red sweater
์ 5. white sweater
์ 6. grey sweater
4. orange sweater ์
์
7. yellow sweater 8. purple sweater
์
์
์
์
9. violet sweater
10. pink sweater
11. blue sweater
12. green sweater
์
์
์
์
B:
You are a shop assistant. Decide what prices you would like to charge for the sweaters.
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] ์์:
์ ๊น๋ง ์ค์จํฐ ์ผ๋ง์์?
์ ์:
ํ๋ง ์ค์ฒ ์์ด์์.
์์:
์ข ๋น์ผ๋ฐ์. ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ด ๋นจ๊ฐ ์ค์จํฐ๋ ์ผ๋ง์์?
์ ์:
์ค๋ง ์ค์ฒ ์์ด์์.
์์:
์ข ๋ณด์ฌ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
์ ์:
์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ด์. ๋ง์์ ๋์ธ์?
์์:
๋ค, ์์๋ค์.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
304
Vocabulary: Consumer Items ์ ์ ์ ํ (Electrical and Electronic Products) ๋ ธํธ๋ถ (์ปดํจํฐ) MP3 ํ๋ ์ด์ด
laptop (computer)
10
ํด๋์ ํ/ ํด๋ํฐ/ํธ๋ํฐ
mobile phone
electric heater
11.
digital camera
12.
์ง๊ณต ์ฒญ์๊ธฐ
electric rice cooker vacuum cleaner
๋์นด (=๋์งํธ ์นด๋ฉ๋ผ) ์ ์์ฌ์
13.
์ถฉ์ ๊ธฐ
์ปดํจํฐ
computer
14.
์ ์นด๋ด
selfie stick
1.
๋์ฅ๊ณ
refrigerator
8.
2.
ํ ๋ ๋น์
television
9
3.
์ธํ๊ธฐ
washing machine
4.
์ ๊ธฐ ๋๋ก
5.
์ ๊ธฐ ๋ฐฅ์ฅ
6.
7.
MP3 player
electronic dictionary power charger
๊ฐ๊ตฌ (Furniture) 1.
์นจ๋
bed
4.
ํ ์ด๋ธ
table
2.
์ฑ ์
desk
5.
์์
chair
3.
์ฑ ์ฅ
bookcase
6.
์ํ
sofa
์ก์ธ์๋ฆฌ(Accessories) 1.
์๊ณ
watch
4.
๋ฐ์ง
ring
2.
ํธ๋๋ฐฑ
handbag
5.
๋ชฉ๊ฑธ์ด
necklace
3.
๊ตฌ๋
dress shoes; formal shoes
6.
๊ท๊ณ ๋ฆฌ/๊ท๊ฑธ์ด
earrings
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
305
Task 12: Word Check Match the Korean to the English. The first one has been done for you.
a.
๊ตฌ๋ โ
e.
๊ท๊ณ ๋ฆฌ
i.
๋์ฅ๊ณ
b.
๋ชฉ๊ฑธ์ด
f.
๋ฐ์ง
j.
์ํ
c.
์๊ณ
g.
์ฑ ์
k.
์ฑ ์ฅ
d.
์นจ๋
h.
ํ ๋ ๋น์
l.
ํธ๋๋ฐฑ
1.
shoes
2.
bed
3.
๊ตฌ๋
7.
watch
.
.
8.
sofa
.
bookcase
.
9.
ring
.
4.
television
.
10.
refrigerator
.
5.
desk
.
11.
handbag
.
6.
earrings
.
12.
necklace
.
.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
306
Task 13: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) ์ผ๋ง์์?
How much is it?
A{์/๋}์?
How about A?
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ๋์ฅ๊ณ
refrigerator
์นจ๋
bed
์ฑ ์
desk
์ํ
sofa
์ฑ ์ฅ
bookcase
๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด
then
์นผ๋ผ ํ ๋ ๋น์
colour television
์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
I see
๊ณ ๋ง์ต๋๋ค
thank you
Sino-Korean numbers up to 200,000 ์ฒ
thousand
๋ง
ten thousand
โ Sumi has come to Seoul to go to a university and has rented a flat. She needs lots of household items. She has decided to buy second hand furniture. Now, she is calling to find out the prices of some items shown in the advertisement below. Write down the price next to each item that you hear. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
์นผ๋ผ ํ ๋ ๋น์
307
์ ์ธํ๊ธฐ(์ฉ๋3.0kg)
ํ ๋์ค ๋ผ์ผ
7์ฒ ์ ๋์ฅ๊ณ
์ปคํผ ํ ์ด๋ธ
2๋ง 3์ฒ ์ ์ ๊ธฐ ๋๋ก
์ํ
์
๋ผ๋์ค
5๋ง ์ ์นจ๋
์นผ
3์ฒ ์ ์ ๊ธฐ ๋ฐฅํต โ 6985-7643 ์ฑ ์ฅ 100 x 200 cm
ํ์๊ธฐ ์ฑ ์ 80x150cm
๋ง 5์ฒ ์
ํผ์๋ ธ ์์ ๊ฑฐ (5๋จ)
3๋ง 5์ฒ ์
4๋ง 2์ฒ ์ ์ 9์ฒ ์ ์ โ 5388-9155
6๋ง ์ ์ปดํจํฐ 386DX40 ์ MP3 ํ๋ ์ด์ด โ 4387-2513
์
โ 7556-3440
โ 8565-3740 ์ง๊ณต ์ฒญ์๊ธฐ
์ปดํจํฐ ์ฑ ์
10๋ง ์
FM/AM ์คํ ๋ ์ค ๋ผ๋์ค
75๋ง ์ 7๋ง ์ ์คํ ๋ฐ์ด
70๋ง ์ 8๋ง ์ 9๋ง 5์ฒ ์ โ 3736-1884 50๋ง ์
308
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
Task 14: Web Task Visit the ์ด๋งํธ (EโMart) website and find the prices of 5 items you want to buy: http://www.emart.co.kr
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
309
Task 15: Word Check Select the odd one out in the following group of words. The first one has been done for you. 1. ๊ตฌ๋
๊ท๊ณ ๋ฆฌ
๋์ฅ๊ณ โ
๋ชฉ๊ฑธ์ด
2. ๋ฐ์ง
์ํ
์์
์ฑ ์
3. ์ฑ ์ฅ
์นจ๋
ํ ๋ ๋น์
ํธ๋๋ฐฑ
4. ๊ฒ์ ์
๋ ธ๋ ์
ํ๋์
๋นจ๊ฐ ์
5. ๋ธ๊ธฐ
๋ฐฐ
ํฌ๋
์ฌ๊ณผ ์ฃผ์ค
6. ํธ์ฃผ
์์ด
์ค๊ตญ
ํ๊ตญ
7. ํ๊ตญ์ด
์ผ๋ณธ์ด
์ค๊ตญ์ด
๋ ์ผ
8. ์ํ
์ผ๊ณฑ
์ด์ญ
์ฌ์ฏ
9. ์ฌ์
์ฑ
์ ๋ฌธ
ํ ๋ ๋น์
10. ๋ฐฑ
์ฒ
๋
๋ง
11. ์ด์ญ
์ค๋ฌผ
ํ๋
์๋ฅธ
12. ์
์ดํ๋
๋งํ
์ค์ญ
13. ๋ค์ฏ
์ค
์ญ์น
๊ตฌ์ญ
14. ๋ฌ
์
์ผ
๋
310
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
Task 16: Reading 1. Read the following text from beginning to end without stopping, even if you come across vocabulary that you donโt know. Try to guess the meaning through the context. 2. If you still have words that you donโt know after you have tried guessing from the context, ask your classmates. You will probably be able to understand most of the new vocabulary using this method. 3. Ask your teacher about any remaining unknown vocabulary.
(Susan has come to Korea on an exchange program and wrote the following email to her Korean teacher in Australia.) ์ ๋ ์์ธ๋ํ๊ต์ ๊ตํํ์์ผ๋ก ์์ด์. ์ด์ ๋ ์น๊ตฌ๋ค์ด๋ ์๋น์์ ์ ์ฌ ๋จน์์ด์. ๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋จน์๋๋ฐ ๊ฝค ๋น์์ด์! ์ผ ์ธ๋ถ์ 18,000 ์์ด์์ด์. ์ค๋์ ํ๊ต ์๋น์์ ์ ์ฌ ๋จน์์ด์. ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ์ ๋จน์์ด์. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ์์ฃผ ์์ด์! ํ๊ต ์๋น์์๋ ์์ฌ๊ฐ 1,250 ์๋ถํฐ 4,000 ์๊น์ง์์! ์ค๋ ์คํ์ ์น๊ตฌ๋ ์ปคํผ์์ ๊ฐ์ด์. ๋ผ๋ผ๋ฅผ ๋ง์ จ์ด์. ์คํ๋ฒ ์ค์ธ๋ฐ ๋๊ฒ ๋น์์ด์. ์ ๋ผ๋ผ๋ 5,500 ์์ด์์ด์. ๊ทธ๋์ ํ๊ตญ์์ ๋ํ์๋ค์ ์ํผ์์ ์ปคํผ๋ฅผ ๋ง์ด ์ฌ์. ๋ ์ธ๊ฑฐ๋ ์.
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
311
Vocabulary ์ ๋
[์ I(humble) +๋(topic particle)] I
์์ธ๋ํ๊ต์
[์์ธ Seoul ๋ํ๊ต University +์ to] to Seoul (National) University
๊ตํํ์์ผ๋ก
[๊ตํ exchange ํ์ student +์ผ๋ก as] as an exchange student
์์ด์
[์ค come +์์ด์(past tense ending)] came
์ด์ ๋
[์ด์ yesterday +๋(topic particle)] yesterday
์น๊ตฌ๋ค์ด๋
[์น๊ตฌ friend ๋ค(plural marker) +์ด๋ with] with friends
์๋น์์
[์๋น restaurant +์์ at] at a restaurant
์ ์ฌ
lunch
๋จน์์ด์
[๋จน eat +์์ด์(past tense ending)] ate
+{์/๋ฅผ}
object particles
๋จน์๋๋ฐ
[๋จน eat +์(past tense infix) +๋๋ฐ(connector for adding extra information)] ate and/but
๊ฝค ๋น์์ด์
[๊ฝค quite ๋น์ธ expensive +์์ด์(past tense ending)] was quite expensive
์ผ ์ธ๋ถ์
[์ผ ์ธ๋ถ one serving +์ per] per serving
+์ด์์ด์
past tense form of +์ด์์
์ค๋์
[์ค๋ today +์(topic particle)] (as for) today
+์์
at; in (activity location particle)
๊ทผ๋ฐ
but; by the way
์์ฃผ ์์ด์
[์์ฃผ very ์ธ cheap +์์ด์(past tense ending)] was very cheap
์๋น์์๋
[์๋น restaurant +์์ at +๋(topic particle)] at the restaurant
์์ฌ๊ฐ
[์์ฌ meal(s) +๊ฐ(subject particle)] meals
+๋ถํฐ +๊น์ง
fromโฆ toโฆ
UNIT 9 ์ผ๋ง์์?
312 +์์
am/are/is
์คํ์
[์คํ afternoon +์(time particle)] in the afternoon
+๋
with
๊ฐ์ด์
[๊ฐ go +์์ด์(past tense ending)] went
๋ผ๋ผ
(cafรฉ) lattรฉs
๋ง์ จ์ด์
[๋ง์ drink +์์ด์(past tense ending)] drank
+์ธ๋ฐ
[+์ด am/are/is +ใด๋ฐ(connector for adding extra information)] (it) was โฆ and/but
๋๊ฒ ๋น์์ด์
[๋๊ฒ extremely ๋น์ธ expensive +์์ด์(past tense ending)] was extremely expensive
์
my (humble)
๊ทธ๋์
so; therefore
๋ํ์๋ค์
[๋ํ์ uni student +๋ค(plural marker) +์(topic particle)] uni students
๋ ์ธ๊ฑฐ๋ ์
[๋ more ์ธ cheap +๊ฑฐ๋ ์ Itโs because] Itโs because itโs cheaper
10
์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
Unit Focus: โข Talking About Yourself and Your Family o Expressing Your Age o Counting โKorean Ageโ o Addressing Peers at School: ๋ณตํ์ o Education System in Korea o Vocabulary: Faculties and Departments o Word Contractions o Vocabulary: Family ๊ฐ์กฑ o Honorific Subject and Topic Particles o Possessive Pronouns o Vocabulary: Occupations ์ง์ o โฆ +{์ด/๊ฐ} ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? โWould you mind telling me โฆ?โ; โMay I please have your โฆ?โ o Sending a Text Message
314
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
315
Situation Dialogue 1 Hyeonu introduces Minjun to Paul who is younger than both of them. ๋ฏผ์ค:
ํ๊ตญ์ด ์ ๋ง ์ํ๋ค์. ์ด๋์ ๋ฐฐ์ ์ด์?
ํด:
ํ๊ตญ์ด ์ ๊ณตํด์.
๋ฏผ์ค:
์, ์ด์ฉ์ง. ๊ทธ๋ผ ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ํ๋ ์ด์์?
ํด:
2 ํ๋ ์ธ๋ฐ์.
๋ฏผ์ค:
ํน์ ๋ช ๋ ์์ด์์?
ํด:
97 ๋ ์์ด์.
ํ์ฐ:
์, ์ฐ๋ฆฐ 94 ๋ ์์ธ๋ฐ.
ํด:
๊ทธ๋ผ ํ์ด๋ค์.
ํ์ฐ:
๊ทธ๋ฌ๊ฒ.
ํด:
๊ทธ๋ผ ๋ง ๋์ผ์ธ์.
๋ฏผ์ค:
๊ทธ๋๋ ๋ผ์?
ํด:
๊ทธ๋ผ์.
Romanisation and Translation Minjun: Hangugeo jeongmal jal haneyo. Your Korean is really good.
Paul:
Eodiseo baewosseoyo?
Where did you learn it?
Hangugeo jeongonghaeyo.
Iโm majoring in Korean.
Minjun: A~eojjeonji. Geureom jigeum
Paul:
Ah~ No wonder. What year are
myeot hangnyeonieyo?
you in (at university)?
I hangnyeonindeyo.
Iโm in second year.
Minjun: Hoksi myeot nyeon saengieyo?
Do you mind telling me what year you were born?
Paul:
Guchil nyeon saengiyo.
Minjun: A~ urin gusa nyeon saenginde.
I was born in โ97. Ah~ We were born in โ94.
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
316 Paul:
Geureom hyeongineyo.
Then youโre my hyeong. (A maleโs older brother)
Minjun: Geureoge.
I suppose. (Lit. Thatโs right.)
Paul:
Then you should use panmal
Geureom mal noeuseyo.
with me.(Lit. relax your speech). Minjun: Geuraedo dwaeyo?
Is that alright?
Paul:
Of course.
Geureomyo.
Vocabulary ํ๊ตญ์ด
Korean (language)
์ ๋ง
really
์ํ๋ค์
[์ํ good at +๋ค์(exclamatory ending)] good at
์ด๋์
[์ด๋ where +(์)์(location particle)] where
๋ฐฐ์ ์ด์
[๋ฐฐ์ฐ learn +์์ด์(past tense ending)] learnt
์ ๊ณตํด์
[์ ๊ณตํ๏ ์ ๊ณตํด์(present tense form)] major in
์ด์ฉ์ง
No wonder; So, thatโs whyโฆ
๊ทธ๋ผ
then; in that case
์ง๊ธ
now
๋ช ํ๋
[๋ช what ํ๋ school year] what school year ๋ช ํ๋ is pronounced myeo-tang-nyeon.
+์ด์์
am/are/is
2 ํ๋
[์ด two ํ๋ school year] second year (at school/uni)
+์ธ๋ฐ์
[์ด am/are/is +ใด๋ฐ์ (soft sentence ending)] is
ํน์
if by any chance; perhaps
๋ช๋ ์
[๋ช ๋ what year ์ born in]
97 ๋ ์
born in the year of โ97 (Note. You can say 9 and 7 separately (๊ตฌ์น ) or say 97 (๊ตฌ์ญ์น ))
์ฐ๋ฆฐ
[์ฐ๋ฆฌ we +ใด(topic particle)] we
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
317
ํ
older brother (of a male)
+์ด๋ค์
[์ด am/are/is +๋ค์(exclamatory ending)] are
๊ทธ๋ฌ๊ฒ
Thatโs right; I agree.
๋ง ๋์ผ์ธ์
You can use less formal speech (with me).
๊ทธ๋๋ ๋ผ์?
Would that be okay?
๊ทธ๋ผ์
[๊ทธ๋ผ of course +์(polite particle)] Of course.
Note 1: In Korea, students do not usually talk about studying Arts or Science (i.e. faculty), but identify themselves by their department. Note 2: Asking a person's age is quite common in Korea as people need to know the hierarchy and status to be able to use the appropriate style of speech. Asking which year someone was born in is the most common way to ask about age. However, when people feel uneasy about asking someoneโs age, they tend to ask what their Asian zodiac animal is. As there are only twelve zodiac animals, it isnโt that difficult to then guess the personโs age. Note 3: Koreans would not normally thank a person for a compliment as in English, because may be considered immodest. Instead, they might say, โ์์ง ์ ๋ชปํด์โ (I still canโt do it well) or โ์ํ๊ธฐ๋์โ (far from doing it well), ์๋์์, ์ ๋ชปํด์ (No, Iโm not good) etc. Example A: ํ๊ตญ์ด ์ ๋ง ์ํ๋ค์.
Your Korean is really good.
B: ์๋์์, ์์ง ์ ๋ชปํด์.
No, I still have a lot to learn (Lit. Iโm still not good).
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
318
Expressing Your Age There are two ways of expressing a personโs age in Korean. 1. Pure Korean Number ์ด 2. Sino-Korean Number ์ธ
The first way is normally used in everyday conversation. The second is used in more formal situations, such as for filling out forms: (1)
์์์ ์ค๋ฌด ์ด์ด์์.
Susan is twenty years old.
(2)
์ด๋ฆ: ์์
Name: Susan
๋์ด: 20 ์ธ.
Age: 20 years
(Note that Sino-Korean numbers are more often written as digits. 20 ์ธ is pronounced [์ด์ญ ์ธ].) The pure Korean numbers are provided below. Refer to Unit 9 for SinoKorean numbers. ํ๋
1
๋
2
์
3
๋ท
4
๋ค์ฏ
5
์ฌ์ฏ
6
์ผ๊ณฑ
7
์ฌ๋
8
์ํ
9
์ด
10
์ดํ๋ 11
์ด๋
12
์ด์
13
์ด๋ท
14
์ด๋ค์ฏ
15
์ด์ฌ์ฏ 16
์ด์ผ๊ณฑ
17
์ด์ฌ๋
18
์ด์ํ
19
์ค๋ฌผ
20
์๋ฅธ
30
๋งํ
40
์ฐ
50
์์
60
์ผํ
70
์ฌ๋
80
์ํ
90
As previously noted, a modified form of ํ๋, ๋, ์ , ๋ท and ์ค๋ฌผ is used in conjunction with counting nouns such as ์ด: ํ ์ด, ๋ ์ด, ์ธ ์ด, ๋ค ์ด, ์ค๋ฌด ์ด. No other numbers are modified. Thus, you would say ๋ค์ฏ ์ด or ์ฌ๋ ์ด.
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
319
Counting โKorean Ageโ In Western culture, you get a year older on your birthday. However, โKorean ageโ is counted differently. In Korea, as soon as you are born, you are 1 year old (this is due to Koreans traditionally taking into account the nine months of pregnancy). And on the 1st of January of every year, everyone in Korea turns a year older at the same time. This means that if someone was born on 31 December, he/she will turn 2 years old in Korean age, just one day after they were born! This is why Korean age will always be older than the Western age. When people talk about age in Korea, they generally mention their Korean age, however, when they wish to refer to their western age, they often put the word ๋ง in front of their age, e.g. ๋ง ์ค๋ฌผํ ์ด. Generally speaking, western age is often used in more formal situations, e.g. job applications.
Addressing Peers at School: ๋ณตํ์ Between first and second year in university most Korean males spend about two years in the military (๊ตฐ๋) doing national service. This means that when they return to university for second year, they may be much older than others in the same level. These students are called ๋ณตํ์ or returning students. Younger students in the same year level would address ๋ณตํ์ respectfully because of their age, unless the level of intimacy between them allowed otherwise.
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
320
Education System in Korea Education in Korea is considered very important and competition is great. School begins with kindergarten through primary school (excluding prep) and on to middle and senior high schools, which are separate unlike in Australia. Although only six years of primary school and three years of middle school are compulsory, the vast majority of Koreans will also attend the three years of senior high school.
Tertiary education consists of four years of University or two years of vocational college. Unlike in Australia, Korean universities do not offer an Honours year although there are postgraduate schools where students can do a Masterโs course or a Ph.D.
The school year is divided into two semesters for early schooling as well as for tertiary education. The first semester begins in March and lasts until mid-July and the second semester typically runs from September 1st until late-December.
Education System ์ ์น์
kindergarten
๊ณ ๋ฑํ๊ต
senior high school
์ด๋ฑํ๊ต
primary school
๋ํ๊ต
university
์คํ๊ต
middle school
๋ํ์
postgraduate school
Level of Study ์ผ ํ๋
first year
์ฌ ํ๋
fourth year
์ด ํ๋
second year
์์ฌ ๊ณผ์
masters course
์ผ ํ๋
third year
๋ฐ์ฌ ๊ณผ์
Ph. D course
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
321
Task 1: ๋ช ํ๋ ์ด์์? You are going to ask about the year of university and birth year of your classmates. First, you should check the vocabulary list below to find how to say the level of study relevant to yourself. Then move around the classroom asking questions to the other students, while filling in the table below. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A:
๋ช ํ๋ ์ด์์?
B:
3 ํ๋ ์ด์์. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ํน์ ๋ช ๋ ์์ด์์?
A:
๋
2 ํ๋ ,
95 ๋ ์์ด์์.
Note: Someone who was born in the year 2001 would have to say ์ด์ฒ์ผ ๋ ์ whereas someone born in 1995 can simply use the two last digits: ๊ตฌ์ค ๋ ์ (instead of saying the full year, ์ฒ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ๊ตฌ์ญ์ค ๋ ) . Level of Study ์ผ ํ๋
first year
์ฌ ํ๋
fourth year
์ด ํ๋
second year
์์ฌ ๊ณผ์
masters course
์ผ ํ๋
third year
๋ฐ์ฌ ๊ณผ์
Ph.D course
Name (์ด๋ฆ)
Level (ํ๋ )
Age (๋์ด)
322
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
323
Situation Dialogue 2 Paul is asking Minjun how he knows Hyeonu. ๋ฏผ์ค:
๊ทธ๋ผ ์ด์ ๋ถํฐ ๋ง ๋์๊ฒ.
ํด:
๋ค, ํ. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ํ์ฐ๋, ์๋ ํ์ฐํ์ด๋ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ์์์?
๋ฏผ์ค:
๊ณ ๋ฑํ๊ต ๋์ฐฝ์ด์ผ.
ํด:
๋... ๋ญ์?
๋ฏผ์ค:
์ด, ๋์ฐฝ๏ผ๊ณ ๋ฑํ๊ต ๊ฐ์ด ๋ค๋ ์ด.
ํด:
์, ๊ทธ๋ ๊ตฌ๋. ๊ทผ๋ฐ ํ๊ตญ์์๋ ์ด๋ ๋ํ ๋ค๋ ์ด์?
๋ฏผ์ค:
๊ณ ๋ ค๋ํ๊ต.
ํด:
์ ๊ณต์์?
๋ฏผ์ค:
์ ๊ณต์ ๊ฒฝ์. ๋ ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ๋?
ํด:
๊ฒฝ์ ํ๊ณ ํ๊ตญ์ด์.
Romanisation and Translation Minjun: Geureom ijebuteo mal noeulge. Well, I will start using Banmal (less formal language) from now on. Paul:
Ne, hyeong. Geunde
Yes, Hyeong. Hey how do you
hyeonurang, ani hyeonu
know Hyeonu, I mean Hyeong
hyeongirang eotteoke arayo?
Hyeonu?
Minjun: High School dongchangiya.
We are fellow alumni from high school.
Paul:
Dongโฆ mwoyo?
Minjun: Eo, dongchang๏ผ Godeunghakgyo gachi danyeosseo.
Fellow what? Oh, fellow alumni. We went to high school together.
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
324 Paul:
A, geureokuna. Geunde
Oh, thatโs how. Hey, what
hangugeseoneun eoneu daehak
Korean university did you go to?
danyeosseoyo? Minjun: Korea Univ.
Korea University.
Paul:
And your major?
Jeongongeunyo?
Minjun: Jeongongeun gyeongyeong.
Paul:
Business management.
Neon jeongongi mwonya?
Whatโs your major?
Gyeongjehago hangugeoyo.
Economics and Korean.
Vocabulary ๊ทธ๋ผ
then; in that case
์ด์ ๋ถํฐ
[์ด์ now +๋ถํฐ from] from now on
๋ง ๋์๊ฒ
I will use less formal language (Lit. relax my speech)
๊ทผ๋ฐ
but; by the way
ํ
older brother (for a male)
+{์ด}๋
with
์๋
nah, I mean (used when correcting what you have just said)
์ด๋ป๊ฒ
how
์์์
[์ know +์์(present tense ending)] know
๊ณ ๋ฑํ๊ต
senior high school
๋์ฐฝ
fellow alumni
+์ด์ผ
casual form of +์ด์์
๋ญ์?
[๋ญ what +์(polite particle)] what? what was that?
๊ฐ์ด
together
๋ค๋ ์ด
[๋ค๋ attend +์์ด(casual past tense ending)] attended
์, ๊ทธ๋ ๊ตฌ๋
Oh, I see (pronounced [๊ทธ๋ฌ์ฟ ๋ geu-reo-ku-na])
ํ๊ตญ์์๋
[ํ๊ตญ Korea +์์ in +๋(topic particle)] in Korea
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
325
์ด๋
what; which
๋ํ
university (or ๋ํ๊ต)
๋ค๋ ์ด์
[๋ค๋ attend +์์ด์( polite past tense ending)] attended
๊ณ ๋ ค๋ํ๊ต
Korea University
์ ๊ณต
major
๊ฒฝ์(ํ)
business management
๊ฒฝ์ (ํ)
economics
+ํ๊ณ
and
ํ๊ตญ์ด
Korean (language)
Note: ๋ฐ๋ง (banmal) is made up of ๋ฐ, which literally means โhalfโ and ๋ง which means โspeech (i.e. spoken language)โ, and refers to the casual style of speech that you have been studying.
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
326
Vocabulary: Faculties and Departments ๋ฌธ๊ณผ๋ํ Faculty of Arts โข
๊ตญ์ด๊ตญ๋ฌธํ๊ณผ Department of Korean Language and Literature
โข
์์ด์๋ฌธํ๊ณผ Department of English Language and Literature
โข
์์์ํ๊ณผ
Department of Asian Languages and Studies
์ด๊ณผ๋ํ Faculty of Science โข
๋ฌผ๋ฆฌํ๊ณผ
Department of Physics
โข
์ํ๊ณผ
Department of Mathematics
๊ณต๊ณผ๋ํ Faculty of Engineering โข
๊ฑด์ถํ๊ณผ
Department of Architecture
โข
๊ธฐ๊ณ๊ณตํ๊ณผ
Department of Mechanical Engineering
์๊ณผ๋ํ Faculty of Medicine โข
์ํ๊ณผ
Department of Medicine
๋ฒ๊ณผ๋ํ Faculty of Law โข
๋ฒํ๊ณผ
Department of Law
๊ฒฝ์๋ํ Faculty of Business (and Commerce) โข
๊ฒฝ์ํ๊ณผ
Department of Business Administration
โข
ํ๊ณํ๊ณผ
Department of Accounting
โข
๊ธ์ตํ๊ณผ
Department of Finance
โข
๊ฒฝ์ ํ๊ณผ
Department of Economics
์ฌ๋ฒ๋ํ Faculty of Education โข
๊ต์กํ๊ณผ
โข
๊ฐ์ ๊ต์กํ๊ณผ Department of Home Economics
Department of Education
Note: To talk about a particular Major of Study, the above vocabulary is used without ๊ณผ (Department): ๊ฒฝ์ ํ(economics major).
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
327
Task 2: ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์? Fill in the blanks of the example dialogue below with an appropriate response. If you donโt know the name of your major in Korean, you can refer to the list of faculties and departments on the previous page. The department names can be made into subject names by taking off the ๊ณผ. Now move around the class introducing yourself to the other students and filling in the table below. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: B: A: B: A:
์ด๋ ๋ํ๊ต ๋ค๋ ์? ์ฐ์ธ๋ํ๊ต์. ์ ๊ณต์์? ์ ๋ฌธ๋ฐฉ์กํ์. ๋ ์ ๊ณต์
Name (์ด๋ฆ)
๋ํ๊ต ๋ค๋ ์. {์ด์์/์์}.
Major (์ ๊ณต)
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
328
Word Contractions Koreans, like Australians, like to shorten words by contracting them. This is particularly noticeable with university names as shown below: ์ค์คํธ๋ ์ผ๋ฆฌ์ or ํธ์ฃผ (Australia) Victoria University
๏
Vic Uni
University of Queensland
๏
UQ
๊ณ ๋ ค ๋ํ๊ต
๏
๊ณ ๋
์ฐ์ธ ๋ํ๊ต
๏
์ฐ๋
์์ธ ๋ํ๊ต
๏
์์ธ๋
ํ๊ตญ
It is also common to use contractions for the library names at university since there is usually more than one: ์ค์ ๋์๊ด
๏
์ค๋ (Main Library)
๊ณผํ ๋์๊ด
๏
๊ณผ๋ (Science Library)
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
329
330
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
331
Situation Dialogue 3 Paul is asking Minjunโs family details. ํด:
์ง์ด ์์ธ์ด์์?
๋ฏผ์ค:
์ด.
ํด:
์์ธ ์ด๋์?
๋ฏผ์ค:
์ ์ฌ๋... ๊ทผ๋ฐ ์?
ํด:
์๋์์. ๊ทธ๋ฅ ๊ถ๊ธํด์์. ๊ฐ์กฑ์์? ๋ค ๊ฐ์ด ์ด์์?
๋ฏผ์ค:
๊ฐ์กฑ? ์... ๋ถ๋ชจ๋์ ๋์ ์ ๊ณ์๊ณ , ์์ธ์๋ ์ฌ๋์ํ๊ณ ๋ง ์ด์.
ํด:
์, ๊ทธ๋ ๊ตฌ๋. ๋ฒ์จ ์๊ฐ์ด ์ด๋ ๊ฒ ๋๋ค. ์ ๊ฐ ๋ณผ๊ฒ์.
ํ์ฐ:
๊ทธ๋, ์กฐ์ฌํด์ ๊ฐ.
Romanisation and Translation Paul:
Jibi seourieyo?
Do you live in Seoul? (Lit. Your house is Seoul?)
Minjun: Eo~
Yeah.
Paul:
Where in Seoul?
Seoul eodiyo?
Minjun: Sinsa-dong... Geunde wae? Paul:
Anieyo. Geunyang gunggeumhaeseoyo. Gajogeunyo? Da gachi sarayo?
Sinsa Dongโฆ Why? No reason. Just curious. What about your family? Do you all live together?
Minjun: Gajok? Eum... Bumonimeun daejeone gyesigo, seoureneun yeodongsaenghagoman sara.
Family? Umโฆ My parents are in Daejeon, Iโm just living with my younger sister in Seoul.
Paul:
A, geureokuna.
Oh, I see.
Paul:
Beolsseo sigani ireoke dwaenne. Jeo ga bolgeyo.
Time has flown. (Lit. already this much.) I should get going.
Minjun: Geurae, josimhaeseo ga.
Ok, take care.
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
332
Vocabulary ๊ทธ๋ฅ
no reason; just because
์ง์ด
[์ง house +์ด(subject particle)] house
์์ธ
Seoul
+์ด์์
am/are/is
์ด๋์?
[์ด๋ where +์(polite ending)] where?
์ ์ฌ๋
S(h)insa Dong
๊ทผ๋ฐ ์?
but why?
์๋์์
am/are/is not; no reason
๊ถ๊ธํด์์
[๊ถ๊ธํ curious๏ ๊ถ๊ธํด์(์) curious, soโฆ] โcause Iโm curious
๊ฐ์กฑ์์?
[๊ฐ์กฑ family +์(topic particle) +์ (polite particle)] What about your family?
๋ค ๊ฐ์ด
[๋ค all ๊ฐ์ด together] all together
์ด์์
[์ด live +์์(present tense ending)] live
๋ถ๋ชจ๋์
[๋ถ๋ชจ parents +๋(honorific suffix) +์(topic particle)] (as for your) parents
๋์ ์
[๋์ Daejeon +์ in (location particle)] in Daejeon
๊ณ์๊ณ
[๊ณ์ live; stay +๊ณ and] live and Note. ๊ณ์ธ์[๊ณ์+์ด์] is the honorific word used in place of ์์ด์ but it does not have the meaning of โto haveโ.
์์ธ์๋
[์์ธ +์ in (location particle) +๋(topic particle)] in Seoul
์ฌ๋์
[์ฌ female ๋์ younger sibling] younger sister
+ํ๊ณ ๋ง
[ํ๊ณ with +๋ง only] only with
์ด์
[์ด live +์(casual present tense ending)] live
๋ฒ์จ
already
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
333
์๊ฐ์ด
[์๊ฐ time +์ด(subject particle)] time
์ด๋ ๊ฒ
like this; this much
๋๋ค
[๋ become +์(past tense infix) +๋ค(exclamatory ending)] it has becomeโฆ!
์
I; me (humble)
๊ฐ ๋ณผ๊ฒ์
I should get going
๊ทธ๋
yes; okay; alright
์กฐ์ฌํด์ ๊ฐ
Take care; Be careful on your way; Travel safely (Lit. Go carefully).
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
334
Vocabulary: Family ๊ฐ์กฑ ์๋ฒ์ง/์๋น father/dad
๋จ๋์
younger brother
์ด๋จธ๋/์๋ง mother/mum
์ฌ๋์
younger sister
์๋ค
son
์ฒซ์งธ
first
๋ธ
daughter
๋์งธ
second
๋จํธ
husband
์ ์งธ
third
์๋ด
wife
๋ง๋ด
youngest child/sibling
ํ ๋จธ๋
grandmother
์ฌ์ด
cousin
ํ ์๋ฒ์ง
grandfather
์ผ์ด
uncle
์ธ๋
(girlโs) elder sister
์ด๋ชจ
aunt (mumโs sister)
๋๋
(boyโs) elder sister
๊ณ ๋ชจ
aunt (dadโs sister)
์ค๋น
(girlโs) elder brother
์กฐ์นด
niece/nephew
ํ
(boyโs) elder brother
ํผ์
by oneself; alone
In Korea, the arrangement of family relationships is extremely important, and there is an elaborate system of kinship terms to describe the relationship you have to your relatives.
So for example, there are different words for older brothers and sisters depending on your sex. These words for older sister and brother, ์ธ๋/๋๋ and ์ค๋น /ํ, are also commonly used between people who are not related. When you have a close relationship with someone who is older than you, you can call him or her by the appropriate kinship term for your sex. Koreans do not refer to or address people who are older than them using their given names.
Koreans also distinguish between the fatherโs family and the motherโs. The terms given above for grandparents and uncle only refer to the fatherโs side. If
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
335
you were speaking about your motherโs side, you would add the word ์ธ (literally meaning โoutsideโ) in front of each of the terms: ์ธํ ๋จธ๋, ์ธํ ์๋ฒ์ง, ์ธ์ผ์ด.
There are also other relationship terms without equivalent English designations. Some of these are: ํฐ์๋ฒ์ง
fatherโs older brother
ํฐ์ด๋จธ๋
wife of fatherโs older brother
์์์๋ฒ์ง
fatherโs younger brother
์์์ด๋จธ๋
wife of fatherโs younger brother
ํฐ์ค๋น /ํฐํ
the eldest of oneโs older brothers
์์์ค๋น /์์ํ the younger of oneโs older brothers
A feature of modern Western families is the frequency with which people have second marriages. As a result, it is not uncommon to have stepbrothers and sisters. The way a Korean person would refer to these relationships would be to add the word ์๋ถ in front of the corresponding kinship terms. For example, ์๋ถ ์ค๋น is a girlโs older stepbrother. To specify half-siblings, you would add the term ์ด๋ณต instead: ์ด๋ณต ์ค๋น , ์ด๋ณต ๋์. However, both these terms tend to have a negative connotation in Korea as divorce continues to be rather stigmatized, despite becoming increasingly common.
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
336
Task 3: ํ/์ค๋น ์์ด์? Ask your partner about his or her siblings. Circle the right kinship term in the cells below and write down their ages. [๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ํ/์ค๋น ์์ด์? B: ๋ค, ํ/์ค๋น ํ๋, ๋์ ํ๋ ์์ด์. A: ์ฌ๋์์ด์์, ๋จ๋์์ด์์? B: ์ฌ๋์์ด์์. A: ํ์/์ค๋น ๋ ๋ช ์ด์ด์์? B: ์ค๋ฌผ ๋ค ์ด์ด์์. A: ์ฌ๋์์์? B: ์ด์ผ๊ณฑ ์ด์ด์์.
๊ด๊ณ Relationship
๋์ด Age
์ฌ๋์ / ๋จ๋์
์ด
์ฌ๋์ / ๋จ๋์
์ด
์ฌ๋์ / ๋จ๋์
์ด
์ฌ๋์ / ๋จ๋์
์ด
์ค๋น / ํ / ์ธ๋ / ๋๋
์ด
์ค๋น / ํ / ์ธ๋ / ๋๋
์ด
์ค๋น / ํ / ์ธ๋ / ๋๋
์ด
์ค๋น / ํ / ์ธ๋ / ๋๋
์ด
์ค๋น / ํ / ์ธ๋ / ๋๋
์ด
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
337
Task 4: Word Check Write down the Korean words next to their English equivalents. The first one has been done for you.
a.
์๋ฒ์ง โ
h.
์ฌ๋์
b.
์ด๋จธ๋
i.
๋จ๋์
c.
ํ
j.
์๋ /์์ด๋ค
d.
์ค๋น
k.
์๋ค
e.
์ธ๋
l.
๋ธ
f.
๋๋
m.
๋จํธ
g.
์๋ด
1.
father
2.
mother
3.
daughter
4.
son
5.
husband
6.
wife
7.
younger sister
8.
elder brother to a female
9.
elder sister to a male
10. elder sister to a female 11. elder brother to a male 12. younger brother 13. children
์๋ฒ์ง
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
338
Honorific Subject and Topic Particles When Koreans refer to their parents (and to seniors in general), they use honorific words as a mark of respect. You have already seen the way that verbs are modified in honorific speech. The subject and topic particles also have an honorific form. The subject particle +{์ด/๊ฐ} becomes +๊ป์ and the topic particle +{์/๋ใด} becomes +๊ป์๋. Subject Particle
Topic Particle
+{์ด/๊ฐ}
+{์/๋ใด}
+๊ป์
+ ๊ป์๋
(neutral) (honorific)
Examples: (1)
๊น ์ ์๋๊ป์ ์์ฆ ๋ฐ์์ธ์.
Mr Kim is busy these days.
(2)
ํ ์๋ฒ์ง๊ป์๋ ์ ๋ฌธ ์ฝ์ผ์ธ์.
Grandfather is reading the newspaper.
(3)
(4)
๋ฐ ์ฌ์ฅ๋๊ป์๋
President Park has gone to
๋ฏธ๊ตญ์ ๊ฐ์ จ์ด์.
America.
์ด๋จธ๋๊ป์๋ ์ถ์ฅ ๊ฐ์ จ์ด์.
My mother has gone on a business trip.
(5)
(6)
์ด ๊ต์๋๊ป์๋
Professor Lee is giving a lecture
ํ๊ตญ ์ญ์ฌ ๊ฐ์ํ์ธ์.
on Korean history.
๊น ๋ํต๋ น๊ป์๋
President Kim met
ํธ์ฃผ ์์์ ๋ง๋์ จ์ด์.
the Australian Prime Minister.
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
339
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
340
Possessive Pronouns When we want to refer to the fact that something belongs to somebody in English, we use possessive pronouns such as โmyโ, โourโ, โyourโ, โhisโ, โherโ, and โtheirโ. How you use the corresponding Korean words depends on styles of speech. This is illustrated in the following table: my
our
your
his/her
whose
Casual
๋ด
์ฐ๋ฆฌ
๋ค
๊ทธ ์ฌ๋
๋๊ตฌ
Humble
์
์ ํฌ
*
*
*
Honorific
*
*
*
๊ทธ๋ถ
์ด๋ ๋ถ
Note. People usually pronounce โ๋คโ (your) as [๋] or [๋] in spoken Korean as the pronunciation of โ๋คโ (your) is very similar to โ๋ดโ (my) and can be confusing to the listener.
Examples: (1)
(2)
A:
์ด๊ฑฐ ๋๊ตฌ ์ฑ ์ด์ผ?
Whose book is this?
B:
๋ด ๊ฑฐ์ผ.
Itโs mine.
A:
์ด๊ฑฐ ์ด๋ ๋ถ ์ง๊ฐ์ด์์?
Whose wallet is this?
B:
์ ์ง๊ฐ์ด์์.
Itโs my wallet.
However, in Korean it is not common to use the 2nd or 3rd person possessive pronouns. In such cases you just link the item and the personโs name: (3) ์ ์ : ์ด๊ฑฐ ์์ง ์จ ์ฑ ์ด์์? ์์ง : ์๋์. ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ์๋ฒ์ง ๊ฑฐ์์.
Young-jin, Is this your book? No, itโs my fatherโs.
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
341
As seen in (3), Koreans often use ์ฐ๋ฆฌ (our) when they mean ๋ด (my). This reflects the importance of the notion of โgroupโ and โcommunityโ in Korean culture. A Korean will refer to his or her parents, school and company as ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ถ๋ชจ๋, ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ํ๊ต and ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ํ์ฌ respectively. A man may even refer to his wife as ์ฐ๋ฆฌ ์๋ด/์์ดํ! However, if you were talking about something which is yours personally and not the groupโs (other than your spouse!), you would use ๋ด or the humble form ์ , as in examples (1) and (2), and also as in ๋ด ์น๊ตฌ (my friend).
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
342
Vocabulary: Occupations ์ง์ ํ๊ณ์ฌ
accountant
์์ ๊ฐ
musician
ํค๋ฐํธ
actor (on TV)
์์ค๊ฐ
novelist
(์ํ) ๋ฐฐ์ฐ
(movie) actor
๊ฐํธ์ฌ
nurse
๊ฑด์ถ๊ฐ
architect
ํ์ฌ์
office worker
์ํ์
banker
ํ๊ฐ
painter; artist
์ฌ์ ๊ฐ
business person; entrepreneur
์์ธ
poet
์ฝ์ฌ
chemist
๊ฒฝ์ฐฐ๊ด
police officer
์๋ฆฌ์ฌ
cook; chef
์ ์น๊ฐ
politician
๋ฌด์ฉ๊ฐ
dancer
๊ต์
professor; lecturer
๋์์ด๋
designer
๊ฒ์ฌ
public prosecutor
์์ฌ
doctor
๊ณต๋ฌด์
public servant
์ด์ ์ฌ
driver
๊ธฐ์
reporter; journalist
์์ง๋์ด
engineer
๊ณผํ์
scientist
๋๋ถ
farmer
๋น์
secretary
์ด๋ถ
fisherman
๊ฐ์
singer
ํต์ญ์ฌ
interpreter
๊ตฐ์ธ
soldier
ํ์ฌ
judge
๊ต์ฌ
teacher
๋ณํธ์ฌ
lawyer
๊ธฐ์ ์
technician
๊ด๋ถ
miner
๋ฒ์ญ๊ฐ
translator
์๊ณก๊ฐ
music composer
์๊ฐ
writer
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
343
Task 5: ์๋ฒ๋๊ป์ ๋ญ ํ์ธ์? Use what you have learnt to talk about the members of your family and what they do with a partner.
๊ด๊ณ Relationship
์ง์ Occupation
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
344
โฆ +{์ด/๊ฐ} ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? โWould you mind telling me โฆ?โ; โMay I please have your โฆ?โ Koreans can come across as rather rude to Westerners because they tend to ask very personal questions, even when they do not know you very well. However, these personal details are considered necessary by Koreans in order to address people appropriately and to use the correct level of politeness. These questions are also a strategy to establish areas of commonality between the speakers in order to build a relationship. The phrase โ... +{์ด/๊ฐ} ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?โ is very useful for asking people these kinds of personal questions. This phrase is also commonly used by somebody who needs to know your personal information as part of his or her job, such as a bank teller.
Examples: (1)
์ฑํจ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
May I please have your name?
(2)
์ฐ์ธ๊ฐ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
Would you mind telling me your age? (์ฐ์ธ: honorific word for ๋์ด)
(3)
์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
Could you please tell me your birthday?
(4)
์๋ ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
May I please have your date of birth?
(5)
์ฃผ์๊ฐ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
May I please have your address?
(6)
์ ํ๋ฒํธ๊ฐ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
May I please have your phone number?
(7)
ํค๊ฐ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
Could you please tell me how tall you are (Lit. your height)?
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์? (8)
๋ชธ๋ฌด๊ฒ๊ฐ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
345 Would you mind telling me how much you weigh (your weight)?
(9)
์ง์ ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
May I ask what your occupation is?
(10)
์ทจ๋ฏธ๊ฐ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
Could you tell me your hobbies?
(11)
๊ตญ์ ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
Would you mind telling me what your nationality is?
If you were asking for information about a child or someone younger than you, you would ask such questions in a more direct way such as:
(12)
์ฌ๋์ ์์ผ์ด ์ธ์ ์์?
Whenโs your younger sisterโs birthday?
(13)
๋จ๋์ ํค๊ฐ ๋ช์ด์์?
How tall is your younger brother?
(14)
ํธ๋ํฐ ๋ฒํธ๊ฐ ๋ญ์์?
Whatโs your mobile phone number?
(15)
๋ช ๋ ์์ด์์?
What year were you born in?
(16)
๋ช ํ๋ฒ์ด์ผ?
What year did you enter university?
(17)
์ฃผ์๊ฐ ๋ญ์ผ?
Whatโs your address?
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
346
Task 6: Role Play A:
You are a bank teller. You work in the new accounts section. A customer wants to open a new account. Fill in the form below and show your partner what you have written when you finish.
B:
You are in a bank to open a new account. Answer the bank tellerโs questions. When finished, check that s/he has got all the information correct.
[๋ํ ๋ณด๊ธฐ] A: ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์ B: ๊ณ์ข๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์คํ๊ณ ์ถ์๋ฐ์. A: ์ฑํจ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? B:
์๋ฆญ ์ํฐ์ค์ ๋๋ค.
A: ์๋ ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? B:
์ฒ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ๊ตฌ์ญ์ผ ๋ ์ผ ์ ์ฌ ์ผ์.
A: ์ฃผ์ํ๊ณ ์ ํ๋ฒํธ๋์? B: ์ฃผ์๋ ์์ธ ๊ฐ๋จ๊ตฌ ๋๊ณก๋ ํ๋ ์ํํธ ์ญ์ฌ ๋ ์ด๋ฐฑ์น ํธ, ์ ํ๋ฒํธ๋ ํ์ค์ก์ผ์ ์ผ์น ์ผ๊ณต์ ๋๋ค. A: ๊ตญ์ ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? B:
ํธ์ฃผ์ ๋๋ค.
์ด๋ฆ
:
์๋ ์์ผ:
. ๋
์
์ผ
์ ํ๋ฒํธ:
.
๊ตญ์
.
:
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
347
Task 7: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) ์์ผ์ด ์ธ์ ์์?
When is your birthday?
์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ผ์/๋์ธ์?
When is your birthday?
A ์ B ์ผ์ด์์.
It's the B of A.
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) year ์์ผ birthday ๋ 1์
January
2์
February
3์
March
4์
April
5์
May
6์
June
7์
July
8์
August
9์
September
10์
October
11์
November
12์
December
Sino-Korean numbers up to 31 โ Listen to these people saying when their birthdays are. Circle the day of the month each person was born and write down the number of the dialogue next to it. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
348
Task 8: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) ์ฑํจ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
(Honorific Expression) What is your name?
์ด๋ฆ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ผ์?
What is your name?
A+{์ด์์/์์}.
I'm A.
์๋ ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์/๋ผ์?
When is your birthdate?
A๋ B์ C์ผ์ด์์.
It's the C of B (Year) A.
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) ์ด๋ฆ
name(colloquial form)
์ฑํจ
honorific form of ์ด๋ฆ
์ฑ๋ช
written form of ์ด๋ฆ
์๋ ์์ผ
birthdate
์ฒ
thousand
Sino-Korean numbers up to 2000 ๋ฐฑ
hundred
โ You will hear a dialogue in which a bank clerk is asking people names and birthdates for a new account. Write down their birthdates on the correct form below. Ready? Listen!
โ The last form (No. 6) is for you. The clerk will ask you your name and date of birth. Tell them to the clerk and write them down on the form. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
349
Task 9: Listening โ ๋ฌธํ (EXPONENT) ์ ์ฌ๋ ๋๊ตฌ์์?, A์์. ๋ช ์ด์ด์์?/๋์ด๊ฐ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ผ์? A(number) ์ด์ด์์. ์ง์ ์ด ๋ญ์์? A์์.
Who is that person? She\he is A. What is his/her age? She/he is A years old. What is her/his occupation? It is A.
โ ํ์ ์ดํ (ESSENTIAL VOCABULARY) over there that ์ ๊ธฐ ์ person ์ฌ๋ ๋๊ตฌ who ๋์ด
age
์ง์
occupation
๊ทธ๋ผ then counting unit for age ์ด
๋ณํธ์ฌ
lawyer
์์ฌ doctor
์ปดํจํฐ
๋ญ
์์ง๋์ด
computer engineer
์ ์น๊ฐ
politician
pure Korean numbers up to 40
colloquial form of ๋ฌด์ โwhatโ
โ ์๋ฏธ is at a party and is asking her friend about people whom she does not know. Write down their ages and occupations in the appropriate blanks. Ready? Listen!
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
350
Sending a Text Message As with texting in English, Korean people like to use shortcuts and emoticons when sending a text message. Shortcuts help to minimize the number of characters used such as โuโ = โyouโ in English. An emoticon is a character or collection of characters that show some sort of emotion, and is useful for replacing some aspect of the communication that would normally be conveyed through body language. Koreans use them so much that a recent study showed that when text messages did not include any emoticons, the recipient thought the sender was angry (>.<)!
Examples: (1)
์ ค
(์ํ)
exam
(2)
์/์ค
(์ ์๋)
teacher
(3)
๋ฉ
(๋ฉ์ผ)
(4)
๊ฑ
(๊ทธ๋ฅ)
no reason; just
(5)
๊ฒ
(๊ฒ์)
game
(6)
ํ ์
(ํ ์์ผ)
Saturday
(7)
ใ ใ ใ
(ํฌํฌํฌ)
laughing
(8)
ใ ใ ใ
(ํํํ)
laughing
(9)
(^o^)
laughing or excited
(10)
^^
happy or smiles
(11)
^-^
happy or smiles
(12)
^__^
happy or smiles
(13)
^ใ ก^
happy or smiles
(14)
ใ ใ
crying
(15)
^^;;
feeling sorry or embarrassed
(16)
>.< or >_<
confused or upset
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
351
Task 10: Reading 1. Read the following text from beginning to end without stopping, even if you come across vocabulary that you donโt know. Try to guess the meaning through the context. 2. If you still have words that you donโt know after you have tried guessing from the context, ask your classmates. You will probably be able to understand most of the new vocabulary using this method. 3. Ask your teacher about any remaining unknown vocabulary.
์๊ธฐ ์๊ฐ ์ ์ด๋ฆ์ ํด ์ค๋ฏธ์ค์ ๋๋ค. 87 ๋ ์, ์ค๋ฌผ๋ ์ด์ ๋๋ค. ๋ชจ๋ด์ ๋ํ๊ต 2 ํ๋ ์ ๋๋ค. ๋ํ๊ต์์ ๊ฒฝ์ ํํ๊ณ ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ ์ ๊ณตํด์. ์ ๋ ๋ถ๋ชจ๋๊ณผ ์ฌ๋์์ด ๋ ๋ช ์์ด์. ์ฌ๋์๋ค์ ๊ณ ๋ฑํ์์ธ๋ฐ, ์์ฃผ ๊ท์ฌ์์. ใ ใ ์ ์ทจ๋ฏธ๋ ํธ์ฃผ ์ถ๊ตฌ์ ๋๋ค. ์ผ์์ผ์ ์น๊ตฌ๋คํ๊ณ ๊ฐ์ด ์ถ๊ตฌ๋ฅผ ํด์. ์ ๋ ๋น๋น๋ฐฅ๊ณผ ๋ก๋ณถ์ด๋ฅผ ์ข์ํด์. ๊ทธ๋์ ํ๊ตญ ์๋น์ ์์ฃผ ๊ฐ์. ^^ ์ ๋ ๋ฐ๋ค๋ฅผ ์ข์ํด์. ๊ฐ๋ ๋ฐ๋ค์์ ์์์คํค๋ฅผ ํด์. ์ ๋ ์๋ ์นดํ์์ ์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ ํด์. ๊ทธ๋์ ์์ฃผ ํผ๊ณคํด์. ํ์ง๋ง ๋์ด ํ์ํด์! >.<
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
352
Vocabulary ์๊ธฐ ์๊ฐ
[์๊ธฐ self ์๊ฐ introduction] self-introduction
์
my (humble)
์ด๋ฆ์
[์ด๋ฆ name +์(topic particle)] name
+์ ๋๋ค
am/are/is (formal style version of +{์ด์์/์์})
87 ๋ ์
[87 ๋ year ์ born] born in 87 (read ํ-์น or ํ์ญ์น )
์ค๋ฌผ ๋ ์ด
[์ค๋ฌผ ๋ 22 ์ด(age)] 22 years old
2 ํ๋
2nd year in school/uni
๋ํ๊ต์์
[๋ํ๊ต uni +์์(location particle)] in university
๊ฒฝ์ ํํ๊ณ
[๊ฒฝ์ ํ economics +ํ๊ณ and] economics and
ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ฅผ
[ํ๊ตญ์ด Korean language +๋ฅผ(object particle)] Korean
์ ๊ณตํด์
[์ ๊ณตํ major in๏ ์ ๊ณตํด์(present tense form)]
์ ๋
[์ I(humble) +๋(topic particle)] I
๋ถ๋ชจ๋๊ณผ
[๋ถ๋ชจ parents +๋(honorific suffix)+๊ณผ and] parents and
์ฌ๋์์ด
[์ฌ female ๋์ younger sibling +์ด(subject particle)] younger sister
๋๋ช
[๋ two ๋ช (people counting noun)] two people
์์ด์
[์ have +์ด์(present tense ending)] has/have
์ฌ๋์๋ค์
[์ฌ๋์ younger sister +๋ค(plural marker)+์(topic particle] (as for my) younger sisters
๊ณ ๋ฑํ์์ธ๋ฐ
[๊ณ ๋ฑํ์ senior high school student +์ด am/are/is +ใด๋ฐ(connector for adding extra information)] are senior high school students and
์์ฃผ
very
๊ท์ฌ์์
[๊ท์ฝ cute๏ ๊ท์ฌ+์์(present tense ending)] are cute
์ทจ๋ฏธ๋
[์ทจ๋ฏธ hobby +๋(topic particle)] hobby
ํธ์ฃผ ์ถ๊ตฌ
[ํธ์ฃผ Australia ์ถ๊ตฌ football] Australian football
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
353
์ผ์์ผ์
[์ผ์์ผ Sunday +์(time particle)] on Sundays
์น๊ตฌ๋คํ๊ณ
[์น๊ตฌ friend +๋ค(plural marker)+ํ๊ณ with] with friends
๊ฐ์ด
together
์ถ๊ตฌ๋ฅผ
[์ถ๊ตฌ soccer; football +๋ฅผ(object particle)] soccer
ํด์
[ํ do๏ ํด์(present tense form)] do/does
๋น๋น๋ฐฅ๊ณผ
[๋น๋น๋ฐฅ rice mixed with vegetables and meat +๊ณผ and] Bibimbap and
๋ก๋ณถ์ด๋ฅผ
[๋ก๋ณถ์ด spicy fried rice cake +๋ฅผ(object particle)] Tteokbokki
์ข์ํด์
[์ข์ํ like๏ ์ข์ํด์(present tense form)] like
๊ทธ๋์
so; therefore
์๋น์
[์๋น restaurant +์(destination particle)] to restaurants
์์ฃผ
often; frequently
๊ฐ์
[๊ฐ go +์์(present tense ending)] go
๋ฐ๋ค๋ฅผ
[๋ฐ๋ค sea +๋ฅผ(object particle)] sea
๊ฐ๋
sometimes; occasionally
๋ฐ๋ค์์
[๋ฐ๋ค sea +์์(activity location particle)] on/at the sea
์์์คํค๋ฅผ
[์์์คํค water skiing +๋ฅผ(object particle)]
์ ๋ ์๋
[์ ๋ evening +์(time particle) +๋(topic particle)] in the evenings
์นดํ์์
[์นดํ cafรฉ +์์(activity location particle)] at a cafรฉ
์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ ํด์ [์๋ฅด๋ฐ์ดํธ casual/part-time job ํ do ๏ ํด์ (present tense form)] work part-time; do casual work ํผ๊ณคํด์
[ํผ๊ณคํ tired๏ ํผ๊ณคํด์(present tense form)] am/are/is tired
ํ์ง๋ง
but; however
๋
money
ํ์ํด์
[ํ์ํ need๏ ํ์ํด์] need
354
UNIT 10 ์ ๊ณต์ด ๋ญ์์?
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
356
Unit 1, Task 3
Unit 1, Task 6
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1:
Seonyeong: ์๋ ํ์ธ์,
Thomas: ์๋ ํ ๊ณ์ธ์,
ํ ๋ง์ค ์จ. Thomas: ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์ ์ ์จ.
์๋ฏธ ์จ. Sumi:
์๋ ํ ๊ฐ์ธ์, ํ ๋ง์ค ์จ.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2 Susan:
(Thomas: L; Sumi S)
์๋ ํ์ธ์.
Yeongjin: ๋ค, ์๋ ํ์ธ์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2
Susan:
Yeongjin: ์์ ์จ,
์์์ด์์.
Yeongjin : ์์ง์ด์์.
์๋ ํ ๊ฐ์ธ์. Susan: ์๋ ํ ๊ณ์ธ์, ์์ง ์จ.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3
(Yeongjin: S; Susan: L)
Paul: ์๋ ํ์ธ์. Sumi: ์๋ ํ์ธ์. ์ฒ์ ๋ต๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. Paul: ๋ง๋์ ๋ฐ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค. ํด์ ๋๋ค. Sumi: ์๋ฏธ์ ๋๋ค. ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4 Minseop: ์๋ ํ์ธ์. ์ฒ์ ๋ต๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. Amanda: ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์๋ง๋ค์์. Minseop: ๋ฏผ์ญ์ด๋ผ๊ณ ํฉ๋๋ค.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3 Paul: ์๋ ํ ๊ณ์ญ์์ค, ์ ์๋. Teacher: ์๋ ํ ๊ฐ์ธ์, ํด ์จ. (Paul: L; Teacher: S) ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4 Minseop: ์๋ง๋ค ์จ, ์๋ ํ ๊ฐ์ธ์. Amanda: ์๋ ํ ๊ฐ์ธ์, ๋ฏผ์ญ ์จ. (Minseop: L; Amanda: L)
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
357
Unit 2, Task 2
Unit 2, Task 4
1. ๊ฐ๋
2. ๊ฐ
๋-๊ณ , ์ด-๋ฒ, ํผ-์, ์-๋ฌด,
3. ๋๋ผ
4. ๋๋น
ํธ-ํฌ, ๋ฌ-๋ค, ํธ-ํ, ํ-์ฃผ,
5. ๋ค๋ฆฌ
6. ๋ผ๋์ค
์ฃผ-๋ธ, ๋ธ-ํธ, ๋-๋ฃจ, ๋ฃจ-์ปค,
7. ๋ง์คํฌ
8. ๋ง์
์ปค-์น, ๋-์น, ๋ฏธ-์, ๋ฏธ-๊ฐ,
9. ๋ฐ๋๋
10. ๋ฐ๋ค
์-๋
11. ์ฌ๋
12. ์ฌ๋
13. ์ฌ์
14. ์๊ธฐ
Can you see a lighthouse?
15. ์์์
16. ์
Well done. If not, try again.
17. ์๊ธฐ
18. ํ๋
19. ํ๋ง
20. ํ์ง๋ง
Unit 2, Task 5 ๊ฐ-๋ฐฉ, ๋ฐฉ-์ฅ, ์ฅ-์ , ์ -์ ,
Unit 2, Task 2
์ -๊ฐ, ๊ณต-ํ, ํ-์ก, ์ก-์,
๋-ํ, ๋-๋ผ, ๋ผ-์ฐจ, ์ฐจ-๊ฐ,
์-์ , ์ -์ฒ, ์ฒ-๋ฐ, ๋ฐ-ํ,
๋-์, ์-๋ง, ๋ง-ํ, ํ-๋ค,
ํ-ํจ, ํจ-๋จ, ๋จ-์ธ, ์ธ-์,
๋ค-์ฌ, ์ฌ-์นด, ์นด-๋ฐ, ๋ฐ-์,
์-์, ์-๊น, ๊น-์ฌ, ์ฌ-์ ,
์-ํ
์ -๋ฏผ, ๋ฏผ-๋ฌธ, ๋ฌธ-๋ฐ, ๋ฐ-ํ, ํ-์ค, ์ค-์, ์-๊ณต
Can you see a whale? Well done. If not, try again.
Unit 2, Task 3
Can you see the sun wearing sunglasses? Well done. If not, try again.
์-์ค, ์ค-์ด, ์ด-์, ์-์ , ์ -์ผ, ์ผ-์, ์ด-์ผ, ์ด-์ฐ,
Unit 2, Task 7
์ฐ-์ฌ
1.๊ฐ๋ด
2.์๋จ
3.์ฐจ๋
4.์ด์งํธ
5.๋ฆฌ๋น์
6.์์ ๋ฆฌ
Can you see a yacht? Well done. If not, try again.
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
358 7.๋ง๋ฆฌ
8.๋ชจ๋ฆฌํ๋
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2
9.๋ชจ๋ก์ฝ
10.๋์ ๋ฅด
์ ์ : ๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข์ํด์?
11.๋์ด์ง๋ฆฌ์
์์ด 2: ๋ค, ์ข์ํด์.
12.์์ด๋ฅด
์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ๊น์น ์ข์ํด์?
13.์๊ณจ๋ผ
14.๋๋ฏธ๋น์ 15.๋ณด์ธ ์๋ 16.์ ๋น์
17.๋ชจ์ ๋นํฌ
18.์ผ๋
19.ํ์๋์
์์ด 2: ์๋์ค, ๊น์น ์ ์ข์ํด์. ์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด ์ข์ํด์?
20.์๋ง๋ฆฌ์ 21.์ํฐ์คํผ์
์์ด 2: ์๋์ค, ์ ์ข์ํด์.
22.๋ง๋ค๊ฐ์ค์นด๋ฅด
์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ์ข์ํด์? ์์ด 2: ๋ค, ์์ฃผ ์ข์ํด์.
Unit 3, Task 5
์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ํผ์ ์ข์ํด์?
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1
์์ด 2: ๋ค, ํผ์ ์ข์ํด์.
์ ์ : ๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข์ํด์?
์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์คํ๊ฒํฐ
์์ด 1: ๋ค, ๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข์ํด์. ์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ๊น์น ์ข์ํด์?
์ข์ํด์? ์์ด 2: ์๋์ค, ์ ์ข์ํด์.
์์ด 1: ๋ค, ์ข์ํด์. ์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด ์ข์ํด์?
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3
์์ด 1: ๋ค, ์์ฃผ ์ข์ํด์.
์ ์ : ๋ถ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์ข์ํด์?
์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ์ข์ํด์?
์์ด 3: ์๋์ค, ์ ์ข์ํด์.
์์ด 1: ์๋์ค, ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ์
์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ๊น์น ์ข์ํด์?
์ข์ํด์.
์์ด 3: ์๋์ค, ์ ์ข์ํด์.
์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ํผ์ ์ข์ํด์?
์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ง์ฅ๋ฉด ์ข์ํด์?
์์ด 1: ๋ค, ์์ฃผ ์ข์ํด์.
์์ด 3: ์๋์ค, ์ ์ข์ํด์.
์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์คํ๊ฒํฐ ์ข์ํด์? ์์ด 1: ์๋์ค, ์ ์ข์ํด์.
์คํ๊ฒํฐ ์ข์ํด์. ์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐํ๊ณ ํผ์ ์ข์ํด์? ์์ด 3: ๋ค, ์์ฃผ ์ข์ํด์.
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
Unit 4, Task 3 ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1 ํด : ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์๋ฏธ ์จ. ์ ๋ฏธ: ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ํด ์จ. ์ด๋ ๊ฐ์?
359
์ ์ : ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์์ง ์จ. ์ด๋ ๊ฐ์? ์ ์ง : ๊ฐ๊ฒ์ ๊ฐ์. ์์ ์จ๋ ์ด๋ ๊ฐ์? ์ ์ : ์ปคํผ์์ ๊ฐ์.
ํด : ํ๊ต์ ๊ฐ์. ์ ๋ฏธ: ๋๋ ํ๊ต์ ๊ฐ์. ๊ฐ์ด ๊ฐ์๋ค.
Unit 5, Task 2 ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1 A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์?
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2
B : ๊ณต๋ถํด์.
ํ ๋ง์ค: ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์ ์ ์จ. ์ ์ : ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ํ ๋ง์ค ์จ. ์ด๋ ๊ฐ์? ํ ๋ง์ค: ์ํ์ ๊ฐ์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2 A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์? B : ์ ํํด์.
์ ์ : ๋๋ ์ํ์ ๊ฐ์. ๊ฐ์ด ๊ฐ์๋ค.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3 A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์?
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3
B : ์ฌ๊ณผ ๋จน์ด์.
๋ฏผ ์ญ : ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์๋ง๋ค ์จ. ์๋ง๋ค : ์, ๋ฏผ์ญ ์จ. ์๋ ํ์ธ์. ๋ฏผ ์ญ : ์ด๋ ๊ฐ์?
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4 A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์? B : ์์ ๋ค์ด์.
์๋ง๋ค: ์ฐ์ฒด๊ตญ์ ๊ฐ์. ๋ฏผ์ญ ์จ๋ ์ด๋ ๊ฐ์? ๋ฏผ ์ญ : ์๋น์ ๊ฐ์. ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4 ์ ์ง : ์์ ์จ, ์๋ ํ์ธ์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 5 A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์? B : ์ฑ ์ฝ์ด์. ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 6
360 A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์? B : ์ฃผ์ค ๋ง์ ์. ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 7 A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์?
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS 1.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ด๋ ์์์. 2.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ธ ์์์.
B : ์ ์์. 3.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 8
B : ๋ค์ฏ ์์์.
A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์? B : ์ท ์ ์ด์.
4.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ํ ์์์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 9 A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์? B : ์น๊ตฌ ๋ง๋์. ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 10 A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์?
5.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ฌ์ฏ ์์์. 6.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ๋ค ์์์.
B : ํ ๋ ๋น์ ๋ด์. 7.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 11
B : ํ ์์์.
A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์? B : ๋ ธ๋ ๋ถ๋ฌ์.
8.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ดํ ์์์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 12 A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ญ ํด์? B : ์ถค ์ถฐ์.
Unit 6, Task 1
9.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ๋ ์์์. 10.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์?
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS B : ์ด ์์์.
361
์ ๋ฏธ : ๋ค, ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ํด ์จ. ํด
11.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ฌ๋ ์์์.
: ๋ด์ผ ์๊ฐ ์์ด์?
์ ๋ฏธ : ๋ค, ์์ด์. ํด
: ์ด ์ ๊ด์ฐฎ์์?
์ ๋ฏธ : ๋ค, ์ข์์. 12.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์์์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4 ๋ฏผ ์ญ : ์๋ง๋ค ์จ, ์๋ ํ์ธ์.
Unit 6, Task 9
์๋ง๋ค : ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ๋ฏผ์ญ ์จ.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1
๋ฏผ ์ญ : ๋ด์ผ ์๊ฐ ์์ด์?
์ ์ : ์๋ ํ์ธ์?
์๋ง๋ค : ๋ค, ์์ด์.
ํ ๋ง์ค ์จ? ํ ๋ง์ค: ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์ ์ ์จ.
๋ฏผ ์ญ : ์ฌ๋ ์ ๊ด์ฐฎ์์? ์๋ง๋ค : ๋ค, ์ข์์.
์ ์ : ์ค๋ ์๊ฐ ์์ด์? ํ ๋ง์ค: ๋ค, ์์ด์.
Unit 6, Task 11
์ ์ : ์ธ ์ ๊ด์ฐฎ์์?
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1
ํ ๋ง์ค: ๋ค, ๊ด์ฐฎ์์.
์ ๋ฏธ : ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ํ ๋ง์ค ์จ. ํ ๋ง์ค : ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์๋ฏธ ์จ.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2
์ ๋ฏธ : ์ค๋ ์๊ฐ ์์ด์?
์ ์ : ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์์ง ์จ.
ํ ๋ง์ค : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์.
์ ์ง : ๋ค, ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์์ ์จ.
์ ๋ฏธ : ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด,
์ ์ : ์ค๋ ์๊ฐ ์์ด์? ์ ์ง : ๋ค, ์์ด์.
ํ์์ผ์ ์ด๋์? ํ ๋ง์ค : ๋ค, ๊ด์ฐฎ์์.
์ ์ : ๋ค์ฏ ์ ๊ด์ฐฎ์์? ์ ์ง : ๋ค, ๊ด์ฐฎ์์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2 ์ ์ : ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ๋ฏผ์ญ ์จ.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3 ํด
: ์๋ฏธ ์จ, ์๋ ํ์ธ์.
๋ฏผ ์ญ : ๋ค, ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์์ ์จ. ์ ์ : ์ค๋ ์๊ฐ ์์ด์?
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
362 ๋ฏผ ์ญ : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์. ์ ์ : ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ์ผ์์ผ์ ์ด๋์?
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2 I.O. : ์ด๋ ๋๋ผ์์ ์์ด์? ์ฌ๋ 2: ํธ์ฃผ์์ ์์ด์.
๋ฏผ ์ญ : ๋ค, ์ข์์. ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3 ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3 ํด
: ์ ์ ์จ, ์๋ ํ์ธ์.
I.O. : ์ด๋ ๋๋ผ์์ ์์ด์? ์ฌ๋ 3: ์๊ตญ์์ ์์ด์.
์ ์ : ๋ค, ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ํด ์จ. ํด
: ๋ด์ผ ์๊ฐ ์์ด์?
์ ์ : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์ ํด
: ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด,
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4 I.O. : ์ด๋ ๋๋ผ์์ ์์ด์? ์ฌ๋ 4: ๋ ์ผ์์ ์์ด์.
๊ธ์์ผ์ ์ด๋์? ์ ์ : ๋ค, ๊ด์ฐฎ์์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 5 I.O. :
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4
์ด๋์์ ์์ด์?
์ฌ๋ 5: ํ๋์ค์์ ์์ด์.
์ ์ง : ์๋ง๋ค ์จ, ์๋ ํ์ธ์. ์๋ง๋ค : ์๋ ํ์ธ์, ์์ง ์จ.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 6
์ ์ง : ๋ด์ผ ์๊ฐ ์์ด์?
I.O. :
์๋ง๋ค : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์.
์ฌ๋ 6: ์ผ๋ณธ์์ ์์ด์.
์ ์ง : ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ์์์ผ์ ์ด๋์? ์๋ง๋ค : ๋ค, ์ข์์.
์ด๋์์ ์์ด์?
Unit 7, Task 2, Part 2 ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1 I.O. : ์ด๋ ๋๋ผ์์ ์์ด์?
Unit 7, Task 2, Part 1 ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1 I.O. : ์ด๋ ๋๋ผ์์ ์์ด์? (Immigration Officer) ์ฌ๋ 1: ์ค๊ตญ์์ ์์ด์.
์ฌ๋ 1: ์ค๊ตญ์์ ์์ด์. I.O : ์ค๊ตญ ์ด๋์์ ์์ด์? ์ฌ๋ 1: ์ํ์ด์์ ์์ด์.
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2 I.O. : ์ด๋ ๋๋ผ์์ ์์ด์?
363 I.O : ์ผ๋ณธ ์ด๋์์ ์์ด์? ์ฌ๋ 6: ์ค์ฌ์นด์์ ์์ด์.
์ฌ๋ 2: ํธ์ฃผ์์ ์์ด์. I.O : ํธ์ฃผ ์ด๋์์ ์์ด์?
Unit 7, Task 4
์ฌ๋ 2: ๋ฉ๋ฒ๋ฅธ์์ ์์ด์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1 ํ ์ฌ : ์ด์ ์ ๋ ์ ๋ญ ํ์ด์?
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3 I.O. : ์ด๋ ๋๋ผ์์ ์์ด์? ์ฌ๋ 3: ์๊ตญ์์ ์์ด์.
detective ๋ฉ ๋ฆฌ : ํฐํ๊ณ ์ ๋ ์ ๋จน์์ด์.
I.O : ์๊ตญ ์ด๋์์ ์์ด์?
ํ ์ฌ : ์ธ์ ๋จน์์ด์?
์ฌ๋ 3: ๋ฆฌ๋ฒํ์์ ์์ด์.
๋ฉ ๋ฆฌ : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์๋ถํฐ ์ฌ๋ ์๊น์ง ๋จน์์ด์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4 I.O. : ์ด๋ ๋๋ผ์์ ์์ด์? ์ฌ๋ 4: ๋ ์ผ์์ ์์ด์.
ํ ์ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ญ ํ์ด์? ๋ฉ ๋ฆฌ : ์ฌ๋ ์๋ถํฐ ์ํ ์๊น์ง ํผ์๋ ธ๋ฅผ ์ณค์ด์.
I.O : ๋ ์ผ ์ด๋์์ ์์ด์?
ํ ์ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ญ ํ์ด์?
์ฌ๋ 4: ํ๋ ธ๋ฒ์์ ์์ด์.
๋ฉ ๋ฆฌ : ์ํ ์๋ถํฐ ์ด ์๊น์ง ํ ๋ ๋น์ ์ ๋ดค์ด์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 5 I.O. : ์ด๋์์ ์์ด์? ์ฌ๋ 5: ํ๋์ค์์ ์์ด์.
ํ ์ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ? ๋ฉ ๋ฆฌ : ์ด ์๋ถํฐ๋ ์ ์ ์ค์ด์.
I.O : ํ๋์ค ์ด๋์์ ์์ด์? ์ฌ๋ 5: ๋ฆฌ์น์์ ์์ด์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2 ํ ์ฌ: ์ด์ ์ ๋ ์ ๋ญ ํ์ด์? ํฐ : ๋ฉ๋ฆฌํ๊ณ
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 6 I.O. :
์ด๋์์ ์์ด์?
์ฌ๋ 6: ์ผ๋ณธ์์ ์์ด์.
์ ๋ ์ ๋จน์์ด์. ํ ์ฌ: ์ธ์ ๋จน์์ด์? ํฐ : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์๋ถํฐ ์ฌ๋ ์๊น์ง
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
364 ๋จน์์ด์.
์ ์ ์ค์ด์.
ํ ์ฌ: ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ญ ํ์ด์? ํฐ : ์ฌ๋ ์๋ถํฐ ์ํ ์๊น์ง ํ ๋ ๋น์ ์ ๋ดค์ด์. ํ ์ฌ: ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ญ ํ์ด์? ํฐ : ์ํ ์๋ถํฐ ์ดํ ์๊น์ง ์ ์ ์ค์ด์. ํ ์ฌ: ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ? ํฐ : ์ด๋ ์๋ถํฐ ์์ ์ ๋ค์์ด์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4 ํ ์ฌ : ์ด์ ์ ๋ ์ ๋ญ ํ์ด์? ์ ์ธ : ์ ๋ ์ ๋จน์์ด์. ํ ์ฌ : ์ธ์ ๋จน์์ด์? ์ ์ธ : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์๋ถํฐ ์ฌ๋ ์๊น์ง ๋จน์์ด์. ํ ์ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ญ ํ์ด์? ์ ์ธ : ์ฌ๋ ์๋ถํฐ
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3
์ํ ์๊น์ง
ํ ์ฌ : ์ด์ ์ ๋ ์ ๋ญ ํ์ด์?
์ฐ์ฑ ์ ํ์ด์.
ํด ๋ฆฌ : ์ฐ์ฑ ์ ํ์ด์.
ํ ์ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ญ ํ์ด์?
ํ ์ฌ : ์ธ์ ํ์ด์?
์ ์ธ : ์ํ ์๋ถํฐ ์ด ์๊น์ง
ํด ๋ฆฌ : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์๋ถํฐ
์ฑ ์ ์ฝ์์ด์.
์ฌ๋ ์๊น์ง ํ์ด์. ํ ์ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ญ ํ์ด์? ํด ๋ฆฌ : ์ฌ๋ ์๋ถํฐ ์ํ ์๊น์ง ์ ๋ ์ ๋จน์์ด์. ํ ์ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ๋ญ ํ์ด์? ํด ๋ฆฌ : ์ํ ์๋ถํฐ
ํ ์ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ? ์ ์ธ : ์ด ์๋ถํฐ ์ดํ ์๊น์ง๋ ์น๊ตฌํํ ์ ํ๋ฅผ ํ์ด์. ํ ์ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ? ์ ์ธ : ์ด๋ ์๋ถํฐ๋ ์ ์ ์ค์ด์.
์ดํ ์๊น์ง ๊ทน์ฅ์์ ์ํ๋ฅผ ๋ดค์ด์. ํ ์ฌ : ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ? ํด ๋ฆฌ : ์ด๋ ์๋ถํฐ๋
Unit 8, Task 3 1. A : ์ค๋ ์ง ์์ด์? B : ๋ค, ์์ด์. 2. A : ์น์ฆ ์์ด์?
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS B : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์.
365
16. A : ๋งฅ์ฃผ ์์ด์?
3. A : ๋ฒ์ฏ ์์ด์?
B : ๋ค, ์์ด์.
B : ๋ค, ์์ด์.
17. A : ๋น๊ทผ ์์ด์?
4. A : ๋ฐฐ์ถ ์์ด์?
B : ๋ค, ์์ด์.
B : ๋ค, ์์ด์. 5. A : ์ฐ์ ์์ด์? B : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์. 6. A : ๋ญ๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์์ด์?
18. A : ์ฅ์์ ์์ด์? B : ๋ค, ์์ด์. 19. A : ํฌ๋ ์์ด์? B : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์.
B : ๋ค, ์์ด์.
20. A : ์ฝ๋ผ ์์ด์?
7. A : ๋ฌ๊ฑ ์์ด์?
B : ๋ค, ์์ด์.
B : ๋ค, ์์ด์. 8. A : ์๊ณ ๊ธฐ ์์ด์?
Unit 8, Task 7
B : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1
9. A : ์์ ์์ด์? B : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์. 10. A : ์ฌ๊ณผ ์์ด์? B : ๋ค, ์์ด์. 11. A : ๋นต ์์ด์? B : ๋ค, ์์ด์. 12. A : ๊ฐ์ ์์ด์? B : ๋ค, ์์ด์.
(๊ณผ์ผ ๊ฐ๊ฒ์์; in a fruit shop) ์ ์ : ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ์ ๋ : ์ฌ๊ณผ ์์ด์? ์ ์ : ๋ค, ์์ด์. ์ ๋ : ๋ฐฐ๋ ์์ด์? ์ ์ : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์. ์ ๋ : ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ์ฌ๊ณผ ์ด ๊ฐ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
13. A : ์ผ์ต ์์ด์? B : ๋ค, ์์ด์. 14. A : ๊ฒ ์์ด์? B : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์. 15. A : ์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค ์์ด์? B : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2 (์ํผ๋ง์ผ์์; in a small supermarket) ์ ์ : ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์. ์ ๋ : ๋นต ์์ด์?
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
366 ์ ์ : ๋ค, ์์ด์.
17. ๋ท
18. ๋
์ ๋ : ์ฝ๋ผ๋ ์์ด์?
20. ํ๋
19. ์ฌ์ฏ
์ ์ : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์. ์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค ์์ด์. ์ ๋ : ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ๋นต ํ๋ํ๊ณ
Unit 8, Task 10 1. ์ด๋ท
2. ์ด์ผ๊ณฑ 3. ์ดํ๋
์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค ๋ค์ฏ ๋ณ
4. ์ด์ํ 5. ์ด์ฌ์ฏ 6. ์ด์ฌ๋
์ฃผ์ธ์.
7. ์ด์
8. ์ด๋
9. ์ด๋ค์ฏ
10. ์ค๋ฌผ ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3 (์ฃผ๋ฅ ๊ฐ๊ฒ์์;
Unit 8, Task 13
in a bottle shop)
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1
์ ์ : ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์.
์ข ์ ์ : ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์.
์ ๋ : ๋งฅ์ฃผ ์์ด์?
์ ๋ : ์ฝ๋ผ ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
์ ์ : ๋ค, ์์ด์. ์ ๋ : ์์คํค๋ ์์ด์?
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2
์ ์ : ์๋์ค, ์์ด์.
์ข ์ ์ : ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์.
๋ธ๋๋ ์์ด์.
์ ๋ : ์ปคํผ ํ๋ํ๊ณ
์ ๋ : ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด,
์ค๋ ์ง ์ฃผ์ค ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
๋งฅ์ฃผ๋ง ์ค๋ฌด ๋ณ ์ฃผ์ธ์. ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3
Unit 8, Task 9
์ข ์ ์ : ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์.
1. ๋ค์ฏ
2. ์ด
3. ๋
4. ์ํ
5. ์ฌ์ฏ
6. ์ฌ๋
7. ์
8. ํ๋
9. ์ผ๊ณฑ
๋ญ ๋๋ฆด๊น์? ์ ๋ : ์ปคํผ ๋ค์ฏํ๊ณ ์ฐ์ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
10. ๋ท
Unit 9, Task 1 11. ์
12. ์ฌ๋
14. ๋ค์ฏ 15. ์ํ
13. ์ผ๊ณฑ
1. ์ค
2. ์ญ
3. ์ด
16. ์ด
4. ๊ตฌ
5. ์ก
6. ํ
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS 7. ์ผ
8. ์ผ
10. ์ฌ
11. ์น
9. ๊ณต
367
์ ๋ : ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ ํ๋ํ๊ณ ์น์ฆ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์. ์ ์ : ์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ต๋๋ค.
12. ์ผ
13. ์ค
14. ์น
์ ๋ : ์ผ๋ง์์?
15. ์ผ
16. ๊ตฌ
17. ์ญ
์ ์ : ์ด์ฒ์ค๋ฐฑ ์์ด์์.
18. ์ฌ
19. ์ด
20. ์ก
21. ๊ณต
22. ํ
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2 ์ ์ : ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์.
Unit 9, Task 2
์ ๋ : ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ๋ํ๊ณ
1. ์ญ์ฌ
2. ์ญ์น
3. ์ญ์ด
4. ์ญ๊ตฌ
5. ์ญ์ก
6. ์ญํ
์ ์ : ์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ต๋๋ค.
7. ์ญ์ผ
8. ์ญ์ผ
9. ์ญ์ค
์ ๋ : ์ผ๋ง์์?
์ฝ๋ผ ํ๋ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
10. ์ด์ญ
์ ์ : ์ผ์ฒ์น ๋ฐฑ ์์ด์์.
Unit 9, Task 3
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3
1. ์ฌ์ญ
2. ์น ์ญ
3. ์ด์ญ
์ ์ : ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์.
4. ๊ตฌ์ญ
5. ์ก์ญ
6. ํ์ญ
์ ๋ : ์์ด์คํฌ๋ฆผ ๋ ๊ฐํ๊ณ
7. ์ผ์ญ
8. ์ญ
9. ์ค์ญ
ํ๋ ์น ํ๋ผ์ด์ฆ ๋ ๊ฐ
10. ๋ฐฑ
์ฃผ์ธ์. ์ ์ : ์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ต๋๋ค.
11. ์ผ์ญ
12. ์ญ
13. ์ค์ญ
์ ๋ : ์ผ๋ง์์?
14. ๊ตฌ์ญ
15. ์ด์ญ
16. ์น ์ญ
์ ์ : ์ด์ฒํ๋ฐฑ ์์ด์์.
17. ์ฌ์ญ
18. ํ์ญ
19. ๋ฐฑ
20. ์ก์ญ
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4 ์ ์ : ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์.
Unit 9, Task 6
์ ๋ : ํ๋ฒ๊ฑฐ ๋ทํ๊ณ
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1
์ฝ๋ผ ๋ํ๊ณ
์ ์ : ์ด์ ์ค์ธ์.
์ปคํผ ์ ์ฃผ์ธ์.
368
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
์ ์ : ์ฌ๊ธฐ ์์ต๋๋ค. ์ ๋ : ์ผ๋ง์์?
9.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ดํ ์ ์ฌ์ญ์ค๋ถ์ด์์.
์ ์ : ํ์ฒ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ ์์ด์์. 10.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์?
Unit 9, Task 8
B : ์ฌ์ฏ ์ ์ผ์ญ ๋ถ์ด์์.
1. A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ด๋ ์ ์ผ์ญ ๋ถ์ด์์.
11.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ํ ์ ์ญ์ค ๋ถ์ด์์.
2.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ผ๊ณฑ ์ ์ญ์ค ๋ถ์ด์์.
12.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ฌ๋ ์ ์ฌ์ญ์ค ๋ถ์ด์์.
3.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ๋ค์ฏ ์ ์ฌ์ญ์ค ๋ถ์ด์์.
Unit 9, Task 13 1.์ ๋ฏธ : ์ฑ ์ ์ผ๋ง์์?
4.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์?
์ฌ๋ 1 : ์ด๋ง ์์ด์์.
B : ์ธ ์ ์ผ์ญ ๋ถ์ด์์. 2.์ ๋ฏธ : ๋์ฅ๊ณ ์ผ๋ง์์? 5.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์?
์ฌ๋ 2 : ์ญ๋ง ์์ด์์.
B : ์ํ ์ ์ญ์ค ๋ถ์ด์์. 3.์ ๋ฏธ : ์นจ๋ ์ผ๋ง์์? 6.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ์ด ์ ์ญ์ค ๋ถ์ด์์.
์ฌ๋ 3 : ์ฌ๋ง ์์ด์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ๊ทธ๋ฌ๋ฉด, ์ฑ ์ฅ์ ์ผ๋ง์์?
7.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์?
์ฌ๋ 3 : ๊ตฌ์ฒ ์์ด์์.
B : ๋ ์ ์ฌ์ญ์ค ๋ถ์ด์์. 4.์ ๋ฏธ : ํ ๋ ๋น์ ์ผ๋ง์์? 8.A : ์ง๊ธ ๋ช ์์์? B : ๋ค ์ ์ผ์ญ ๋ถ์ด์์.
์ฌ๋ 4 : ์น ๋ง ์์ด์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ์ํ๋์?
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS ์ฌ๋ 4 : ์ํ๋
369 B : ์ญ์ผ ์ ์ด์ญ์ผ ์ผ์ด์์.
์ด์ญ๋ง ์์ด์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ๋ค, ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค. ๊ณ ๋ง์ต๋๋ค.
Unit 10, Task 7 1. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ธ์ ์์? B : ์ค ์ ์ด์ญ์น ์ผ์ด์์. 2. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ธ์ ์์? B : ์ผ ์ ์ด์ญ์ฌ ์ผ์ด์์. 3. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ธ์ ์์? B : ์ ์ ์ญ์น ์ผ์ด์์. 4. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ผ์? B : ๊ตฌ ์ ์ญ์ค ์ผ์ด์์.
9. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ผ์? B : ์ด ์ ์ค์ผ์ด์์. 10. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ธ์ ์์? B : ์ญ์ด ์ ์ด์ญ์น ์ผ์ด์์. 11. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ธ์ ์์? B : ํ ์ ์ญ ์ผ์ด์์. 12. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ธ์ ์์? B : ์ ์ ์ญ์น ์ผ์ด์์.
Unit 10, Task 8 ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 1 A : ์ฑํจ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? B : ๊ถ๋ณ์์์.
5. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? B : ์ผ ์ ์ผ์ญ์ผ ์ผ์ด์์.
A : ๊ถ--๋ณ--์. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์๋ ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
6. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ธ์ ์์? B : ์ฌ ์ ์ญ์ก ์ผ์ด์์. 7. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ธ์ ์์? B : ์น ์ ์ด์ญ๊ตฌ ์ผ์ด์์.
B : ์ฒ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์ค์ญ ๋ ์ผ ์ ์ด์ญ๊ตฌ ์ผ์ด์์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 2 A : ์ฑํจ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? B : ์ด์์ง์ด์์.
8. A : ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
A : ์ด--์--์ง.
370 ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์๋ ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? B : ์ฒ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์ก์ญ์น ๋
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ผ์? B : ์ฒ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์น ์ญํ ๋ ๊ตฌ์ ์ด์ญ์ผ ์ผ์ด์์.
์ค ์ ํ ์ผ์ด์์. The last form is for you. The ๋ ํ(Dialogue) 3 A : ์ฑํจ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? B : ๊น์ฑ์ฐ์์. A : ๊น--์ฑ--์ฐ.
clerk will ask you your name and birthdate. Tell them to her and write them down on the form.
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์๋ ์์ผ์ด
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 6
์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
A : ์ฑํจ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
B : ์ฒ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์ฌ์ญ์ผ ๋ ์น ์ ์ญ๊ตฌ ์ผ์ด์์.
B : _________________. A :๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์๋ ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 4 A : ์ฑํจ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์?
B : _______๋ _______์ ______์ผ์ด์์.
B : ๋ฐ์ ํ์ด์์. A : ๋ฐ--์ --ํ. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์๋ ์์ผ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋์ธ์? B : ์ฒ๊ตฌ๋ฐฑ์ก์ญ์ด ๋ ์ฌ ์ ์ญ์ด ์ผ์ด์์.
๋ ํ(Dialogue) 5 A : ์ด๋ฆ์ด ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ผ์? B : ์กฐ๊ฒฝ์์ด์์. A : ์กฐ--๊ฒฝ--์. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ ์๋ ์์ผ์ด
Unit 10, Task 9 1.์ ๋ฏธ : ์ ๊ธฐ ์ ์ฌ๋ ๋๊ตฌ์์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ๊น์ฑ์ค ์จ์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ๋ช ์ด์ด์์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ์ค๋ฌผ์ํ ์ด์ด์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ์ง์ ์ ๋ญ์์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ์ปดํจํฐ ์์ง๋์ด์์. 2.์ ๋ฏธ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ ๊ธฐ ์ ์ฌ๋์
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS ๋๊ตฌ์์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ์กฐ๊ฒฝํฌ ์จ์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ๋ช ์ด์ด์์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ์๋ฅธ์ฌ์ฏ ์ด์ด์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ์ง์ ์ ๋ญ์์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ์ ์น๊ฐ์์. 3.์ ๋ฏธ : ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ ๊ธฐ ์ ์ฌ๋์ ๋๊ตฌ์์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ์ด์ ๋ฏธ ์จ์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ์ง์ ์ด ๋ญ์์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ๋ณํธ์ฌ์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ๋์ด๊ฐ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ผ์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ์๋ฅธ๋ค ์ด์ด์์. 4.์ ๋ฏธ: ๊ทธ๋ผ, ์ ๊ธฐ ์ ์ฌ๋์ ๋๊ตฌ์์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ์ก์ค์ ์จ์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ๋์ด๊ฐ ์ด๋ป๊ฒ ๋ผ์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ๋งํ ์ด์ด์์. ์ ๋ฏธ : ์ง์ ์ด ๋ญ์์? ์น ๊ตฌ : ์์ฌ์์.
371
372
TRANSCRIPT OF LISTENING TASKS
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
374
Notes for Verb and Adjective Tables An asterisk (*) following a word in the table is used to indicate an exception to the conjugation rule. For example, ๋์ธ์ is the honorific form of eat (not ๋จน์ผ์ธ์ ).
Where headings do not distinguish between a question or statement form, the same form is used for both.
An โxโ indicates that the conjugation for that cell is not applicable. For example, there is no formal honorific form of ์ธ(cheap), โ์ธ์ญ๋๋คโ, because the subject of the sentence would not be a human being and therefore we cannot use an honorific form.
A โqโ following a word in the table is used to indicate that the form given only applies to questions. For example, ๋ง์์ผ์ธ์? can only be used to say โDo you find it delicious?โ and not โThat food is deliciousโ, because the subject of the sentence is not a human being and therefore we cannot use an honorific form.
The Korean words for handsome, old (human being), old (things), thin (people) and ugly are often used with ์, so this has been added to the stems of each (stem+์):
โข
์์๊ธฐ+์
๏
์์๊ฒผ
โข
๋+์
๏
๋์
APPENDIX
375
โข
๋ก+์
๏
๋ก์
โข
๋ง๋ฅด+์
๏
๋ง๋
โข
๋ชป์๊ธฐ+์
๏
๋ชป์๊ฒผ
For certain perception words such ํฅ๋ฏธ์ (interesting) and ํผ๊ณคํ(tired), the honorific statement form โ+{์ผ}์ธ์โ cannot be used for third persons. Therefore, this form has been omitted from the tables, where the +(์/์ด) ํ์ธ์ form can be used as the alternative. ์ซ (hate; dislike) is listed under the title of adjectives since it is an adjective in Korean and does not follow the same conjugation rules as a verb.
Instead of dictionary form, the verb or adjective stem has been provided in the following appendices. Therefore, you will need to add ๋ค to the stem to look up a particular word in the dictionary. For example,์ซ would appear under ์ซ๋ค.
APPENDIX
376
Special Conjugation Rules of Verb & Adjective ใ rule
When the stem ends in ใ , the ใ is removed when the next syllable starts with a vowel. For example, ์ง (build) becomes ์ง์ด์( build) and ์ง์ผ๋ฉด (if you build).
ใท Rule
When the stem ends in ใท, the ใท is removed when the next syllable starts with a vowel . For example, ๋ฃ becomes ๋ค์ด์ (listen).
ใน rule
When the stem ends in ใน, the ใน is removed when the next syllable starts with ใด, ใน, ใ , ์ค, or ์ . For example, ๊ธธ(long) becomes ๊น๋๋ค (is long) and ๊ธฐ๋๊น (because itโs long).
ใ rule
When the stem ends in ใ , the ใ changes into ์ค before +์ and ์ฐ before +์ด. For example, ๋ becomes ๋์์(help) and ์๋ฆ๋ต becomes ์๋ฆ๋ค์์(beautiful).
์ผ rule
When the stem ends in ใ ก, the ใ ก is deleted when the next syllable starts with a vowel. For example, ํฌ (big) becomes ์ปค์(is big) and ์ํ(sick) becomes ์ํ์(is sick).
๋ฅด rule
When forming the +(์/์ด) form of stems that end in ๋ฅด, ๋ฅด is deleted and +ใน๋ผ/ใน๋ฌ are added to the stem. For example ์๋ฅด becomes ์๋ผ์(cut) and ๋ถ๋ฅด becomes ๋ถ๋ฌ์(sing).
์ฌ rule
For stems ending in ํ, ํ์ฌ can be found instead of ํด in some formal writing.
APPENDIX ใ rule
377
When the adjective stem ends in ใ , the ใ is deleted when the next syllable starts with ใด or ใ . For example, ํ๋ becomes ํ๋ผ๋ฉด (ifโฆis blue).
The following rules are less common: ๊ฑฐ๋ผ rule
๋๋ผ rule
๋ฌ rule
When forming the +(์/์ด)๋ผ form of ๊ฐ (go) to give a command, ๊ฐ๊ฑฐ๋ผ is used.
When forming the +(์/์ด)๋ผ form of ์ค (come) to give a command, ์ค๋๋ผ is used.
When forming the +์ด or +์ด์ form of some stems such as ์ด๋ฅด and ํธ๋ฅด, +๋ฌ and +๋ฌ์ are used instead. For example, ์ด๋ฅด๋ฌ์(reach so that);
์ฐ rule
ํธ๋ฅด๋ฌ์(is blue so that).
When forming the +์ด or +์ด์ form of some stems such as ํธ, ใ is deleted. For example ํผ์(scoop up and).
APPENDIX
378
Appendix 1: Copular โbeโ Present Tense (โisโ and โareโ) Casual Question
Casual Question
Casual
Polite
Honorific
be
+{์ด}๋?
+{์ด}๋?
+{์ด}์ผ
+{์ด์์/์์}
+{์ด}์ธ์
be not
์๋๋?
์๋๋?
์๋์ผ
์๋์์
์๋์ธ์
Past Tense (โwasโ and โwereโ) Casual Question
Casual Question
Casual
Polite
Honorific
be
+{์ด์/์}๋?
+{์ด์/์}๋?
{์ด์/์}์ด
{์ด์/์}์
+{์ด}์ จ์ด์
be not
์๋์๋?
์๋์๋?
์๋์์ด
์๋์์ด์
์๋์ จ์ด์
Future Tense (โwill beโ) be
Casual Question
Casual Question
Casual
Polite
Honorific
x
x
+{์ผ/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
+{์ผ/ใน}
+{์ด}์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ฑฐ์์ be not
x
x
์๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์๋ ๊ฑฐ์์
์๋์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
With +ใด๋ฐ(์) ending Present
Past
Future (Suppostition)
be
+{์ธ/ใด}๋ฐ(์)
+{์ด์/์}๋๋ฐ(์)
+{์ผ/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
be not
์๋๋ฐ(์)
์๋์๋๋ฐ(์)
์๋ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
APPENDIX
Formal Statement
379
Formal Statement Honorific
Formal Question
+{์ด}์ญ๋๋ค
+{์ ใ }๋๊น?
be
+{์ /ใ }๋๋ค
be not
์๋๋๋ค
์๋์ญ๋๋ค
์๋๋๊น?
Formal Statement
Formal Statement Honorific
Formal Question
be
+{์ด์/์}์ต๋
+{์ด}์ จ์ต๋๋ค
be not
+{์ด}์ญ๋๊น? ์๋์ญ๋๊น?
+{์ด์/์}์ต๋
๋ค
Formal Question Honorific
Formal Question Honorific
+{์ด}์ จ์ต๋๊น?
๊น?
์๋์์ต๋๋ค
์๋์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์๋์์ต๋๊น?
Formal Statement
Formal Statement Honorific
Formal Question
be
+{์ผ/ใน} ๊ฒ๋๋ค
+{์ด}์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
x
be not
์๋ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
x
์๋์ จ์ต๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific
x x
With +๊ณ ending Present
Past
Future (Suppostition)
be
+{์ด}๊ณ
+{์ด์/์}๊ณ
+{์ผ/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ณ
be not
์๋๊ณ
์๋์๊ณ
์๋ ๊ฑฐ๊ณ
APPENDIX
380
Appendix 2: Verb Present Tense Endings Stem
Casual Question +๋?
Casual Question +๋?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์ด)(์)
Honorific +{์ผ}์ธ์
ask
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด๋
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด๋
๋ฌผ์ด๋ด(์)
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์ธ์
build
์ง
์ง๋
์ง๋
์ง์ด(์)
์ง์ผ์ธ์
buy
์ฌ
์ฌ๋
์ฌ๋
์ฌ(์)
์ฌ์ธ์
call
์ ํํ
์ ํํ๋
์ ํํ๋
์ ํํด(์)
์ ํํ์ธ์
choose
๊ณ ๋ฅด
๊ณ ๋ฅด๋
๊ณ ๋ฅด๋
๊ณจ๋ผ(์)
๊ณ ๋ฅด์ธ์
clean
์ฒญ์ํ
์ฒญ์ํ๋
์ฒญ์ํ๋
์ฒญ์ํด(์)
์ฒญ์ํ์ธ์
come
์ค
์ค๋
์ค๋
์(์)
์ค์ธ์
cook
(์์) ๋ง๋ค
๋ง๋๋
๋ง๋๋
๋ง๋ค์ด(์)
๋ง๋์ธ์
dance
(์ถค) ์ถ
์ถ๋
์ถ๋
์ถฐ(์)
์ถ์ธ์
do
ํ
ํ๋
ํ๋
ํด(์)
ํ์ธ์
draw
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋
๊ทธ๋ ค(์)
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ธ์
drink
๋ง์
๋ง์๋
๋ง์๋
๋ง์ (์)
๋์ธ์*
eat
๋จน
๋จน๋
๋จน๋
๋จน์ด(์)
๋์ธ์*
give
์ฃผ
์ฃผ๋
์ฃผ๋
์ค(์)
์ฃผ์ธ์
go
๊ฐ
๊ฐ๋
๊ฐ๋
๊ฐ(์)
๊ฐ์ธ์
go regularly
๋ค๋
๋ค๋๋
๋ค๋๋
๋ค๋ (์)
๋ค๋์ธ์
help
๋์์ฃผ
๋์์ฃผ๋
๋์์ฃผ๋
๋์(์)
๋์์ฃผ์ธ์
leave
๋ ๋
๋ ๋๋
๋ ๋๋
๋ ๋(์)
๋ ๋์ธ์
listen
๋ฃ
๋ฃ๋
๋ฃ๋
๋ค์ด(์)
๋ค์ผ์ธ์
live
์ด
์ฌ๋
์ฌ๋
์ด์(์)
์ฌ์ธ์
marry
๊ฒฐํผํ
๊ฒฐํผํ๋
๊ฒฐํผํ๋
๊ฒฐํผํด(์)
๊ฒฐํผํ์ธ์
meet
๋ง๋
๋ง๋๋
๋ง๋๋
๋ง๋(์)
๋ง๋์ธ์
order
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ๋
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ๋
์ฃผ๋ฌธํด(์)
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ธ์
APPENDIX
Formal Statement
381
Formal Question
+{์ต/ใ }๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๋ค
+{์ต/ใ }๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๊น?
๋ฌผ์ด๋ด ๋๋ค
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์ญ๋๋ค
๋ฌผ์ด๋ด ๋๊น
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์ญ๋๊น
์ง์ต๋๋ค
์ง์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ง์ต๋๊น
์ง์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ฝ๋๋ค
์ฌ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฝ๋๊น
์ฌ์ญ๋๊น
์ ํํฉ๋๋ค
์ ํํ์ญ๋๋ค
์ ํํฉ๋๊น
์ ํํ์ญ๋๊น
๊ณ ๋ฆ ๋๋ค
๊ณ ๋ฅด์ญ๋๋ค
๊ณ ๋ฆ ๋๊น
๊ณ ๋ฅด์ญ๋๊น
์ฒญ์ํฉ๋๋ค
์ฒญ์ํ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฒญ์ํฉ๋๊น
์ฒญ์ํ์ญ๋๊น
์ต๋๋ค
์ค์ญ๋๋ค
์ต๋๊น
์ค์ญ๋๊น
๋ง๋ญ๋๋ค
๋ง๋์ญ๋๋ค
๋ง๋ญ๋๊น
๋ง๋์ญ๋๊น
์ถฅ๋๋ค
์ถ์ญ๋๋ค
์ถฅ๋๊น
์ถ์ญ๋๊น
ํฉ๋๋ค
ํ์ญ๋๋ค
ํฉ๋๊น
ํ์ญ๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ญ๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ฆฝ๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ญ๋๊น
๋ง์ญ๋๋ค
๋์ญ๋๋ค*
๋ง์ญ๋๊น
๋์ญ๋๊น*
๋จน์ต๋๋ค
๋์ญ๋๋ค*
๋จน์ต๋๊น
๋์ญ๋๊น*
์ค๋๋ค
์ฃผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ค๋๊น
์ฃผ์ญ๋๊น
๊ฐ๋๋ค
๊ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๊ฐ๋๊น
๊ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋ค๋๋๋ค
๋ค๋์ญ๋๋ค
๋ค๋๋๊น
๋ค๋์ญ๋๊น
๋์์ค๋๋ค
๋์์ฃผ์ญ๋๋ค
๋์์ค๋๊น
๋์์ฃผ์ญ๋๊น
๋ ๋ฉ๋๋ค
๋ ๋์ญ๋๋ค
๋ ๋ฉ๋๊น
๋ ๋์ญ๋๊น
๋ฃ์ต๋๋ค
๋ค์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ฃ์ต๋๊น
๋ค์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ฝ๋๋ค
์ฌ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฝ๋๊น
์ฌ์ญ๋๊น
๊ฒฐํผํฉ๋๋ค
๊ฒฐํผํ์ญ๋๋ค
๊ฒฐํผํฉ๋๊น
๊ฒฐํผํ์ญ๋๊น
๋ง๋ฉ๋๋ค
๋ง๋์ญ๋๋ค
๋ง๋ฉ๋๊น
๋ง๋์ญ๋๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌธํฉ๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌธํฉ๋๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ญ๋๊น
APPENDIX
382 Stem
Casual Question +๋?
Casual Question +๋?
Polite
Honorific
+(์/์ด)์
+{์ผ}์ธ์
play
์น
์น๋
์น๋
์ณ(์)
์น์ธ์
quit (job)
๊ทธ๋ง๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋ฌ(์)
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ธ์
quit (smoking)
๋
๋๋
๋๋
๋์ด(์)
๋์ผ์ธ์
read
์ฝ
์ฝ๋
์ฝ๋
์ฝ์ด(์)
์ฝ์ผ์ธ์
rest
์ฌ
์ฌ๋
์ฌ๋
์ฌ์ด(์)
์ฌ์ธ์
sing
๋ถ๋ฅด
๋ถ๋ฅด๋
๋ถ๋ฅด๋
๋ถ๋ฌ(์)
๋ถ๋ฅด์ธ์
sit down
์
์๋
์๋
์์(์)
์์ผ์ธ์
sleep
์
์๋
์๋
์(์)
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ธ์*
smoke
ํผ์ฐ
ํผ์ฐ๋
ํผ์ฐ๋
ํผ์(์)
ํผ์ฐ์ธ์
speak
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๋
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๋
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํด(์)
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ธ์
stand up
์ผ์ด๋
์ผ์ด๋๋
์ผ์ด๋๋
์ผ์ด๋(์)
์ผ์ด๋์ธ์
start
์์ํ
์์ํ๋
์์ํ๋
์์ํด(์)
์์ํ์ธ์
study
๊ณต๋ถํ
๊ณต๋ถํ๋
๊ณต๋ถํ๋
๊ณต๋ถํด(์)
๊ณต๋ถํ์ธ์
swim
์์ํ
์์ํ๋
์์ํ๋
์์ํด(์)
์์ํ์ธ์
take (vehicle)
ํ
ํ๋
ํ๋
ํ(์)
ํ์ธ์
talk
๋งํ
๋งํ๋
๋งํ๋
๋งํด(์)
๋ง์ํ์ธ์*
wait
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ๋
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ๋
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ค(์)
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ธ์
walk
๊ฑท
๊ฑท๋
๊ฑท๋
๊ฑธ์ด(์)
๊ฑธ์ผ์ธ์
watch
๋ณด
๋ณด๋
๋ณด๋
๋ด(์)
๋ณด์ธ์
wear
์
์ ๋
์ ๋
์ ์ด(์)
์ ์ผ์ธ์
wear (shoes)
์
์ ๋
์ ๋
์ ์ด(์)
์ ์ผ์ธ์
work
์ผํ
์ผํ๋
์ผํ๋
์ผํด(์)
์ผํ์ธ์
write
์ฐ
์ฐ๋
์ฐ๋
์จ(์)
์ฐ์ธ์
APPENDIX
383
Formal Statement +{์ต/ใ }๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๋ค
Formal Question +{์ต/ใ }๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๊น?
์นฉ๋๋ค
์น์ญ๋๋ค
์นฉ๋๊น
์น์ญ๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ง๋ก๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ญ๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ง๋ก๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ญ๋๊น
๋์ต๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๋์ต๋๊น
๋์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ฝ์ต๋๋ค
์ฝ์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฝ์ต๋๊น
์ฝ์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ฝ๋๋ค
์ฌ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฝ๋๊น
์ฌ์ญ๋๊น
๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๋ค
๋ถ๋ฅด์ญ๋๋ค
๋ถ๋ฆ ๋๊น
๋ถ๋ฅด์ญ๋๊น
์์ต๋๋ค
์์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์์ต๋๊น
์์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ก๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ญ๋๋ค*
์ก๋๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ญ๋๊น*
ํผ์๋๋ค
ํผ์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
ํผ์๋๊น
ํผ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํฉ๋๋ค
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ญ๋๋ค
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํฉ๋๊น
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ญ๋๊น
์ผ์ด๋ฉ๋๋ค
์ผ์ด๋์ญ๋๋ค
์ผ์ด๋ฉ๋๊น
์ผ์ด๋์ญ๋๊น
์์ํฉ๋๋ค
์์ํ์ญ๋๋ค
์์ํฉ๋๊น
์์ํ์ญ๋๊น
๊ณต๋ถํฉ๋๋ค
๊ณต๋ถํ์ญ๋๋ค
๊ณต๋ถํฉ๋๊น
๊ณต๋ถํ์ญ๋๊น
์์ํฉ๋๋ค
์์ํ์ญ๋๋ค
์์ํฉ๋๊น
์์ํ์ญ๋๊น
ํ๋๋ค
ํ์ญ๋๋ค
ํ๋๊น
ํ์ญ๋๊น
๋งํฉ๋๋ค
๋ง์ํ์ญ๋๋ค*
๋งํฉ๋๊น
๋ง์ํ์ญ๋๊น*
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฝ๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ญ๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฝ๋๊น
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ญ๋๊น
๊ฑท์ต๋๋ค
๊ฑธ์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๊ฑท์ต๋๊น
๊ฑธ์ผ์ญ๋๊น
๋ด ๋๋ค
๋ณด์ญ๋๋ค
๋ด ๋๊น
๋ณด์ญ๋๊น
์ ์ต๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ ์ต๋๊น
์ ์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ ์ต๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ ์ต๋๊น
์ ์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ผํฉ๋๋ค
์ผํ์ญ๋๋ค
์ผํฉ๋๊น
์ผํ์ญ๋๊น
์๋๋ค
์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
์๋๊น
์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
APPENDIX
384
Appendix 3: Verb Past Tense Endings Stem
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
Casual Question +(์/์)๋ ?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์)์ด(์)
Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ด์
ask
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด
๋ฌผ์ด๋ดค๋
๋ฌผ์ด๋ดค๋
๋ฌผ์ด๋ดค์ด(์)
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์ จ์ด์
build
์ง
์ง์๋
์ง์๋
์ง์์ด(์)
์ง์ผ์ จ์ด์
buy
์ฌ
์๋
์๋
์์ด(์)
์ฌ์ จ์ด์
call
์ ํํ
์ ํํ๋
์ ํํ๋
์ ํํ์ด(์)
์ ํํ์ จ์ด์
choose
๊ณ ๋ฅด
๊ณจ๋๋
๊ณจ๋๋
๊ณจ๋์ด(์)
๊ณ ๋ฅด์ จ์ด์
clean
์ฒญ์ํ
์ฒญ์ํ๋
์ฒญ์ํ๋
์ฒญ์ํ์ด(์)
์ฒญ์ํ์ จ์ด์
come
์ค
์๋
์๋
์์ด(์)
์ค์ จ์ด์
cook
(์์) ๋ง๋ค
๋ง๋ค์๋
๋ง๋ค์๋
๋ง๋ค์์ด(์)
๋ง๋์ จ์ด์
dance
(์ถค) ์ถ
์ท๋
์ท๋
์ท์ด(์)
์ถ์ จ์ด์
do
ํ
ํ๋
ํ๋
ํ์ด(์)
ํ์ จ์ด์
draw
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ
๊ทธ๋ ธ๋
๊ทธ๋ ธ๋
๊ทธ๋ ธ์ด(์)
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ จ์ด์
drink
๋ง์
๋ง์ จ๋
๋ง์ จ๋
๋ง์ จ์ด(์)
๋์ จ์ด์*
eat
๋จน
๋จน์๋
๋จน์๋
๋จน์์ด(์)
๋์ จ์ด์*
give
์ฃผ
์คฌ๋
์คฌ๋
์คฌ์ด(์)
์ฃผ์ จ์ด์
go
๊ฐ
๊ฐ๋
๊ฐ๋
๊ฐ์ด(์)
๊ฐ์ จ์ด์
go regularly
๋ค๋
๋ค๋ ๋
๋ค๋ ๋
๋ค๋ ์ด(์)
๋ค๋์ จ์ด์
help
๋์์ฃผ
๋์์คฌ๋
๋์์คฌ๋
๋์์คฌ์ด(์)
๋์์ฃผ์ จ์ด์
leave
๋ ๋
๋ ๋ฌ๋
๋ ๋ฌ๋
๋ ๋ฌ์ด(์)
๋ ๋์ จ์ด์
listen
๋ฃ
๋ค์๋
๋ค์๋
๋ค์์ด(์)
๋ค์ผ์ จ์ด์
live
์ด
์ด์๋
์ด์๋
์ด์์ด(์)
์ฌ์ จ์ด์
marry
๊ฒฐํผํ
๊ฒฐํผํ๋
๊ฒฐํผํ๋
๊ฒฐํผํ์ด(์)
๊ฒฐํผํ์ จ์ด์
meet
๋ง๋
๋ง๋ฌ๋
๋ง๋ฌ๋
๋ง๋ฌ์ด(์)
๋ง๋์ จ์ด์
order
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ๋
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ๋
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ด(์)
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ จ์ด์
APPENDIX
Formal Statement
385
Formal Question
+(์/์)์ต๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๋ค
+(์/์)์ต๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๊น?
๋ฌผ์ด๋ดค์ต๋๋ค
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฌผ์ด๋ดค์ต๋๊น
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ง์์ต๋๋ค
์ง์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ง์์ต๋๊น
์ง์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์์ต๋๊น
์ฌ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ ํํ์ต๋๋ค
์ ํํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ ํํ์ต๋๊น
์ ํํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ณจ๋์ต๋๋ค
๊ณ ๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ณจ๋์ต๋๊น
๊ณ ๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฒญ์ํ์ต๋๋ค
์ฒญ์ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ฒญ์ํ์ต๋๊น
์ฒญ์ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์ต๋๋ค
์ค์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์์ต๋๊น
์ค์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ง๋ค์์ต๋๋ค
๋ง๋์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ง๋ค์์ต๋๊น
๋ง๋์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ท์ต๋๋ค
์ถ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ท์ต๋๊น
์ถ์ จ์ต๋๊น
ํ์ต๋๋ค
ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
ํ์ต๋๊น
ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ ธ์ต๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ง์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋์ จ์ต๋๋ค*
๋ง์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋์ จ์ต๋๊น*
๋จน์์ต๋๋ค
๋์ จ์ต๋๋ค*
๋จน์์ต๋๊น
๋์ จ์ต๋๊น*
์คฌ์ต๋๋ค
์ฃผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์คฌ์ต๋๊น
์ฃผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฐ์ต๋๊น
๊ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ค๋ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ค๋์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ค๋ ์ต๋๊น
๋ค๋์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋์์ต๋๋ค
๋์์ฃผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋์์ต๋๊น
๋์์ฃผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ ๋ฌ์ต๋๋ค
๋ ๋์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ ๋ฌ์ต๋๊น
๋ ๋์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ค์์ต๋๋ค
๋ค์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ค์์ต๋๊น
๋ค์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ด์์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ด์์ต๋๊น
์ฌ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ฒฐํผํ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฒฐํผํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฒฐํผํ์ต๋๊น
๊ฒฐํผํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ง๋ฌ์ต๋๋ค
๋ง๋์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ง๋ฌ์ต๋๊น
๋ง๋์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ต๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ต๋๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
APPENDIX
386 Stem
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์)์ด(์)
Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ด์
play
์น
์ณค๋
์ณค๋
์ณค์ด(์)
์น์ จ์ด์
quit (job)
๊ทธ๋ง๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ด(์)
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ จ์ด์
(smoking)
๋
๋์๋
๋์๋
๋์์ด(์)
๋์ผ์ จ์ด์
read
์ฝ
์ฝ์๋
์ฝ์๋
์ฝ์์ด(์)
์ฝ์ผ์ จ์ด์
rest
์ฌ
์ฌ์๋
์ฌ์๋
์ฌ์์ด(์)
์ฌ์ จ์ด์
sing
๋ถ๋ฅด
๋ถ๋ ๋
๋ถ๋ ๋
๋ถ๋ ์ด(์)
๋ถ๋ฅด์ จ์ด์
sit down
์
์์๋
์์๋
์์์ด(์)
์์ผ์ จ์ด์
sleep
์
์ค๋
์ค๋
์ค์ด(์)
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ จ์ด์*
smoke
ํผ์ฐ
ํผ์ ๋
ํผ์ ๋
ํผ์ ์ด(์)
ํผ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
speak
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๋
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๋
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ด(์)
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ จ์ด์
stand up
์ผ์ด๋
์ผ์ด๋ฌ๋
์ผ์ด๋ฌ๋
์ผ์ด๋ฌ์ด(์)
์ผ์ด๋์ จ์ด์
start
์์ํ
์์ํ๋
์์ํ๋
์์ํ์ด(์)
์์ํ์ จ์ด์
study
๊ณต๋ถํ
๊ณต๋ถํ๋
๊ณต๋ถํ๋
๊ณต๋ถํ์ด(์)
๊ณต๋ถํ์ จ์ด์
swim
์์ํ
์์ํ๋
์์ํ๋
์์ํ์ด(์)
์์ํ์ จ์ด์
take (vehicle)
ํ
ํ๋
ํ๋
ํ์ด(์)
ํ์ จ์ด์
talk
๋งํ
๋งํ๋
๋งํ๋
๋งํ์ด(์)
๋ง์ํ์ จ์ด์*
wait
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ๋
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ๋
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ์ด(์)
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ จ์ด์
walk
๊ฑท
๊ฑธ์๋
๊ฑธ์๋
๊ฑธ์์ด(์)
๊ฑธ์ผ์ จ์ด์
watch
๋ณด
๋ดค๋
๋ดค๋
๋ดค์ด(์)
๋ณด์ จ์ด์
wear
์
์ ์๋
์ ์๋
์ ์์ด(์)
์ ์ผ์ จ์ด์
wear (shoes)
์
์ ์๋
์ ์๋
์ ์์ด(์)
์ ์ผ์ จ์ด์
work
์ผํ
์ผํ๋
์ผํ๋
์ผํ์ด(์)
์ผํ์ จ์ด์
write
์ฐ
์ผ๋
์ผ๋
์ผ์ด(์)
์ฐ์ จ์ด์
quit
APPENDIX Formal Statement
387 Formal Question
+(์/์)์ต๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๋ค
+(์/์)์ต๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๊น?
์ณค์ต๋๋ค
์น์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ณค์ต๋๊น
์น์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ต๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ต๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋์์ต๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋์์ต๋๊น
๋์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฝ์์ต๋๋ค
์ฝ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ฝ์์ต๋๊น
์ฝ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฌ์์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ์์ต๋๊น
์ฌ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ถ๋ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ถ๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ถ๋ ์ต๋๊น
๋ถ๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์์ต๋๋ค
์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์์์ต๋๊น
์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ค์ต๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ จ์ต๋๋ค*
์ค์ต๋๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ จ์ต๋๊น*
ํผ์ ์ต๋๋ค
ํผ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
ํผ์ ์ต๋๊น
ํผ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ต๋๋ค
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ต๋๊น
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ผ์ด๋ฌ์ต๋๋ค
์ผ์ด๋์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ผ์ด๋ฌ์ต๋๊น
์ผ์ด๋์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์ํ์ต๋๋ค
์์ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์์ํ์ต๋๊น
์์ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ณต๋ถํ์ต๋๋ค
๊ณต๋ถํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ณต๋ถํ์ต๋๊น
๊ณต๋ถํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์ํ์ต๋๋ค
์์ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์์ํ์ต๋๊น
์์ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
ํ์ต๋๋ค
ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
ํ์ต๋๊น
ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋งํ์ต๋๋ค
๋ง์ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค*
๋งํ์ต๋๊น
๋ง์ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น*
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ์ต๋๊น
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ฑธ์์ต๋๋ค
๊ฑธ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฑธ์์ต๋๊น
๊ฑธ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ดค์ต๋๋ค
๋ณด์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ดค์ต๋๊น
๋ณด์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ ์์ต๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ ์์ต๋๊น
์ ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ ์์ต๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ ์์ต๋๊น
์ ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ผํ์ต๋๋ค
์ผํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ผํ์ต๋๊น
์ผํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ผ์ต๋๋ค
์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ผ์ต๋๊น
์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
APPENDIX
388
Appendix 4: Verb Future Tense Endings Stem
Casual
Polite
Honorific
+{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
+{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์์
+{์ผ}์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
ask
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
build
์ง
์ง์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ง์ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ง์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
buy
์ฌ
์ด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ด ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฌ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
call
์ ํํ
์ ํํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ ํํ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ ํํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
choose
๊ณ ๋ฅด
๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ณ ๋ฅด์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
clean
์ฒญ์ํ
์ฒญ์ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฒญ์ํ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฒญ์ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
come
์ค
์ฌ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฌ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ค์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
cook
(์์) ๋ง๋ค
๋ง๋ค ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ง๋ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ง๋์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
dance
(์ถค) ์ถ
์ถ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ถ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ถ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
do
ํ
ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ํ ๊ฑฐ์์
ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
draw
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ
๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
drink
๋ง์
๋ง์ค ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ง์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋์ค ๊ฑฐ์์*
eat
๋จน
๋จน์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋จน์ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋์ค ๊ฑฐ์์*
give
์ฃผ
์ค ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฃผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
go
๊ฐ
๊ฐ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ฐ ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
go regularly
๋ค๋
๋ค๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ค๋ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ค๋์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
help
๋์์ฃผ
๋์์ค ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋์์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋์์ฃผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
leave
๋ ๋
๋ ๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ ๋ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ ๋์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
listen
๋ฃ
๋ค์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ค์ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ค์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
live
์ด
์ด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ด ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฌ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
marry
๊ฒฐํผํ
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ฒฐํผํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
meet
๋ง๋
๋ง๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ง๋ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ง๋์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
order
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
APPENDIX
Formal Statement
389
Formal Question
+{์/ใน} ๊ฒ๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
+{์/ใน} ๊ฒ๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น?
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ ๊ฒ๋๊น?
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ง์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ง์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ง์ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ง์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ด ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ด ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ ํํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ ํํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ ํํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ ํํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ณ ๋ฅด์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ณ ๋ฅด์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฒญ์ํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฒญ์ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฒญ์ํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฒญ์ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฌ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ค์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ค์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ง๋ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง๋ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ง๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ถ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ถ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ถ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ถ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
ํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ง์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค*
๋ง์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น*
๋จน์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค*
๋จน์ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น*
์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฃผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฃผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ฐ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฐ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ค๋ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ค๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ค๋ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ค๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋์์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์์ฃผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋์์ฃผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ ๋ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ ๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ ๋ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ ๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ค์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ค์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ค์ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ค์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ด ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ด ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฒฐํผํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ฒฐํผํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ง๋ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง๋ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ง๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
APPENDIX
390 Stem
Casual
Polite
Honorific
+{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
+{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์์
+{์ผ}์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
play
์น
์น ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์น ๊ฑฐ์์
์น์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
quit (job)
๊ทธ๋ง๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ทธ๋ง๋ ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
quit (smoking)
๋
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
read
์ฝ
์ฝ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฝ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฝ์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
rest
์ฌ
์ด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ด ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฌ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
sing
๋ถ๋ฅด
๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ถ๋ฅด์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
sit down
์
์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
์์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
sleep
์
์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ค ๊ฑฐ์์*
smoke
ํผ์ฐ
ํผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ํผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
ํผ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
speak
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
stand up
์ผ์ด๋
์ผ์ด๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ผ์ด๋ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ผ์ด๋์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
start
์์ํ
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ์์
์์ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
study
๊ณต๋ถํ
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ณต๋ถํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
swim
์์ํ
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ์์
์์ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
take (vehicle)
ํ
ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ํ ๊ฑฐ์์
ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
talk
๋งํ
๋งํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋งํ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ง์ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์*
wait
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
walk
๊ฑท
๊ฑธ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ฑธ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ฑธ์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
watch
๋ณด
๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ณด์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
wear
์
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ ์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
wear (shoes)
์
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ ์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
work
์ผํ
์ผํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ผํ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ผํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
write
์ฐ
์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
APPENDIX Formal Statement
391 Formal Question
+{์/ใน} ๊ฒ๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
+{์/ใน} ๊ฒ๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น?
์น ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์น์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์น ๊ฒ๋๊น
์น์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ง๋ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ง๋ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฝ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฝ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฝ์ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฝ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ด ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ด ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ถ๋ฅด์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ถ๋ฅด์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค*
์ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น*
ํผ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํผ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํผ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๊น
ํผ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ผ์ด๋ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ผ์ด๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ผ์ด๋ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ผ์ด๋์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์์ํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์์ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ณต๋ถํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ณต๋ถํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์์ํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์์ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
ํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋งํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง์ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค*
๋งํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ง์ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น*
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ฑธ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฑธ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฑธ์ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๊ฑธ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ณผ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ณด์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ณผ ๊ฒ๋๊น
๋ณด์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ ์ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ ์ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ผํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ผํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ผํ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ผํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ธ ๊ฒ๋๊น
์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๊น
APPENDIX
392
Appendix 5: Verb with +{์/ใน}๊น(์)?; +{์/ใน}๋(์), Stem
Shall weโฆ? +{์/ใน}๊น(์) ?
I want toโฆ / Do you want toโฆ? +{์/ใน}๋(์)
ask
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ๊น(์)
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ๋(์)
build
์ง
์ง์๊น(์)
์ง์๋(์)
buy
์ฌ
์ด๊น(์)
์ด๋(์)
call
์ ํํ
์ ํํ ๊น(์)
์ ํํ ๋(์)
choose
๊ณ ๋ฅด
๊ณ ๋ฅผ๊น(์)
๊ณ ๋ฅผ๋(์)
clean
์ฒญ์ํ
์ฒญ์ํ ๊น(์)
์ฒญ์ํ ๋(์)
come
์ค
์ฌ๊น(์)
์ฌ๋(์)
cook
(์์) ๋ง๋ค
๋ง๋ค๊น(์)
๋ง๋ค๋(์)
dance
(์ถค) ์ถ
์ถ๊น(์)
์ถ๋(์)
do
ํ
ํ ๊น(์)
ํ ๋(์)
draw
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ
๊ทธ๋ฆด๊น(์)
๊ทธ๋ฆด๋(์)
drink
๋ง์
๋ง์ค๊น(์)
๋ง์ค๋(์)
eat
๋จน
๋จน์๊น(์)
๋จน์๋(์)
give
์ฃผ
์ค๊น(์)
์ค๋(์)
go
๊ฐ
๊ฐ๊น(์)
๊ฐ๋(์)
go regularly
๋ค๋
๋ค๋๊น(์)
๋ค๋๋(์)
help
๋์์ฃผ
๋์์ค๊น(์)
๋์์ค๋(์)
leave
๋ ๋
๋ ๋ ๊น(์)
๋ ๋ ๋(์)
listen
๋ฃ
๋ค์๊น(์)
๋ค์๋(์)
live
์ด
์ด๊น(์)
์ด๋(์)
marry
๊ฒฐํผํ
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊น(์)
๊ฒฐํผํ ๋(์)
meet
๋ง๋
๋ง๋ ๊น(์)
๋ง๋ ๋(์)
order
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊น(์)
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๋(์)
APPENDIX
393
+{์ผ}์ค๋(์)?; +{์ผ}์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น?; {์/ใน}๊ฒ(์),+๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค Would you like to? (Honorific) +{์ผ}์ค๋์?
Would you like to? (Honorific Formal) +{์ผ}์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น?
I will โฆ +{์/ใน}๊ฒ(์)
I willโฆ (Formal) +๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์ค๋์
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ๊ฒ(์)
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ง์ผ์ค๋์
์ง์ผ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ง์๊ฒ(์)
์ง๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ์ค๋์
์ฌ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ด๊ฒ(์)
์ฌ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ ํํ์ค๋์
์ ํํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ ํํ ๊ฒ(์)
์ ํํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ณ ๋ฅด์ค๋์
๊ณ ๋ฅด์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๊ณ ๋ฅผ๊ฒ(์)
๊ณ ๋ฅด๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ฒญ์ํ์ค๋์
์ฒญ์ํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ฒญ์ํ ๊ฒ(์)
์ฒญ์ํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ค์ค๋์
์ค์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ฌ๊ฒ(์)
์ค๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ง๋์ค๋์
๋ง๋์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๋ง๋ค๊ฒ(์)
๋ง๋ค๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ถ์ค๋์
์ถ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ถ๊ฒ(์)
์ถ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
ํ์ค๋์
ํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
ํ ๊ฒ(์)
ํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์ค๋์
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ฆด๊ฒ(์)
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋์ค๋์*
๋์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น*
๋ง์ค๊ฒ(์)
๋ง์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋์ค๋์*
๋์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น*
๋จน์๊ฒ(์)
๋จน๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ฃผ์ค๋์
์ฃผ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ค๊ฒ(์)
์ฃผ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฐ์ค๋์
๊ฐ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๊ฐ๊ฒ(์)
๊ฐ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ค๋์ค๋์
๋ค๋์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๋ค๋๊ฒ(์)
๋ค๋๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋์์ฃผ์ค๋์
๋์์ฃผ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๋์์ค๊ฒ(์)
๋์์ฃผ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ ๋์ค๋์
๋ ๋์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๋ ๋ ๊ฒ(์)
๋ ๋๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ค์ผ์ค๋์
๋ค์ผ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๋ค์๊ฒ(์)
๋ฃ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ์ค๋์
์ฌ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ด๊ฒ(์)
์ด๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฒฐํผํ์ค๋์
๊ฒฐํผํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊ฒ(์)
๊ฒฐํผํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ง๋์ค๋์
๋ง๋์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๋ง๋ ๊ฒ(์)
๋ง๋๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ค๋์
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊ฒ(์)
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
APPENDIX
394 Stem
Shall weโฆ? +{์/ใน}๊น(์) ?
I want toโฆ / Do you want to? +{์/ใน}๋(์)
play
์น
์น ๊น(์)
์น ๋(์)
quit (job)
๊ทธ๋ง๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋๊น(์)
๊ทธ๋ง๋๋(์)
quit (smoking)
๋
๋์๊น(์)
๋์๋(์)
read
์ฝ
์ฝ์๊น(์)
์ฝ์๋(์)
rest
์ฌ
์ด๊น(์)
์ด๋(์)
sing
๋ถ๋ฅด
๋ถ๋ฅผ๊น(์)
๋ถ๋ฅผ๋(์)
sit down
์
์์๊น(์)
์์๋(์)
sleep
์
์๊น(์)
์๋(์)
smoke
ํผ์ฐ
ํผ์ธ๊น(์)
ํผ์ธ๋(์)
speak
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊น(์)
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๋(์)
stand up
์ผ์ด๋
์ผ์ด๋ ๊น(์)
์ผ์ด๋ ๋(์)
start
์์ํ
์์ํ ๊น(์)
์์ํ ๋(์)
study
๊ณต๋ถํ
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊น(์)
๊ณต๋ถํ ๋(์)
swim
์์ํ
์์ํ ๊น(์)
์์ํ ๋(์)
take (vehicle)
ํ
ํ๊น(์)
ํ๋(์)
talk
๋งํ
๋งํ ๊น(์)
๋งํ ๋(์)
wait
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด๊น(์)
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด๋(์)
walk
๊ฑท
๊ฑธ์๊น(์)
๊ฑธ์๋(์)
watch
๋ณด
๋ณผ๊น(์)
๋ณผ๋(์)
wear
์
์ ์๊น(์)
์ ์๋(์)
wear (shoes)
์
์ ์๊น(์)
์ ์๋(์)
work
์ผํ
์ผํ ๊น(์)
์ผํ ๋(์)
write
์ฐ
์ธ๊น(์)
์ธ๋(์)
APPENDIX
395
Would you like to? (Honorific) +{์ผ}์ค๋์?
Would you like to? (Honorific Formal) +{์ผ}์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น?
I will โฆ +{์/ใน}๊ฒ(์)
I willโฆ (Formal) +๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์น์ค๋์
์น์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์น ๊ฒ(์)
์น๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ค๋์
๊ทธ๋ง๋์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ง๋๊ฒ(์)
๊ทธ๋ง๋๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ค๋์
๋์ผ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๋์๊ฒ(์)
๋๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ฝ์ผ์ค๋์
์ฝ์ผ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ฝ์๊ฒ(์)
์ฝ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ์ค๋์
์ฌ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ด๊ฒ(์)
์ฌ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ถ๋ฅด์ค๋์
๋ถ๋ฅด์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๋ถ๋ฅผ๊ฒ(์)
๋ถ๋ฅด๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์์ผ์ค๋์
์์ผ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์์๊ฒ(์)
์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ฃผ๋ฌด์ค๋์*
์ฃผ๋ฌด์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น*
์๊ฒ(์)
์๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
ํผ์ฐ์ค๋์
ํผ์ฐ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
ํผ์ธ๊ฒ(์)
ํผ์ฐ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ค๋์
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊ฒ(์)
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ผ์ด๋์ค๋์
์ผ์ด๋์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ผ์ด๋ ๊ฒ(์)
์ผ์ด๋๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์์ํ์ค๋์
์์ํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์์ํ ๊ฒ(์)
์์ํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ณต๋ถํ์ค๋์
๊ณต๋ถํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊ฒ(์)
๊ณต๋ถํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์์ํ์ค๋์
์์ํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์์ํ ๊ฒ(์)
์์ํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
ํ์ค๋์
ํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
ํ๊ฒ(์)
ํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ง์ํ์ค๋์*
๋ง์ํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น*
๋งํ ๊ฒ(์)
๋ง์๋๋ฆฌ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค*
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์ค๋์
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด๊ฒ(์)
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฑธ์ผ์ค๋์
๊ฑธ์ผ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๊ฑธ์๊ฒ(์)
๊ฑท๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ณด์ค๋์
๋ณด์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
๋ณผ๊ฒ(์)
๋ณด๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ค๋์
์ ์ผ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ ์๊ฒ(์)
์ ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ค๋์
์ ์ผ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ ์๊ฒ(์)
์ ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ผํ์ค๋์
์ผํ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ผํ ๊ฒ(์)
์ผํ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
์ฐ์ค๋์
์ฐ์๊ฒ ์ต๋๊น
์ธ๊ฒ(์)
์ฐ๊ฒ ์ต๋๋ค
APPENDIX
396
Appendix 6: Verbs with +์; +๊ณ Stem
Letโs โฆ +์
and +๊ณ
ask
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด์
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด๊ณ
build
์ง
์ง์
์ง๊ณ
buy
์ฌ
์ฌ์
์ฌ๊ณ
call
์ ํํ
์ ํํ์
์ ํํ๊ณ
choose
๊ณ ๋ฅด
๊ณ ๋ฅด์
๊ณ ๋ฅด๊ณ
clean
์ฒญ์ํ
์ฒญ์ํ์
์ฒญ์ํ๊ณ
come
์ค
์ค์
์ค๊ณ
cook
(์์) ๋ง๋ค
๋ง๋ค์
๋ง๋ค๊ณ
dance
(์ถค) ์ถ
์ถ์
์ถ๊ณ
do
ํ
ํ์
ํ๊ณ
draw
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ
drink
๋ง์
๋ง์์
๋ง์๊ณ
eat
๋จน
๋จน์
๋จน๊ณ
give
์ฃผ
์ฃผ์
์ฃผ๊ณ
go
๊ฐ
๊ฐ์
๊ฐ๊ณ
go regularly
๋ค๋
๋ค๋์
๋ค๋๊ณ
help
๋์์ฃผ
๋์์ฃผ์
๋์์ฃผ๊ณ
leave
๋ ๋
๋ ๋์
๋ ๋๊ณ
listen
๋ฃ
๋ฃ์
๋ฃ๊ณ
live
์ด
์ด์
์ด๊ณ
marry
๊ฒฐํผํ
๊ฒฐํผํ์
๊ฒฐํผํ๊ณ
meet
๋ง๋
๋ง๋์
๋ง๋๊ณ
order
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ๊ณ
APPENDIX
397
Stem
Letโs โฆ +์
and +๊ณ
play
์น
์น์
์น๊ณ
quit (job)
๊ทธ๋ง๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋์
๊ทธ๋ง๋๊ณ
quit (smoking)
๋
๋์
๋๊ณ
read
์ฝ
์ฝ์
์ฝ๊ณ
rest
์ฌ
์ฌ์
์ฌ๊ณ
sing
๋ถ๋ฅด
๋ถ๋ฅด์
๋ถ๋ฅด๊ณ
sit down
์
์์
์๊ณ
sleep
์
์์
์๊ณ
smoke
ํผ์ฐ
ํผ์ฐ์
ํผ์ฐ๊ณ
speak
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๊ณ
stand up
์ผ์ด๋
์ผ์ด๋์
์ผ์ด๋๊ณ
start
์์ํ
์์ํ์
์์ํ๊ณ
study
๊ณต๋ถํ
๊ณต๋ถํ์
๊ณต๋ถํ๊ณ
swim
์์ํ
์์ํ์
์์ํ๊ณ
take (vehicle)
ํ
ํ์
ํ๊ณ
talk
๋งํ
๋งํ์
๋งํ๊ณ
wait
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ์
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ๊ณ
walk
๊ฑท
๊ฑท์
๊ฑท๊ณ
watch
๋ณด
๋ณด์
๋ณด๊ณ
wear
์
์ ์
์ ๊ณ
wear (shoes)
์
์ ์
์ ๊ณ
work
์ผํ
์ผํ์
์ผํ๊ณ
write
์ฐ
์ฐ์
์ฐ๊ณ
APPENDIX
398
Appendix 7: Verbs with +๋๋ฐ(์),+(์/์)๋๋ฐ(์) Stem
and / but (present) +๋๋ฐ(์)
and / but (past) +(์/์)๋๋ฐ(์)
and / but (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
ask
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ฌผ์ด๋ดค๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
build
์ง
์ง๋๋ฐ(์)
์ง์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ง์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
buy
์ฌ
์ฌ๋๋ฐ(์)
์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
call
์ ํํ
์ ํํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ ํํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ ํํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
choose
๊ณ ๋ฅด
๊ณ ๋ฅด๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ณจ๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
clean
์ฒญ์ํ
์ฒญ์ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฒญ์ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฒญ์ํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
come
์ค
์ค๋๋ฐ(์)
์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฌ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
cook
(์์) ๋ง๋ค
๋ง๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง๋ค์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง๋ค ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
dance
(์ถค) ์ถ
์ถ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ท๋๋ฐ(์)
์ถ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
do
ํ
ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
draw
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ทธ๋ ธ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
drink
๋ง์
๋ง์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง์ จ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง์ค ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
eat
๋จน
๋จน๋๋ฐ(์)
๋จน์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋จน์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
give
์ฃผ
์ฃผ๋๋ฐ(์)
์คฌ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ค ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
go
๊ฐ
๊ฐ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ฐ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ฐ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
go regularly
๋ค๋
๋ค๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ค๋ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ค๋ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
help
๋์์ฃผ
๋์์ฃผ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋์์คฌ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋์์ค ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
leave
๋ ๋
๋ ๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ ๋ฌ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ ๋ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
listen
๋ฃ
๋ฃ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ค์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ค์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
live
์ด
์ฌ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ด์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
marry
๊ฒฐํผํ
๊ฒฐํผํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ฒฐํผํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
meet
๋ง๋
๋ง๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง๋ฌ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง๋ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
order
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
APPENDIX
399
& +{์/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์) Stem
and / but (present) +๋๋ฐ(์)
and / but (past) +(์/์)๋๋ฐ(์)
and / but (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
play
์น
์น๋๋ฐ(์)
์ณค๋๋ฐ(์)
์น ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
quit (job)
๊ทธ๋ง๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ทธ๋ง๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ทธ๋ง๋ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
quit (smoking)
๋
๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๋์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
read
์ฝ
์ฝ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฝ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฝ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
rest
์ฌ
์ฌ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฌ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
sing
๋ถ๋ฅด
๋ถ๋ฅด๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ถ๋ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
sit down
์
์๋๋ฐ(์)
์์๋๋ฐ(์)
์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
sleep
์
์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ค๋๋ฐ(์)
์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
smoke
ํผ์ฐ
ํผ์ฐ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํผ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํผ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
speak
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
stand up
์ผ์ด๋
์ผ์ด๋๋๋ฐ(์)
์ผ์ด๋ฌ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ผ์ด๋ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
start
์์ํ
์์ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์์ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์์ํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
study
๊ณต๋ถํ
๊ณต๋ถํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ณต๋ถํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
swim
์์ํ
์์ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์์ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์์ํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
take (vehicle)
ํ
ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
talk
๋งํ
๋งํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋งํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋งํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
wait
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
walk
๊ฑท
๊ฑท๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ฑธ์๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ฑธ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
watch
๋ณด
๋ณด๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ดค๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ณผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
wear
์
์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
wear (shoes)
์
์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
work
์ผํ
์ผํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ผํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ผํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
write
์ฐ
์ฐ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ผ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
APPENDIX
400
Appendix 8: Verbs with +๊ฑฐ๋ (์),+(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ (์) Stem
Itโs because โฆ (present) +๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
Itโs because โฆ (past) +(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
Itโs because โฆ (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ask
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฌผ์ด๋ดค๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
build
์ง
์ง๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ง์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ง์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
buy
์ฌ
์ฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
call
์ ํํ
์ ํํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ํํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ํํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
choose
๊ณ ๋ฅด
๊ณ ๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ณจ๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
clean
์ฒญ์ํ
์ฒญ์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฒญ์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฒญ์ํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
come
์ค
์ค๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
cook
(์์) ๋ง๋ค
๋ง๋ค๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง๋ค์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง๋ค ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
dance
(์ถค) ์ถ
์ถ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ท๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ถ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
do
ํ
ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
draw
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ทธ๋ ธ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
drink
๋ง์
๋ง์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง์ จ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง์ค ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
eat
๋จน
๋จน๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋จน์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋จน์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
give
์ฃผ
์ฃผ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์คฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ค ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
go
๊ฐ
๊ฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฐ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
go regularly
๋ค๋
๋ค๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ค๋ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ค๋ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
help
๋์์ฃผ
๋์์ฃผ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์์คฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์์ค ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
leave
๋ ๋
๋ ๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ ๋ฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ ๋ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
listen
๋ฃ
๋ฃ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ค์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ค์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
live
์ด
์ด๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ด์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
marry
๊ฒฐํผํ
๊ฒฐํผํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฒฐํผํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
meet
๋ง๋
๋ง๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง๋ฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง๋ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
order
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
APPENDIX
401
&+{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์) Stem
Itโs because โฆ (present) +๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
Itโs because โฆ (past) +(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
Itโs because โฆ (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ ์
play
์น
์น๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ณค๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์น ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
quit (job)
๊ทธ๋ง๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ทธ๋ง๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ทธ๋ง๋ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
quit (smoking)
๋
๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
read
์ฝ
์ฝ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฝ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฝ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
rest
์ฌ
์ฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
sing
๋ถ๋ฅด
๋ถ๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ถ๋ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
sit down
์
์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
sleep
์
์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ค๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
smoke
ํผ์ฐ
ํผ์ฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํผ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
speak
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
stand up
์ผ์ด๋
์ผ์ด๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ผ์ด๋ฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ผ์ด๋ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
start
์์ํ
์์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
study
๊ณต๋ถํ
๊ณต๋ถํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ณต๋ถํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
swim
์์ํ
์์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
take (vehicle)
ํ
ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
talk
๋งํ
๋งํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋งํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋งํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
wait
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
walk
๊ฑท
๊ฑท๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฑธ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฑธ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
watch
๋ณด
๋ณด๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ดค๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
wear
์
์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
wear (shoes)
์
์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
work
์ผํ
์ผํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ผํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ผํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
write
์ฐ
์ฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ผ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
APPENDIX
402
Appendix 9: Casual Verb Endings+(์/์ด),+(์/์)์ด, Stem
Present +(์/์ด)
Past +(์/์)์ด
Future +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ask
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณด
๋ฌผ์ด๋ด
๋ฌผ์ด๋ดค์ด
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
build
์ง
์ง์ด
์ง์์ด
์ง์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
buy
์ฌ
์ฌ
์์ด
์ด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
call
์ ํํ
์ ํํด
์ ํํ์ด
์ ํํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
choose
๊ณ ๋ฅด
๊ณจ๋ผ
๊ณจ๋์ด
๊ณ ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
clean
์ฒญ์ํ
์ฒญ์ํด
์ฒญ์ํ์ด
์ฒญ์ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
come
์ค
์
์์ด
์ฌ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
cook
(์์) ๋ง๋ค
๋ง๋ค์ด
๋ง๋ค์์ด
๋ง๋ค ๊ฑฐ์ผ
dance
(์ถค) ์ถ
์ถฐ
์ท์ด
์ถ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
do
ํ
ํด
ํ์ด
ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
draw
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ
๊ทธ๋ ค
๊ทธ๋ ธ์ด
๊ทธ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
drink
๋ง์
๋ง์
๋ง์ จ์ด
๋ง์ค ๊ฑฐ์ผ
eat
๋จน
๋จน์ด
๋จน์์ด
๋จน์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
give
์ฃผ
์ค
์คฌ์ด
์ค ๊ฑฐ์ผ
go
๊ฐ
๊ฐ
๊ฐ์ด
๊ฐ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
go regularly
๋ค๋
๋ค๋
๋ค๋ ์ด
๋ค๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
help
๋์์ฃผ
๋์
๋์์ด
๋์์ค ๊ฑฐ์ผ
leave
๋ ๋
๋ ๋
๋ ๋ฌ์ด
๋ ๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
listen
๋ฃ
๋ค์ด
๋ค์์ด
๋ค์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
live
์ด
์ด์
์ด์์ด
์ด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
marry
๊ฒฐํผํ
๊ฒฐํผํด
๊ฒฐํผํ์ด
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
meet
๋ง๋
๋ง๋
๋ง๋ฌ์ด
๋ง๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
order
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ
์ฃผ๋ฌธํด
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ์ด
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
APPENDIX
403
+{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ; +{์/ใน}๊น?; +{์/ใน}๋; +{์/ใน}๊ฒ Shall weโฆ? +{์/ใน}๊น?
I want toโฆ +{์/ใน}๋
I willโฆ +{์/ใน}๊ฒ
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ๊น
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ๋
๋ฌผ์ด๋ณผ๊ฒ
์ง์๊น
์ง์๋
์ง์๊ฒ
์ด๊น
์ด๋
์ด๊ฒ
์ ํํ ๊น
์ ํํ ๋
์ ํํ ๊ฒ
๊ณ ๋ฅผ๊น
๊ณ ๋ฅผ๋
๊ณ ๋ฅผ๊ฒ
์ฒญ์ํ ๊น
์ฒญ์ํ ๋
์ฒญ์ํ ๊ฒ
์ฌ๊น
์ฌ๋
์ฌ๊ฒ
๋ง๋ค๊น
๋ง๋ค๋
๋ง๋ค๊ฒ
์ถ๊น
์ถ๋
์ถ๊ฒ
ํ ๊น
ํ ๋
ํ ๊ฒ
๊ทธ๋ฆด๊น
๊ทธ๋ฆด๋
๊ทธ๋ฆด๊ฒ
๋ง์ค๊น
๋ง์ค๋
๋ง์ค๊ฒ
๋จน์๊น
๋จน์๋
๋จน์๊ฒ
์ค๊น
์ค๋
์ค๊ฒ
๊ฐ๊น
๊ฐ๋
๊ฐ๊ฒ
๋ค๋๊น
๋ค๋๋
๋ค๋๊ฒ
๋์์ค๊น
๋์์ค๋
๋์์ค๊ฒ
๋ ๋ ๊น
๋ ๋ ๋
๋ ๋ ๊ฒ
๋ค์๊น
๋ค์๋
๋ค์๊ฒ
์ด๊น
์ด๋
์ด๊ฒ
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊น
๊ฒฐํผํ ๋
๊ฒฐํผํ ๊ฒ
๋ง๋ ๊น
๋ง๋ ๋
๋ง๋ ๊ฒ
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊น
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๋
์ฃผ๋ฌธํ ๊ฒ
APPENDIX
404 Stem
Present +(์/์ด)
Past +(์/์)์ด
Future +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
play
์น
์ณ
์ณค์ด
์น ๊ฑฐ์ผ
quit (job)
๊ทธ๋ง๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋ฌ
๊ทธ๋ง๋์ด
๊ทธ๋ง๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
quit (smoking)
๋
๋์ด
๋์์ด
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
read
์ฝ
์ฝ์ด
์ฝ์์ด
์ฝ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
rest
์ฌ
์ฌ์ด
์ฌ์์ด
์ด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
sing
๋ถ๋ฅด
๋ถ๋ฌ
๋ถ๋ ์ด
๋ถ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
sit down
์
์์
์์์ด
์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
sleep
์
์
์ค์ด
์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
smoke
ํผ
ํผ์
ํผ์ ์ด
ํผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
speak
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํด
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ด
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
stand up
์ผ์ด๋
์ผ์ด๋
์ผ์ด๋ฌ์ด
์ผ์ด๋ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
start
์์ํ
์์ํด
์์ํ์ด
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
study
๊ณต๋ถํ
๊ณต๋ถํด
๊ณต๋ถํ์ด
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
swim
์์ํ
์์ํด
์์ํ์ด
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
take (vehicle)
ํ
ํ
ํ์ด
ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
talk
๋งํ
๋งํด
๋งํ์ด
๋งํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
wait
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆฌ
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ค
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ ธ์ด
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
walk
๊ฑท
๊ฑธ์ด
๊ฑธ์์ด
๊ฑธ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
watch
๋ณด
๋ด
๋ดค์ด
๋ณผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
wear
์
์ ์ด
์ ์์ด
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
wear (shoes)
์
์ ์ด
์ ์์ด
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
work
์ผํ
์ผํด
์ผํ์ด
์ผํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
write
์ฐ
์จ
์ผ์ด
์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
APPENDIX
405
Shall weโฆ? +{์/ใน}๊น?
I want toโฆ +{์/ใน}๋
I willโฆ +{์/ใน}๊ฒ
์น ๊น
์น ๋
์น ๊ฒ
๊ทธ๋ง๋๊น
๊ทธ๋ง๋๋
๊ทธ๋ง๋๊ฒ
๋์๊น
๋์๋
๋์๊ฒ
์ฝ์๊น
์ฝ์๋
์ฝ์๊ฒ
์ด๊น
์ด๋
์ด๊ฒ
๋ถ๋ฅผ๊น
๋ถ๋ฅผ๋
๋ถ๋ฅผ๊ฒ
์์๊น
์์๋
์์๊ฒ
์๊น
์๋
์๊ฒ
ํผ์ธ๊น
ํผ์ธ๋
ํผ์ธ๊ฒ
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊น
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๋
์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ ๊ฒ
์ผ์ด๋ ๊น
์ผ์ด๋ ๋
์ผ์ด๋ ๊ฒ
์์ํ ๊น
์์ํ ๋
์์ํ ๊ฒ
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊น
๊ณต๋ถํ ๋
๊ณต๋ถํ ๊ฒ
์์ํ ๊น
์์ํ ๋
์์ํ ๊ฒ
ํ๊น
ํ๋
ํ๊ฒ
๋งํ ๊น
๋งํ ๋
๋งํ ๊ฒ
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด๊น
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด๋
๊ธฐ๋ค๋ฆด๊ฒ
๊ฑธ์๊น
๊ฑธ์๋
๊ฑธ์๊ฒ
๋ณผ๊น
๋ณผ๋
๋ณผ๊ฒ
์ ์๊น
์ ์๋
์ ์๊ฒ
์ ์๊น
์ ์๋
์ ์๊ฒ
์ผํ ๊น
์ผํ ๋
์ผํ ๊ฒ
์ธ๊น
์ธ๋
์ธ๊ฒ
APPENDIX
406
Appendix 10: Adjective Present Tense Endings Stem
Casual Question +๋?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์ด)(์)
Honorific
afraid
Casual Question +๋?
๋ฌด์ญ
๋ฌด์ญ๋
๋ฌด์ญ๋
๋ฌด์์(์)
๋ฌด์์ฐ์ธ์
bad
๋์
๋์๋
๋์๋
๋๋น (์)
๋์์ธ์
beautiful
์๋ฆ๋ต
์๋ฆ๋ต๋
์๋ฆ๋ต๋
์๋ฆ๋ค์(์)
์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ธ์
big
ํฌ
ํฌ๋
ํฌ๋
์ปค(์)
ํฌ์ธ์
boring
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ธ์
bright
๋ฐ
๋ฐ๋
๋ฐ๋
๋ฐ์(์)
๋ฐ์ผ์ธ์
busy
๋ฐ์
๋ฐ์๋
๋ฐ์๋
๋ฐ๋น (์)
๋ฐ์์ธ์
cheap
์ธ
์ธ๋
์ธ๋
์ธ(์)
์ธ์ธ์
clean
๊นจ๋ํ
๊นจ๋ํ๋
๊นจ๋ํ๋
๊นจ๋ํด(์)
๊นจ๋ํ์ธ์
close
๊ฐ๊น
๊ฐ๊น๋
๊ฐ๊น๋
๊ฐ๊น์(์)
๊ฐ๊น์ฐ์ธ์
cloudy
ํ๋ฆฌ
ํ๋ฆฌ๋
ํ๋ฆฌ๋
ํ๋ ค(์)
ํ๋ฆฌ์ธ์
cold(thing)
์ฐจ๊ฐ
์ฐจ๊ฐ๋
์ฐจ๊ฐ๋
์ฐจ๊ฐ์(์)
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ฐ์ธ์
cold
์ถฅ
์ถฅ๋
์ถฅ๋
์ถ์(์)
์ถ์ฐ์ธ์
complicated
๋ณต์กํ
๋ณต์กํ๋
๋ณต์กํ๋
๋ณต์กํด(์)
๋ณต์กํ์ธ์
cool
์์ํ
์์ํ๋
์์ํ๋
์์ํด(์)
์์ํ์ธ์
cute
๊ท์ฝ
๊ท์ฝ๋
๊ท์ฝ๋
๊ท์ฌ์(์)
๊ท์ฌ์ฐ์ธ์
dangerous
์ํํ
์ํํ๋
์ํํ๋
์ํํด(์)
์ํํ์ธ์
dark
์ด๋ก
์ด๋ก๋
์ด๋ก๋
์ด๋์(์)
์ด๋์ฐ์ธ์
deep
๊น
๊น๋
๊น๋
๊น์ด(์)
๊น์ผ์ธ์
delicious
๋ง์
๋ง์๋
๋ง์๋
๋ง์์ด(์)
๋ง์์ผ์ธ์
+{์ผ}์ธ์
q
q
APPENDIX
Formal Statement
407
Formal Question
+{์ต/ใ }๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๋ค
+{์ต/ใ }๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๊น?
๋ฌด์ญ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฌด์์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ฌด์ญ์ต๋๊น
๋ฌด์์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋์ฉ๋๋ค
๋์์ญ๋๋ค
๋์ฉ๋๊น
๋์์ญ๋๊น
์๋ฆ๋ต์ต๋๋ค
์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
์๋ฆ๋ต์ต๋๊น
์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
ํฝ๋๋ค
ํฌ์ญ๋๋ค
ํฝ๋๊น
ํฌ์ญ๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ต๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ญ๋๊น
๋ฐ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฐ์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ฐ์ต๋๊น
๋ฐ์ผ์ญ๋๊น
๋ฐ์ฉ๋๋ค
๋ฐ์์ญ๋๋ค
๋ฐ์ฉ๋๊น
๋ฐ์์ญ๋๊น
์๋๋ค
x
์๋๊น
x
๊นจ๋ํฉ๋๋ค
๊นจ๋ํ์ญ๋๋ค
๊นจ๋ํฉ๋๊น
๊นจ๋ํ์ญ๋๊น
๊ฐ๊น์ต๋๋ค
๊ฐ๊น์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๊ฐ๊น์ต๋๊น
๊ฐ๊น์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
ํ๋ฆฝ๋๋ค
ํ๋ฆฌ์ญ๋๋ค
ํ๋ฆฝ๋๊น
ํ๋ฆฌ์ญ๋๊น
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ต๋๋ค
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ต๋๊น
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
์ถฅ์ต๋๋ค
x
์ถฅ์ต๋๊น
์ถ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋ณต์กํฉ๋๋ค
๋ณต์กํ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ณต์กํฉ๋๊น
๋ณต์กํ์ญ๋๊น
์์ํฉ๋๋ค
x
์์ํฉ๋๊น
์์ํ์ญ๋๊น
๊ท์ฝ์ต๋๋ค
๊ท์ฌ์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๊ท์ฝ์ต๋๊น
๊ท์ฌ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
์ํํฉ๋๋ค
์ํํ์ญ๋๋ค
์ํํฉ๋๊น
์ํํ์ญ๋๊น
์ด๋ก์ต๋๋ค
์ด๋์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
์ด๋ก์ต๋๊น
์ด๋์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๊น์ต๋๋ค
๊น์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๊น์ต๋๊น
๊น์ผ์ญ๋๊น
๋ง์์ต๋๋ค
x
๋ง์์ต๋๊น
๋ง์์ผ์ญ๋๊น
APPENDIX
408 Stem
Casual Question +๋?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์ด)(์)
Honorific
difficult
Casual Question +๋?
์ด๋ ต
์ด๋ ต๋
์ด๋ ต๋
์ด๋ ค์(์)
์ด๋ ค์ฐ์ธ์
diligent
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ๋
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ๋
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํด(์)
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ธ์
dirty
๋๋ฝ
๋๋ฝ๋
๋๋ฝ๋
๋๋ฌ์(์)
๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ธ์
easy
์ฝ
์ฝ๋
์ฝ๋
์ฌ์(์)
์ฌ์ฐ์ธ์
expensive
๋น์ธ
๋น์ธ๋
๋น์ธ๋
๋น์ธ(์)
๋น์ธ์ธ์
far
๋ฉ
๋จธ๋
๋จธ๋
๋ฉ์ด(์)
๋จธ์ธ์
fat
๋ฑ๋ฑํ
๋ฑ๋ฑํ๋
๋ฑ๋ฑํ๋
๋ฑ๋ฑํด(์)
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ธ์
fine(weather)
๋ง
๋ง๋
๋ง๋
๋ง์(์)
๋ง์ผ์ธ์
fun
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ธ์
good
์ข
์ข๋
์ข๋
์ข์(์)
์ข์ผ์ธ์
handsome
์์๊ธฐ+์
์์๊ฒผ๋
์์๊ฒผ๋
์์๊ฒผ์ด(์)
์์๊ธฐ์ จ์ด์
happy
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข๋
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข๋
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์(์)
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ผ์ธ์
happy
ํ๋ณตํ
ํ๋ณตํ๋
ํ๋ณตํ๋
ํ๋ณตํด(์)
ํ๋ณตํ์ธ์
hate/dislike
์ซ
์ซ๋
์ซ๋
์ซ์ด(์)
์ซ์ผ์ธ์
heavy
๋ฌด๊ฒ
๋ฌด๊ฒ๋
๋ฌด๊ฒ๋
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์(์)
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ธ์
high
๋
๋๋
๋๋
๋์(์)
๋์ผ์ธ์
hot
๋จ๊ฒ
๋จ๊ฒ๋
๋จ๊ฒ๋
๋จ๊ฑฐ์(์)
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ธ์
hot (spicy)
๋งต
๋งต๋
๋งต๋
๋งค์(์)
๋งค์ฐ์ธ์
hot
๋ฅ
๋ฅ๋
๋ฅ๋
๋์(์)
๋์ฐ์ธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ธ์
+{์ผ}์ธ์
(enjoyable)
q
q
(temperature) interesting (fun )
APPENDIX Formal Statement
409 Formal Question
+{์ต/ใ }๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๋ค
+{์ต/ใ }๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๊น?
์ด๋ ต์ต๋๋ค
์ด๋ ค์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
์ด๋ ต์ต๋๊น
์ด๋ ค์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํฉ๋๋ค
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํฉ๋๊น
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ญ๋๊น
๋๋ฝ์ต๋๋ค
๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๋๋ฝ์ต๋๊น
๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
์ฝ์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฝ์ต๋๊น
์ฌ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋น์๋๋ค
๋น์ธ์ญ๋๋ค
๋น์๋๊น
๋น์ธ์ญ๋๊น
๋ฉ๋๋ค
๋จธ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ฉ๋๊น
๋จธ์ญ๋๊น
๋ฑ๋ฑํฉ๋๋ค
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ฑ๋ฑํฉ๋๊น
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ญ๋๊น
๋ง์ต๋๋ค
๋ง์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ง์ต๋๊น
๋ง์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ต๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ข์ต๋๋ค
์ข์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ข์ต๋๊น
์ข์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์์๊ฒผ์ต๋๋ค
์์๊ธฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์์๊ฒผ์ต๋๊น
์์๊ธฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ต๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ต๋๊น
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ผ์ญ๋๊น
ํ๋ณตํฉ๋๋ค
ํ๋ณตํ์ญ๋๋ค
ํ๋ณตํฉ๋๊น
ํ๋ณตํ์ญ๋๊น
์ซ์ต๋๋ค
์ซ์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ซ์ต๋๊น
์ซ์ผ์ญ๋๊น
๋ฌด๊ฒ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ฌด๊ฒ์ต๋๊น
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋์ต๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๋์ต๋๊น
๋์ผ์ญ๋๊น
๋จ๊ฒ์ต๋๋ค
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๋จ๊ฒ์ต๋๊น
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋งต์ต๋๋ค
๋งค์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๋งต์ต๋๊น
๋งค์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋ฅ์ต๋๋ค
x
๋ฅ์ต๋๊น
๋์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ต๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ญ๋๊น
APPENDIX
410 Stem
Casual Question +๋?
Casual Question +๋?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์ด)(์)
Honorific
ํฅ๋ฏธ์
ํฅ๋ฏธ์๋
ํฅ๋ฏธ์๋
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ด(์)
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ธ์
kind
์น์ ํ
์น์ ํ๋
์น์ ํ๋
์น์ ํด(์)
์น์ ํ์ธ์
lazy
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด๋
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด๋
๊ฒ์๋ฌ(์)
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด์ธ์
light
๊ฐ๋ณ
๊ฐ๋ณ๋
๊ฐ๋ณ๋
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์(์)
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ฐ์ธ์
long
๊ธธ
๊ธฐ๋
๊ธฐ๋
๊ธธ์ด(์)
๊ธฐ์ธ์
low
๋ฎ
๋ฎ๋
๋ฎ๋
๋ฎ์(์)
๋ฎ์ผ์ธ์
narrow
์ข
์ข๋
์ข๋
์ข์(์)
์ข์ผ์ธ์
noisy
์๋๋ฝ
์๋๋ฝ๋
์๋๋ฝ๋
์๋๋ฌ์(์)
์๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ธ์
numerous
๋ง
๋ง๋
๋ง๋
๋ง์(์)
๋ง์ผ์ธ์
old (people)
๋+์
๋์๋
๋์๋
๋์์ด(์)
๋์ผ์ จ์ด์
old (thing)
๋ก+์
๋ก์๋
๋ก์๋
๋ก์์ด(์)
x
pretty
์์
์์๋
์์๋
์๋ป(์)
์์์ธ์
quick
๋น ๋ฅด
๋น ๋ฅด๋
๋น ๋ฅด๋
๋นจ๋ผ(์)
๋น ๋ฅด์ธ์
quiet
์กฐ์ฉํ
์กฐ์ฉํ๋
์กฐ์ฉํ๋
์กฐ์ฉํด(์)
์กฐ์ฉํ์ธ์
sad
์ฌํ
์ฌํ๋
์ฌํ๋
์ฌํผ(์)
์ฌํ์ธ์
salty
์ง
์ง๋
์ง๋
์ง(์)
์ง์ธ์
shallow
์
์๋
์๋
์์(์)
์์ผ์ธ์
short
์งง
์งง๋
์งง๋
์งง์(์)
์งง์ผ์ธ์
sick
์ํ
์ํ๋
์ํ๋
์ํ(์)
์ํ์ธ์
slim
๋ ์ฌํ
๋ ์ฌํ๋
๋ ์ฌํ๋
๋ ์ฌํด(์)
๋ ์ฌํ์ธ์
interesting
+{์ผ}์ธ์
(attention)
q
q
APPENDIX Formal Statement
411
+{์ต/ใ }๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๊น?
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ต๋๊น
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์น์ ํ์ญ๋๋ค
์น์ ํฉ๋๊น
์น์ ํ์ญ๋๊น
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฆ ๋๋ค
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด์ญ๋๋ค
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฆ ๋๊น
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด์ญ๋๊น
๊ฐ๋ณ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๊ฐ๋ณ์ต๋๊น
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๊น๋๋ค
๊ธฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๊น๋๊น
๊ธฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋ฎ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฎ์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ฎ์ต๋๊น
๋ฎ์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ข์ต๋๋ค
์ข์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ข์ต๋๊น
์ข์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์๋๋ฝ์ต๋๋ค
์๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
์๋๋ฝ์ต๋๊น
์๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋ง์ต๋๋ค
๋ง์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ง์ต๋๊น
๋ง์ผ์ญ๋๊น
๋์์ต๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋์์ต๋๊น
๋์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ก์์ต๋๋ค
x
๋ก์์ต๋๊น
x
์์ฉ๋๋ค
์์์ญ๋๋ค
์์ฉ๋๊น
์์์ญ๋๊น
๋น ๋ฆ ๋๋ค
๋น ๋ฅด์ญ๋๋ค
๋น ๋ฆ ๋๊น
๋น ๋ฅด์ญ๋๊น
์กฐ์ฉํฉ๋๋ค
์กฐ์ฉํ์ญ๋๋ค
์กฐ์ฉํฉ๋๊น
์กฐ์ฉํ์ญ๋๊น
์ฌํ๋๋ค
x
์ฌํ๋๊น
์ฌํ์ญ๋๊น
์งญ๋๋ค
์ง์ญ๋๋ค
์งญ๋๊น
์ง์ญ๋๊น
์์ต๋๋ค
์์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์์ต๋๊น
์์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์งง์ต๋๋ค
์งง์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์งง์ต๋๊น
์งง์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ํ๋๋ค
์ํ์ญ๋๋ค
์ํ๋๊น
์ํ์ญ๋๊น
๋ ์ฌํฉ๋๋ค
๋ ์ฌํ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ ์ฌํฉ๋๊น
๋ ์ฌํ์ญ๋๊น
+{์ต/ใ }๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๋ค
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ต๋๋ค
x
์น์ ํฉ๋๋ค
Formal Question
APPENDIX
412 Stem
Casual Question +๋?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์ด)(์)
Honorific
slow
Casual Question +๋?
๋๋ฆฌ
๋๋ฆฌ๋
๋๋ฆฌ๋
๋๋ ค(์)
๋๋ฆฌ์ธ์
small
์
์๋
์๋
์์(์)
์์ผ์ธ์
small
์
์ ๋
์ ๋
์ ์ด(์)
์ ์ผ์ธ์
smart
๋๋ํ
๋๋ํ๋
๋๋ํ๋
๋๋ํด(์)
๋๋ํ์ธ์
strong
ํผํผํ
ํผํผํ๋
ํผํผํ๋
ํผํผํด(์)
ํผํผํ์ธ์
tall
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ๋
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ๋
ํค๊ฐ ์ปค(์)
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ์ธ์
tasteless
๋ง์
๋ง์๋
๋ง์๋
๋ง์์ด(์)
๋ง์์ผ์ธ์
thick
๋๊ป
๋๊ป๋
๋๊ป๋
๋๊บผ์(์)
๋๊บผ์ฐ์ธ์
thin (people)
๋ง๋ฅด+์
๋ง๋๋
๋ง๋๋
๋ง๋์ด(์)
๋ง๋ฅด์ จ์ด์
thin (thing)
์
์๋
์๋
์์(์)
์์ผ์ธ์
thirsty
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด๋
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด๋
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ผ(์)
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด์ธ์
q
tired
ํผ๊ณคํ
ํผ๊ณคํ๋
ํผ๊ณคํ๋
ํผ๊ณคํด(์)
ํผ๊ณคํ์ธ์
q
ugly
๋ชป์๊ธฐ+์
๋ชป์๊ฒผ๋
๋ชป์๊ฒผ๋
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์ด(์)
๋ชป์๊ธฐ์ จ์ด์
warm
๋ฐ๋ปํ
๋ฐ๋ปํ๋
๋ฐ๋ปํ๋
๋ฐ๋ปํด(์)
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ธ์
weak
์ฝํ
์ฝํ๋
์ฝํ๋
์ฝํด(์)
์ฝํ์ธ์
wide
๋
๋๋
๋๋
๋์ด(์)
๋์ผ์ธ์
young
์
์ ๋
์ ๋
์ ์ด(์)
์ ์ผ์ธ์
+{์ผ}์ธ์
(quantity)
q
APPENDIX Formal Statement
413 Formal Question
+{์ต/ใ }๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๋ค
+{์ต/ใ }๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ญ๋๊น?
๋๋ฆฝ๋๋ค
๋๋ฆฌ์ญ๋๋ค
๋๋ฆฝ๋๊น
๋๋ฆฌ์ญ๋๊น
์์ต๋๋ค
์์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์์ต๋๊น
์์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ ์ต๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ ์ต๋๊น
์ ์ผ์ญ๋๊น
๋๋ํฉ๋๋ค
๋๋ํ์ญ๋๋ค
๋๋ํฉ๋๊น
๋๋ํ์ญ๋๊น
ํผํผํฉ๋๋ค
ํผํผํ์ญ๋๋ค
ํผํผํฉ๋๊น
ํผํผํ์ญ๋๊น
ํค๊ฐ ํฝ๋๋ค
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ์ญ๋๋ค
ํค๊ฐ ํฝ๋๊น
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ์ญ๋๊น
๋ง์์ต๋๋ค
x
๋ง์์ต๋๊น
๋ง์์ผ์ญ๋๊น
๋๊ป์ต๋๋ค
๋๊บผ์ฐ์ญ๋๋ค
๋๊ป์ต๋๊น
๋๊บผ์ฐ์ญ๋๊น
๋ง๋์ต๋๋ค
๋ง๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ง๋์ต๋๊น
๋ง๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์ต๋๋ค
์์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์์ต๋๊น
์์ผ์ญ๋๊น
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฆ ๋๋ค
x
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฆ ๋๊น
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด์ญ๋๊น
ํผ๊ณคํฉ๋๋ค
x
ํผ๊ณคํฉ๋๊น
ํผ๊ณคํ์ญ๋๊น
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์ต๋๋ค
๋ชป์๊ธฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์ต๋๊น
๋ชป์๊ธฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ฐ๋ปํฉ๋๋ค
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ญ๋๋ค
๋ฐ๋ปํฉ๋๊น
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ญ๋๊น
์ฝํฉ๋๋ค
์ฝํ์ญ๋๋ค
์ฝํฉ๋๊น
์ฝํ์ญ๋๊น
๋์ต๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
๋์ต๋๊น
๋์ผ์ญ๋๊น
์ ์ต๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ญ๋๋ค
์ ์ต๋๊น
์ ์ผ์ญ๋๊น
APPENDIX
414
Appendix 11: Adjective Past Tense Endings Stem
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์)์ด(์)
Honorific
afraid
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
๋ฌด์ญ
๋ฌด์์ ๋
๋ฌด์์ ๋
๋ฌด์์ ์ด(์)
๋ฌด์์ฐ์ จ์ด์
bad
๋์
๋๋นด๋
๋๋นด๋
๋๋นด์ด(์)
๋์์ จ์ด์
beautiful
์๋ฆ๋ต
์๋ฆ๋ค์ ๋
์๋ฆ๋ค์ ๋
์๋ฆ๋ค์ ์ด(์)
์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ จ์ด์
big
ํฌ
์ปธ๋
์ปธ๋
์ปธ์ด(์)
ํฌ์ จ์ด์
boring
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ด(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ด์
bright
๋ฐ
๋ฐ์๋
๋ฐ์๋
๋ฐ์์ด(์)
๋ฐ์ผ์ จ์ด์
busy
๋ฐ์
๋ฐ๋นด๋
๋ฐ๋นด๋
๋ฐ๋นด์ด(์)
๋ฐ์์ จ์ด์
cheap
์ธ
์๋
์๋
์์ด(์)
์ธ์ จ์ด์
clean
๊นจ๋ํ
๊นจ๋ํ๋
๊นจ๋ํ๋
๊นจ๋ํ์ด(์)
๊นจ๋ํ์ จ์ด์
close
๊ฐ๊น
๊ฐ๊น์ ๋
๊ฐ๊น์ ๋
๊ฐ๊น์ ์ด(์)
๊ฐ๊น์ฐ์ จ์ด์
cloudy
ํ๋ฆฌ
ํ๋ ธ๋
ํ๋ ธ๋
ํ๋ ธ์ด(์)
ํ๋ฆฌ์ จ์ด์
cold (thing)
์ฐจ๊ฐ
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ ๋
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ ๋
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ ์ด(์)
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
cold
์ถฅ
์ถ์ ๋
์ถ์ ๋
์ถ์ ์ด(์)
์ถ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
complicated
๋ณต์กํ
๋ณต์กํ๋
๋ณต์กํ๋
๋ณต์กํ์ด(์)
๋ณต์กํ์ จ์ด์
cool
์์ํ
์์ํ๋
์์ํ๋
์์ํ์ด(์)
์์ํ์ จ์ด์
cute
๊ท์ฝ
๊ท์ฌ์ ๋
๊ท์ฌ์ ๋
๊ท์ฌ์ ์ด(์)
๊ท์ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
dangerous
์ํํ
์ํํ๋
์ํํ๋
์ํํ์ด(์)
์ํํ์ จ์ด์
dark
์ด๋ก
์ด๋์ ๋
์ด๋์ ๋
์ด๋์ ์ด(์)
์ด๋์ฐ์ จ์ด์
deep
๊น
๊น์๋
๊น์๋
๊น์์ด(์)
๊น์ผ์ จ์ด์
delicious
๋ง์
๋ง์์๋
๋ง์์๋
๋ง์์์ด(์)
๋ง์์ผ์ จ์ด์
+{์ผ}์ จ์ด์
q
q
q
APPENDIX
Formal Statement
415
Formal Question
+(์/์)์ต๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๋ค
+(์/์)์ต๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๊น?
๋ฌด์์ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฌด์์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฌด์์ ์ต๋๊น
๋ฌด์์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋๋นด์ต๋๋ค
๋์์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋๋นด์ต๋๊น
๋์์ จ์ต๋๊น
์๋ฆ๋ค์ ์ต๋๋ค
์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์๋ฆ๋ค์ ์ต๋๊น
์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ปธ์ต๋๋ค
ํฌ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ปธ์ต๋๊น
ํฌ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ต๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ฐ์์ต๋๋ค
๋ฐ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฐ์์ต๋๊น
๋ฐ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ฐ๋นด์ต๋๋ค
๋ฐ์์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฐ๋นด์ต๋๊น
๋ฐ์์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์ต๋๋ค
x
์์์ต๋๊น
x
๊นจ๋ํ์ต๋๋ค
๊นจ๋ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊นจ๋ํ์ต๋๊น
๊นจ๋ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ฐ๊น์ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฐ๊น์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฐ๊น์ ์ต๋๊น
๊ฐ๊น์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
ํ๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค
ํ๋ฆฌ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
ํ๋ ธ์ต๋๊น
ํ๋ฆฌ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ ์ต๋๋ค
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ ์ต๋๊น
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ถ์ ์ต๋๋ค
x
์ถ์ ์ต๋๊น
์ถ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ณต์กํ์ต๋๋ค
๋ณต์กํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ณต์กํ์ต๋๊น
๋ณต์กํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์ํ์ต๋๋ค
์์ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์์ํ์ต๋๊น
์์ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ท์ฌ์ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ท์ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ท์ฌ์ ์ต๋๊น
๊ท์ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ํํ์ต๋๋ค
์ํํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ํํ์ต๋๊น
์ํํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ด๋์ ์ต๋๋ค
์ด๋์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ด๋์ ์ต๋๊น
์ด๋์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊น์์ต๋๋ค
๊น์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊น์์ต๋๊น
๊น์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ง์์์ต๋๋ค
x
๋ง์์์ต๋๊น
๋ง์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
APPENDIX
416 Stem
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์)์ด(์)
Honorific
difficult
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
์ด๋ ต
์ด๋ ค์ ๋
์ด๋ ค์ ๋
์ด๋ ค์ ์ด(์)
์ด๋ ค์ฐ์ จ์ด์
diligent
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ๋
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ๋
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ด(์)
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ จ์ด์
dirty
๋๋ฝ
๋๋ฌ์ ๋
๋๋ฌ์ ๋
๋๋ฌ์ ์ด(์)
๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
easy
์ฝ
์ฌ์ ๋
์ฌ์ ๋
์ฌ์ ์ด(์)
์ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
expensive
๋น์ธ
๋น์๋
๋น์๋
๋น์์ด(์)
๋น์ธ์ จ์ด์
far
๋ฉ
๋ฉ์๋
๋ฉ์๋
๋ฉ์์ด(์)
๋จธ์ จ์ด์
fat
๋ฑ๋ฑํ
๋ฑ๋ฑํ๋
๋ฑ๋ฑํ๋
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ด(์)
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ จ์ด์
fine (weather) fun (enjoyable) good
๋ง
๋ง์๋
๋ง์๋
๋ง์์ด(์)
๋ง์ผ์ จ์ด์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ด์
์ข
์ข์๋
์ข์๋
์ข์์ด(์)
์ข์ผ์ จ์ด์
handsome
์์๊ธฐ+์
์์๊ฒผ์๋
์์๊ฒผ์๋
์์๊ฒผ์์ด(์)
์์๊ธฐ์ จ์์ด์
happy
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข ํ๋ณตํ
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์๋ ํ๋ณตํ๋
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์์ด(์) ํ๋ณตํ์ด(์)
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ผ์ จ์ด์
happy
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์๋ ํ๋ณตํ๋
hate/dislike
์ซ
์ซ์๋
์ซ์๋
์ซ์์ด(์)
์ซ์ผ์ จ์ด์
heavy
๋ฌด๊ฒ
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ ๋
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ ๋
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ ์ด(์)
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
high
๋
๋์๋
๋์๋
๋์์ด(์)
๋์ผ์ จ์ด์
hot
๋จ๊ฒ
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ ๋
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ ๋
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ ์ด(์)
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
hot (spicy)
๋งต
๋งค์ ๋
๋งค์ ๋
๋งค์ ์ด(์)
๋งค์ฐ์ จ์ด์
hot (temperature) interesting (fun )
๋ฅ
๋์ ๋
๋์ ๋
๋์ ์ด(์)
๋์ฐ์ จ์ด์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์๋
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ด(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ด์
+{์ผ}์ จ์ด์
ํ๋ณตํ์ จ์ด์ q
q q
APPENDIX Formal Statement
417 Formal Question
+(์/์)์ต๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๋ค
+(์/์)์ต๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๊น?
์ด๋ ค์ ์ต๋๋ค
์ด๋ ค์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ด๋ ค์ ์ต๋๊น
์ด๋ ค์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ต๋๋ค
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ต๋๊น
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋๋ฌ์ ์ต๋๋ค
๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋๋ฌ์ ์ต๋๊น
๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฌ์ ์ต๋๋ค
x
์ฌ์ ์ต๋๊น
์ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋น์์ต๋๋ค
๋น์ธ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋น์์ต๋๊น
๋น์ธ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ฉ์์ต๋๋ค
๋จธ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฉ์์ต๋๊น
๋จธ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ต๋๊น
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ง์์ต๋๋ค
๋ง์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ง์์ต๋๊น
๋ง์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ต๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ข์์ต๋๋ค
์ข์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ข์์ต๋๊น
์ข์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์๊ฒผ์์ต๋๋ค
์์๊ธฐ์ จ์์ต๋๋ค
์์๊ฒผ์์ต๋๊น
์์๊ธฐ์ จ์์ต๋๊น*
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์์ต๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์์ต๋๊น
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
ํ๋ณตํ์ต๋๋ค
ํ๋ณตํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
ํ๋ณตํ์ต๋๊น
ํ๋ณตํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ซ์์ต๋๋ค
์ซ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ซ์์ต๋๊น
์ซ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ ์ต๋๊น
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋์์ต๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋์์ต๋๊น
๋์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ ์ต๋๋ค
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ ์ต๋๊น
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋งค์ ์ต๋๋ค
๋งค์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋งค์ ์ต๋๊น
๋งค์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋์ ์ต๋๋ค
x
๋์ ์ต๋๊น
๋์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ต๋๊น
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
q
APPENDIX
418 Stem
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์)์ด(์)
Honorific
ํฅ๋ฏธ์
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์๋
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์๋
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์์ด(์)
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ด์
kind
์น์ ํ
์น์ ํ์๋
์น์ ํ์๋
์น์ ํ์์ด(์)
์น์ ํ์ จ์ด์
lazy
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด
๊ฒ์๋ ๋
๊ฒ์๋ ๋
๊ฒ์๋ ์ด(์)
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด์ จ์ด์
light
๊ฐ๋ณ
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ ๋
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ ๋
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ ์ด(์)
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
long
๊ธธ
๊ธธ์๋
๊ธธ์๋
๊ธธ์์ด(์)
๊ธฐ์ จ์ด์*
low
๋ฎ
๋ฎ์๋
๋ฎ์๋
๋ฎ์์ด(์)
๋ฎ์ผ์ จ์ด์
narrow
์ข
์ข์๋
์ข์๋
์ข์์ด(์)
์ข์ผ์ จ์ด์
noisy
์๋๋ฝ
์๋๋ฌ์ ๋
์๋๋ฌ์ ๋
์๋๋ฌ์ ์ด(์)
์๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
numerous
๋ง
๋ง์๋
๋ง์๋
๋ง์์ด(์)
๋ง์ผ์ จ์ด์
old (people)
๋+์
๋์์๋
๋์์๋
๋์์์ด(์)
๋์ผ์ จ์์ด์
old (thing)
๋ก+์
๋ก์์๋
๋ก์์๋
๋ก์์์ด(์)
x
pretty
์์
์๋ปค๋
์๋ปค๋
์๋ปค์ด(์)
์์์ จ์ด์
quick
๋น ๋ฅด
๋นจ๋๋
๋นจ๋๋
๋นจ๋์ด(์)
๋น ๋ฅด์ จ์ด์
quiet
์กฐ์ฉํ
์กฐ์ฉํ๋
์กฐ์ฉํ๋
์กฐ์ฉํ์ด(์)
์กฐ์ฉํ์ จ์ด์
sad
์ฌํ
์ฌํ๋
์ฌํ๋
์ฌํ์ด(์)
์ฌํ์ จ์ด์
salty
์ง
์งฐ๋
์งฐ๋
์งฐ์ด(์)
์ง์ จ์ด์
shallow
์
์์๋
์์๋
์์์ด(์)
์์ผ์ จ์ด์
short
์งง
์งง์๋
์งง์๋
์งง์์ด(์)
์งง์ผ์ จ์ด์
sick
์ํ
์ํ ๋
์ํ ๋
์ํ ์ด(์)
์ํ์ จ์ด์
slim
๋ ์ฌํ
๋ ์ฌํ๋
๋ ์ฌํ๋
๋ ์ฌํ์ด(์)
๋ ์ฌํ์ จ์ด์
interesting
+{์ผ}์ จ์ด์
(attention)
q
APPENDIX Formal Statement
419
+(์/์)์ต๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๊น?
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์์ต๋๊น
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์น์ ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์น์ ํ์์ต๋๊น
์น์ ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ฒ์๋ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฒ์๋ ์ต๋๊น
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ ์ต๋๊น
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๊ธธ์์ต๋๋ค
๊ธฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๊ธธ์์ต๋๊น
๊ธฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ฎ์์ต๋๋ค
๋ฎ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฎ์์ต๋๊น
๋ฎ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ข์์ต๋๋ค
์ข์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ข์์ต๋๊น
์ข์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์๋๋ฌ์ ์ต๋๋ค
์๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์๋๋ฌ์ ์ต๋๊น
์๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ง์์ต๋๋ค
๋ง์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ง์์ต๋๊น
๋ง์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋์์์ต๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ จ์์ต๋๋ค
๋์์์ต๋๊น
๋์ผ์ จ์์ต๋๊น
๋ก์์์ต๋๋ค
x
๋ก์์์ต๋๊น
x
์๋ปค์ต๋๋ค
์์์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์๋ปค์ต๋๊น
์์์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋นจ๋์ต๋๋ค
๋น ๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋นจ๋์ต๋๊น
๋น ๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๊น
์กฐ์ฉํ์ต๋๋ค
์กฐ์ฉํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์กฐ์ฉํ์ต๋๊น
์กฐ์ฉํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฌํ์ต๋๋ค
x
์ฌํ์ต๋๊น
์ฌํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์งฐ์ต๋๋ค
์ง์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์งฐ์ต๋๊น
์ง์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์์ต๋๋ค
์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์์์ต๋๊น
์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์งง์์ต๋๋ค
์งง์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์งง์์ต๋๊น
์งง์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ํ ์ต๋๋ค
์ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ํ ์ต๋๊น
์ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ ์ฌํ์ต๋๋ค
๋ ์ฌํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ ์ฌํ์ต๋๊น
๋ ์ฌํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
+(์/์)์ต๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๋ค
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์์ต๋๋ค
x
์น์ ํ์์ต๋๋ค
Formal Question
APPENDIX
420 Stem
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
Casual (Polite) +(์/์)์ด(์)
Honorific
slow
Casual Question +(์/์)๋?
๋๋ฆฌ
๋๋ ธ๋
๋๋ ธ๋
๋๋ ธ์ด(์)
๋๋ฆฌ์ จ์ด์
small
์
์์๋
์์๋
์์์ด(์)
์์ผ์ จ์ด์
small
์
์ ์๋
์ ์๋
์ ์์ด(์)
์ ์ผ์ จ์ด์
smart
๋๋ํ
๋๋ํ๋
๋๋ํ๋
๋๋ํ์ด(์)
๋๋ํ์ จ์ด์
strong
ํผํผํ
ํผํผํ๋
ํผํผํ๋
ํผํผํ์ด(์)
ํผํผํ์ จ์ด์
tall
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ
ํค๊ฐ ์ปธ๋
ํค๊ฐ ์ปธ๋
ํค๊ฐ ์ปธ์ด(์)
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ์ จ์ด์
tasteless
๋ง์
๋ง์์๋
๋ง์์๋
๋ง์์์ด(์)
๋ง์์ผ์ จ์ด์
thick
๋๊ป
๋๊บผ์ ๋
๋๊บผ์ ๋
๋๊บผ์ ์ด(์)
๋๊บผ์ฐ์ จ์ด์
thin
๋ง๋ฅด+์
๋ง๋๋
๋ง๋๋
๋ง๋์ด(์)
๋ง๋ฅด์ จ์์ด์
thin (thing)
์
์์๋
์์๋
์์์ด(์)
์์ผ์ จ์ด์
thirsty
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด
๋ชฉ๋ง๋๋
๋ชฉ๋ง๋๋
๋ชฉ๋ง๋์ด(์)
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด์ จ์ด์
q
tired
ํผ๊ณคํ
ํผ๊ณคํ๋
ํผ๊ณคํ๋
ํผ๊ณคํ์ด(์)
ํผ๊ณคํ์ จ์ด์
q
ugly
๋ชป์๊ธฐ+์
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์๋
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์๋
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์์ด(์)
๋ชป์๊ธฐ์ จ์์ด์
warm
๋ฐ๋ปํ
๋ฐ๋ปํ๋
๋ฐ๋ปํ๋
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ด(์)
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ จ์ด์
weak
์ฝํ
์ฝํ๋
์ฝํ๋
์ฝํ์ด(์)
์ฝํ์ จ์ด์
wide
๋
๋์๋
๋์๋
๋์์ด(์)
๋์ผ์ จ์ด์
young
์
์ ์๋
์ ์๋
์ ์์ด(์)
์ ์ผ์ จ์ด์
+{์ผ}์ จ์ด์
(quantity)
q
(people)
APPENDIX
Formal Statement
421
Formal Question
+(์/์)์ต๋๋ค
Formal Statement Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๋ค
+(์/์)์ต๋๊น?
Formal Question Honorific +{์ผ}์ จ์ต๋๊น?
๋๋ ธ์ต๋๋ค
๋๋ฆฌ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋๋ ธ์ต๋๊น
๋๋ฆฌ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์์์ต๋๋ค
์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์์์ต๋๊น
์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ ์์ต๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ ์์ต๋๊น
์ ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋๋ํ์ต๋๋ค
๋๋ํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋๋ํ์ต๋๊น
๋๋ํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
ํผํผํ์ต๋๋ค
ํผํผํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
ํผํผํ์ต๋๊น
ํผํผํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
ํค๊ฐ ์ปธ์ต๋๋ค
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
ํค๊ฐ ์ปธ์ต๋๊น
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ง์์์ต๋๋ค
x
๋ง์์์ต๋๊น
๋ง์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋๊บผ์ ์ต๋๋ค
๋๊บผ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋๊บผ์ ์ต๋๊น
๋๊บผ์ฐ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ง๋์์ต๋๋ค
๋ง๋ฅด์ จ์์ต๋๋ค
๋ง๋์์ต๋๊น
๋ง๋ฅด์ จ์์ต๋๊น
์์์ต๋๋ค
์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์์์ต๋๊น
์์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ชฉ๋ง๋์ต๋๋ค
x
๋ชฉ๋ง๋์ต๋๊น
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด์ จ์ต๋๊น
ํผ๊ณคํ์ต๋๋ค
x
ํผ๊ณคํ์ต๋๊น
ํผ๊ณคํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์์ต๋๋ค
๋ชป์๊ธฐ์ จ์์ต๋๋ค
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์์ต๋๊น
๋ชป์๊ธฐ์ จ์์ต๋๊น
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ต๋๊น
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ฝํ์ต๋๋ค
์ฝํ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ฝํ์ต๋๊น
์ฝํ์ จ์ต๋๊น
๋์์ต๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
๋์์ต๋๊น
๋์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
์ ์์ต๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๋ค
์ ์์ต๋๊น
์ ์ผ์ จ์ต๋๊น
APPENDIX
422
Appendix 12: Adjective Future Tense Endings Stem afraid
Supposition Casual +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
Supposition Polite +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ฌด์ญ
๋ฌด์์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ฌด์์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
bad
๋์
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์์
beautiful
์๋ฆ๋ต
์๋ฆ๋ค์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์๋ฆ๋ค์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
big
ํฌ
ํด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ํด ๊ฑฐ์์
boring
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
bright
๋ฐ
๋ฐ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ฐ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
busy
๋ฐ์
๋ฐ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ฐ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
cheap
์ธ
์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ ๊ฑฐ์์
clean
๊นจ๋ํ
๊นจ๋ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊นจ๋ํ ๊ฑฐ์์
close
๊ฐ๊น
๊ฐ๊น์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ฐ๊น์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
cloudy
ํ๋ฆฌ
ํ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ํ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์์
cold(thing)
์ฐจ๊ฐ
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
cold
์ถฅ
์ถ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ถ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
complicated
๋ณต์กํ
๋ณต์กํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ณต์กํ ๊ฑฐ์์
cool
์์ํ
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ์์
cute
๊ท์ฝ
๊ท์ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ท์ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
dangerous
์ํํ
์ํํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ํํ ๊ฑฐ์์
dark
์ด๋ก
์ด๋์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ด๋์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
deep
๊น
๊น์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊น์ ๊ฑฐ์์
delicious
๋ง์
๋ง์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ง์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
APPENDIX
423
Supposition Honorific +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
Supposition Polite Formal +{์/ใน} ๊ฒ๋๋ค
Supposition Honorific Formal +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฌด์์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ฌด์์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฌด์์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์๋ฆ๋ค์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์๋ฆ๋ค์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํฌ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
ํด ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฐ์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ฐ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฐ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฐ์์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ฐ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฐ์์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ธ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ธ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊นจ๋ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๊นจ๋ํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊นจ๋ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฐ๊น์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ฐ๊น์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฐ๊น์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํ๋ฆฌ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
ํ๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํ๋ฆฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ถ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ถ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ถ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ณต์กํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ณต์กํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ณต์กํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์์ํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ท์ฌ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ท์ฌ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ท์ฌ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ํํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ํํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ํํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ด๋์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ด๋์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ด๋์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊น์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๊น์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊น์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง์์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ง์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
APPENDIX
424 Stem difficult
Supposition Casual +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
Supposition Polite +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์์
์ด๋ ต
์ด๋ ค์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ด๋ ค์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
diligent
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ ๊ฑฐ์์
dirty
๋๋ฝ
๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
easy
์ฝ
์ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
expensive
๋น์ธ
๋น์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋น์ ๊ฑฐ์์
far
๋ฉ
๋ฉ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ฉ ๊ฑฐ์์
fat
๋ฑ๋ฑํ
๋ฑ๋ฑํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ฑ๋ฑํ ๊ฑฐ์์
fine(weather)
๋ง
๋ง์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ง์ ๊ฑฐ์์
fun (enjoyable)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
good
์ข
์ข์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ข์ ๊ฑฐ์์
handsome
์์๊ธฐ+์
์์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
happy
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ ๊ฑฐ์์
happy
ํ๋ณตํ
ํ๋ณตํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ํ๋ณตํ ๊ฑฐ์์
hate/dislike
์ซ
์ซ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ซ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
heavy
๋ฌด๊ฒ
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
high
๋
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์์
hot
๋จ๊ฒ
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
hot (spicy)
๋งต
๋งค์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋งค์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
hot (temperature)
๋ฅ
๋์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
interesting (fun )
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
APPENDIX
425
Supposition Honorific +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
Supposition Polite Formal +{์/ใน} ๊ฒ๋๋ค
Supposition Honorific Formal +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ด๋ ค์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ด๋ ค์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ด๋ ค์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฌ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋น์ธ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋น์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋น์ธ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋จธ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ฉ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋จธ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ฑ๋ฑํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ง์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ข์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ข์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ข์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์๊ธฐ์ จ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
์์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์๊ธฐ์ จ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํ๋ณตํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
ํ๋ณตํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํ๋ณตํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ซ์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ซ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ซ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋งค์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋งค์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋งค์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
APPENDIX
426 Stem
Supposition Casual +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
Supposition Polite +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์์
ํฅ๋ฏธ์
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
kind
์น์ ํ
์น์ ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์น์ ํ ๊ฑฐ์์
lazy
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์์
light
๊ฐ๋ณ
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
long
๊ธธ
๊ธธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๊ธธ ๊ฑฐ์์
low
๋ฎ
๋ฎ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ฎ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
narrow
์ข
์ข์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ข์ ๊ฑฐ์์
noisy
์๋๋ฝ
์๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
numerous
๋ง
๋ง์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ง์ ๊ฑฐ์์
old (people)
๋ (future) ๋+์ (supposition)
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ ๋์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์์ ๋์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
old (thing)
๋ก (future)
๋ก์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ก์ ๊ฑฐ์์๏ผ
๋ก+์ (supposition)
๋ก์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ก์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
pretty
์์
์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
quick
๋น ๋ฅด
๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์์
quiet
์กฐ์ฉํ
์กฐ์ฉํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์กฐ์ฉํ ๊ฑฐ์์
sad
์ฌํ
์ฌํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฌํ ๊ฑฐ์์
salty
์ง
์งค ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์งค ๊ฑฐ์์
shallow
์
์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
short
์งง
์งง์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์งง์ ๊ฑฐ์์
sick
์ํ
์ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ํ ๊ฑฐ์์
slim
๋ ์ฌํ
๋ ์ฌํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ ์ฌํ ๊ฑฐ์์
interesting (attention)
APPENDIX
427
Supposition Honorific +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
Supposition Polite Formal +{์/ใน} ๊ฒ๋๋ค
Supposition Honorific Formal +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์น์ ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์น์ ํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์น์ ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ธฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์*
๊ธธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๊ธฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค*
๋ฎ์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ฎ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฎ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ข์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ข์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ข์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์๋๋ฌ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ง์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค/
๋์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ จ์ ๊ฑฐ์์ x
๋์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค*
๋์ผ์ จ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค x
์์์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋น ๋ฅด์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋น ๋ฅด์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์กฐ์ฉํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์กฐ์ฉํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์กฐ์ฉํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฌํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฌํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ง์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์งค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ง์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์งง์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์งง์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์งง์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ ์ฌํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ ์ฌํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ ์ฌํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ก์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค๏ผ ๋ก์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
APPENDIX
428 Stem slow
Supposition Casual +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
Supposition Polite +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์์
๋๋ฆฌ
๋๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์์
small
์
์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
small (quantity)
์
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
smart
๋๋ํ
๋๋ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋๋ํ ๊ฑฐ์์
strong
ํผํผํ
ํผํผํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ํผํผํ ๊ฑฐ์์
tall
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ
ํค๊ฐ ํด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ํค๊ฐ ํด ๊ฑฐ์์
tasteless
๋ง์
๋ง์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ง์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
thick
๋๊ป
๋๊บผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋๊บผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์์
thin(people)
๋ง๋ฅด+์
๋ง๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ง๋์๊ฑฐ์์
thin(thing)
์
์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์์ ๊ฑฐ์์
thirsty
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์์
tired
ํผ๊ณคํ
ํผ๊ณคํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ํผ๊ณคํ ๊ฑฐ์์
ugly
๋ชป์๊ธฐ+์
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
warm
๋ฐ๋ปํ
๋ฐ๋ปํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋ฐ๋ปํ ๊ฑฐ์์
weak
์ฝํ
์ฝํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ฝํ ๊ฑฐ์์
wide
๋
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์์
young
์
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
APPENDIX
429
Supposition Honorific +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
Supposition Polite Formal +{์/ใน} ๊ฒ๋๋ค
Supposition Honorific Formal +{์ผ}์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋๋ฆฌ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋๋ฆด ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋๋ฆฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋๋ํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋๋ํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋๋ํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํผํผํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
ํผํผํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํผํผํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
ํค๊ฐ ํด ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง์์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ง์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋๊บผ์ฐ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋๊บผ์ธ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋๊บผ์ฐ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง๋ฅด์ จ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ง๋์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ง๋ฅด์ จ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅผ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํผ๊ณคํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
ํผ๊ณคํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
ํผ๊ณคํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ชป์๊ธฐ์ จ์ ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ชป์๊ธฐ์ จ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋ฐ๋ปํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฝํ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ฝํ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ฝํ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
๋์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
๋์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ค ๊ฑฐ์์
์ ์ ๊ฒ๋๋ค
์ ์ผ์ค ๊ฒ๋๋ค
APPENDIX
430
Appendix 13: Adjectives with +๊ณ ; +๋ค(์) Stem
and +๊ณ
Exclamation
+๋ค(์)
afraid
๋ฌด์ญ
๋ฌด์ญ๊ณ
๋ฌด์ญ๋ค(์)
bad
๋์
๋์๊ณ
๋์๋ค(์)
beautiful
์๋ฆ๋ต
์๋ฆ๋ต๊ณ
์๋ฆ๋ต๋ค(์)
big
ํฌ
ํฌ๊ณ
ํฌ๋ค(์)
boring
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๊ณ
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ค(์)
bright
๋ฐ
๋ฐ๊ณ
๋ฐ๋ค(์)
busy
๋ฐ์
๋ฐ์๊ณ
๋ฐ์๋ค(์)
cheap
์ธ
์ธ๊ณ
์ธ๋ค(์)
clean
๊นจ๋ํ
๊นจ๋ํ๊ณ
๊นจ๋ํ๋ค(์)
close
๊ฐ๊น
๊ฐ๊น๊ณ
๊ฐ๊น๋ค(์)
cloudy
ํ๋ฆฌ
ํ๋ฆฌ๊ณ
ํ๋ฆฌ๋ค(์)
cold(thing)
์ฐจ๊ฐ
์ฐจ๊ฐ๊ณ
์ฐจ๊ฐ๋ค(์)
cold
์ถฅ
์ถฅ๊ณ
์ถฅ๋ค(์)
complicated
๋ณต์กํ
๋ณต์กํ๊ณ
๋ณต์กํ๋ค(์)
cool
์์ํ
์์ํ๊ณ
์์ํ๋ค(์)
cute
๊ท์ฝ
๊ท์ฝ๊ณ
๊ท์ฝ๋ค(์)
dangerous
์ํํ
์ํํ๊ณ
์ํํ๋ค(์)
dark
์ด๋ก
์ด๋ก๊ณ
์ด๋ก๋ค(์)
deep
๊น
๊น๊ณ
๊น๋ค(์)
delicious
๋ง์
๋ง์๊ณ
๋ง์๋ค(์)
APPENDIX
431
Stem
and +๊ณ
Exclamation
+๋ค(์)
difficult
์ด๋ ต
์ด๋ ต๊ณ
์ด๋ ต๋ค(์)
diligent
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ๊ณ
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ๋ค(์)
dirty
๋๋ฝ
๋๋ฝ๊ณ
๋๋ฝ๋ค(์)
easy
์ฝ
์ฝ๊ณ
์ฝ๋ค(์)
expensive
๋น์ธ
๋น์ธ๊ณ
๋น์ธ๋ค(์)
far
๋ฉ
๋ฉ๊ณ
๋จธ๋ค(์)
fat
๋ฑ๋ฑํ
๋ฑ๋ฑํ๊ณ
๋ฑ๋ฑํ๋ค(์)
fine(weather)
๋ง
๋ง๊ณ
๋ง๋ค(์)
fun (enjoyable)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๊ณ
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ค(์)
good
์ข
์ข๊ณ
์ข๋ค(์)
handsome
์์๊ธฐ+์
์์๊ฒผ๊ณ
์์๊ฒผ๋ค(์)
happy
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข๊ณ
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข๋ค(์)
happy
ํ๋ณตํ
ํ๋ณตํ๊ณ
ํ๋ณตํ๋ค(์)
hate/dislike
์ซ
์ซ๊ณ
์ซ๋ค(์)
heavy
๋ฌด๊ฒ
๋ฌด๊ฒ๊ณ
๋ฌด๊ฒ๋ค(์)
high
๋
๋๊ณ
๋๋ค(์)
hot
๋จ๊ฒ
๋จ๊ฒ๊ณ
๋จ๊ฒ๋ค(์)
hot (spicy)
๋งต
๋งต๊ณ
๋งต๋ค(์)
hot (temperature)
๋ฅ
๋ฅ๊ณ
๋ฅ๋ค(์)
interesting (fun )
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๊ณ
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋ค(์)
APPENDIX
432
Stem
and +๊ณ
Exclamation
ํฅ๋ฏธ์
ํฅ๋ฏธ์๊ณ
ํฅ๋ฏธ์๋ค(์)
kind
์น์ ํ
์น์ ํ๊ณ
์น์ ํ๋ค(์)
lazy
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด๊ณ
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด๋ค(์)
light
๊ฐ๋ณ
๊ฐ๋ณ๊ณ
๊ฐ๋ณ๋ค(์)
long
๊ธธ
๊ธธ๊ณ
๊ธฐ๋ค(์)
low
๋ฎ
๋ฎ๊ณ
๋ฎ๋ค(์)
narrow
์ข
์ข๊ณ
์ข๋ค(์)
noisy
์๋๋ฝ
์๋๋ฝ๊ณ
์๋๋ฝ๋ค(์)
numerous
๋ง
๋ง๊ณ
๋ง๋ค(์)
old (people)
๋+์
๋์๊ณ
๋์๋ค(์)
old (thing)
๋ก+์
๋ก์๊ณ
๋ก์๋ค(์)
pretty
์์
์์๊ณ
์์๋ค(์)
quick
๋น ๋ฅด
๋น ๋ฅด๊ณ
๋น ๋ฅด๋ค(์)
quiet
์กฐ์ฉํ
์กฐ์ฉํ๊ณ
์กฐ์ฉํ๋ค(์)
sad
์ฌํ
์ฌํ๊ณ
์ฌํ๋ค(์)
salty
์ง
์ง๊ณ
์ง๋ค(์)
shallow
์
์๊ณ
์๋ค(์)
short
์งง
์งง๊ณ
์งง๋ค(์)
sick
์ํ
์ํ๊ณ
์ํ๋ค(์)
slim
๋ ์ฌํ
๋ ์ฌํ๊ณ
๋ ์ฌํ๋ค(์)
interesting
+๋ค(์)
(attention)
APPENDIX
433
Stem
and +๊ณ
Exclamation
slow
๋๋ฆฌ
๋๋ฆฌ๊ณ
๋๋ฆฌ๋ค(์)
small
์
์๊ณ
์๋ค(์)
small (quantity)
์
์ ๊ณ
์ ๋ค(์)
smart
๋๋ํ
๋๋ํ๊ณ
๋๋ํ๋ค(์)
strong
ํผํผํ
ํผํผํ๊ณ
ํผํผํ๋ค(์)
tall
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ๊ณ
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ๋ค(์)
tasteless
๋ง์
๋ง์๊ณ
๋ง์๋ค(์)
thick
๋๊ป
๋๊ป๊ณ
๋๊ป๋ค(์)
thin(people)
๋ง๋ฅด+์
๋ง๋๊ณ
๋ง๋๋ค(์)
thin(thing)
์
์๊ณ
์๋ค(์)
thirsty
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด๊ณ
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด๋ค(์)
tired
ํผ๊ณคํ
ํผ๊ณคํ๊ณ
ํผ๊ณคํ๋ค(์)
ugly
๋ชป์๊ธฐ+์
๋ชป์๊ฒผ๊ณ
๋ชป์๊ฒผ๋ค(์)
warm
๋ฐ๋ปํ
๋ฐ๋ปํ๊ณ
๋ฐ๋ปํ๋ค(์)
weak
์ฝํ
์ฝํ๊ณ
์ฝํ๋ค(์)
wide
๋
๋๊ณ
๋๋ค(์)
young
์
์ ๊ณ
์ ๋ค(์)
+๋ค(์)
APPENDIX
434
Appendix 14: Adjectives with +{์/ใด}๋ฐ(์), Stem
and / but (present) +{์/ใด}๋ฐ(์)
and / but (past) +(์/์)๋๋ฐ(์)
and / but (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
afraid
๋ฌด์ญ
๋ฌด์์ด๋ฐ(์)
๋ฌด์์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ฌด์์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
bad
๋์
๋์๋ฐ(์)
๋๋นด๋๋ฐ(์)
๋์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
beautiful
์๋ฆ๋ต
์๋ฆ๋ค์ด๋ฐ(์)
์๋ฆ๋ค์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
์๋ฆ๋ค์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
big
ํฌ
ํฐ๋ฐ(์)
์ปธ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
boring
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
bright
๋ฐ
๋ฐ์๋ฐ(์)
๋ฐ์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ฐ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
busy
๋ฐ์
๋ฐ์๋ฐ(์)
๋ฐ๋นด๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ฐ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
cheap
์ธ
์ผ๋ฐ(์)
์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
clean
๊นจ๋ํ
๊นจ๋ํ๋ฐ(์)
๊นจ๋ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊นจ๋ํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
close
๊ฐ๊น
๊ฐ๊น์ด๋ฐ(์)
๊ฐ๊น์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ฐ๊น์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
cloudy
ํ๋ฆฌ
ํ๋ฆฐ๋ฐ(์)
ํ๋ ธ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํ๋ฆด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
cold(thing)
์ฐจ๊ฐ
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ด๋ฐ(์)
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
cold
์ถฅ
์ถ์ด๋ฐ(์)
์ถ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ถ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
complicated
๋ณต์กํ
๋ณต์กํ๋ฐ(์)
๋ณต์กํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ณต์กํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
cool
์์ํ
์์ํ๋ฐ(์)
์์ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์์ํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
cute
๊ท์ฝ
๊ท์ฌ์ด๋ฐ(์)
๊ท์ฌ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ท์ฌ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
dangerous
์ํํ
์ํํ๋ฐ(์)
์ํํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ํํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
dark
์ด๋ก
์ด๋์ด๋ฐ(์)
์ด๋์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ด๋์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
deep
๊น
๊น์๋ฐ(์)
๊น์๋๋ฐ(์)
๊น์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
delicious
๋ง์
๋ง์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง์์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
APPENDIX
435
+(์/)์๋๋ฐ(์) & +{์/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์) Stem
and / but (present) +{์/ใด}๋ฐ(์)
and / but (past) +(์/์)๋๋ฐ(์)
and / but (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
difficult
์ด๋ ต
์ด๋ ค์ด๋ฐ(์)
์ด๋ ค์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ด๋ ค์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
diligent
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ๋ฐ(์)
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
dirty
๋๋ฝ
๋๋ฌ์ด๋ฐ(์)
๋๋ฌ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
easy
์ฝ
์ฌ์ด๋ฐ(์)
์ฌ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฌ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
expensive
๋น์ธ
๋น์ผ๋ฐ(์)
๋น์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋น์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
far
๋ฉ
๋จผ๋ฐ(์)
๋ฉ์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ฉ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
fat
๋ฑ๋ฑํ
๋ฑ๋ฑํ๋ฐ(์)
๋ฑ๋ฑํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ฑ๋ฑํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
fine(weather)
๋ง
๋ง์๋ฐ(์)
๋ง์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
fun (enjoyable)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
good
์ข
์ข์๋ฐ(์)
์ข์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ข์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
handsome
์์๊ธฐ+์
์์๊ฒผ๋๋ฐ(์)
์์๊ฒผ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
happy
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์๋ฐ(์)
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
happy
ํ๋ณตํ
ํ๋ณตํ๋ฐ(์)
ํ๋ณตํ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํ๋ณตํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
hate/dislike
์ซ
์ซ์๋ฐ(์)
์ซ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ซ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
heavy
๋ฌด๊ฒ
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ด๋ฐ(์)
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
high
๋
๋์๋ฐ(์)
๋์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
hot
๋จ๊ฒ
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ด๋ฐ(์)
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
hot (spicy)
๋งต
๋งค์ด๋ฐ(์)
๋งค์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋งค์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
hot (temperature)
๋ฅ
๋์ด๋ฐ(์)
๋์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
interesting (fun )
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
APPENDIX
436 Stem
and / but (present) +{์/ใด}๋ฐ(์)
and / but (past) +(์/์)๋๋ฐ(์)
and / but (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
ํฅ๋ฏธ์
ํฅ๋ฏธ์๋๋ฐ(์)
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์๋๋ฐ(์)
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
kind
์น์ ํ
์น์ ํ๋ฐ(์)
์น์ ํ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์น์ ํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
lazy
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅธ๋ฐ(์)
๊ฒ์๋ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
light
๊ฐ๋ณ
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ด๋ฐ(์)
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
long
๊ธธ
๊ธด๋ฐ(์)
๊ธธ์๋๋ฐ(์)
๊ธธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
low
๋ฎ
๋ฎ์๋ฐ(์)
๋ฎ์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ฎ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
narrow
์ข
์ข์๋ฐ(์)
์ข์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ข์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
noisy
์๋๋ฝ
์๋๋ฌ์ด๋ฐ(์)
์๋๋ฌ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
์๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
numerous
๋ง
๋ง์๋ฐ(์)
๋ง์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
old (people)
๋+์
๋์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋์์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)/
interesting (attention)
๋์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์) old (thing)
๋ก+์
๋ก์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ก์์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ก์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)๏ผ ๋ก์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
pretty
์์
์์๋ฐ(์)
์๋ปค๋๋ฐ(์)
์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
quick
๋น ๋ฅด
๋น ๋ฅธ๋ฐ(์)
๋นจ๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
quiet
์กฐ์ฉํ
์กฐ์ฉํ๋ฐ(์)
์กฐ์ฉํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์กฐ์ฉํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
sad
์ฌํ
์ฌํ๋ฐ(์)
์ฌํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฌํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
salty
์ง
์ง ๋ฐ(์)
์งฐ๋๋ฐ(์)
์งค ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
shallow
์
์์๋ฐ(์)
์์๋๋ฐ(์)
์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
short
์งง
์งง์๋ฐ(์)
์งง์๋๋ฐ(์)
์งง์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
sick
์ํ
์ํ๋ฐ(์)
์ํ ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
slim
๋ ์ฌํ
๋ ์ฌํ๋ฐ(์)
๋ ์ฌํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ ์ฌํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
APPENDIX
437 Stem
and / but (present) +{์/ใด}๋ฐ(์)
and / but (past) +(์/์)๋๋ฐ(์)
and / but (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
slow
๋๋ฆฌ
๋๋ฆฐ๋ฐ(์)
๋๋ ธ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋๋ฆด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
small
์
์์๋ฐ(์)
์์๋๋ฐ(์)
์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
small (quantity)
์
์ ์๋ฐ(์)
์ ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
smart
๋๋ํ
๋๋ํ๋ฐ(์)
๋๋ํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋๋ํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
strong
ํผํผํ
ํผํผํ๋ฐ(์)
ํผํผํ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํผํผํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
tall
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ
ํค๊ฐ ํฐ๋ฐ(์)
ํค๊ฐ ์ปธ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํค๊ฐ ํด ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
tasteless
๋ง์
๋ง์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง์์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
thick
๋๊ป
๋๊บผ์ด๋ฐ(์)
๋๊บผ์ ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋๊บผ์ธ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
thin(people)
๋ง๋ฅด+์
๋ง๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง๋์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ง๋์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
thin(thing)
์
์์๋ฐ(์)
์์๋๋ฐ(์)
์์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
thirsty
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅธ๋ฐ(์)
๋ชฉ๋ง๋๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅผ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
tired
ํผ๊ณคํ
ํผ๊ณคํ๋ฐ(์)
ํผ๊ณคํ๋๋ฐ(์)
ํผ๊ณคํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
ugly
๋ชป์๊ธฐ+์
๋ชป์๊ฒผ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
warm
๋ฐ๋ปํ
๋ฐ๋ปํ๋ฐ(์)
๋ฐ๋ปํ๋๋ฐ(์)
๋ฐ๋ปํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
weak
์ฝํ
์ฝํ๋ฐ(์)
์ฝํ๋๋ฐ(์)
์ฝํ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
wide
๋
๋์๋ฐ(์)
๋์๋๋ฐ(์)
๋์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
young
์
์ ์๋ฐ(์)
์ ์๋๋ฐ(์)
์ ์ ๊ฑด๋ฐ(์)
APPENDIX
438
Appendix 15: Adjectives with +๊ฑฐ๋ (์), Stem
Itโs because โฆ (present) +๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
Itโs because โฆ (past) +(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
Itโs because โฆ (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
afraid
๋ฌด์ญ
๋ฌด์ญ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฌด์์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฌด์์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
bad
๋์
๋์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋๋นด๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
beautiful
์๋ฆ๋ต
์๋ฆ๋ต๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์๋ฆ๋ค์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์๋ฆ๋ค์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
big
ํฌ
ํฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ปธ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
boring
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
bright
๋ฐ
๋ฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฐ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฐ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
busy
๋ฐ์
๋ฐ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฐ๋นด๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฐ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
cheap
์ธ
์ธ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
clean
๊นจ๋ํ
๊นจ๋ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊นจ๋ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊นจ๋ํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
close
๊ฐ๊น
๊ฐ๊น๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฐ๊น์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฐ๊น์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
cloudy
ํ๋ฆฌ
ํ๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํ๋ ธ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
cold(thing)
์ฐจ๊ฐ
์ฐจ๊ฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
cold
์ถฅ
์ถฅ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ถ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ถ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
complicated
๋ณต์กํ
๋ณต์กํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ณต์กํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ณต์กํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
cool
์์ํ
์์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
cute
๊ท์ฝ
๊ท์ฝ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ท์ฌ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ท์ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
dangerous
์ํํ
์ํํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ํํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ํํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
dark
์ด๋ก
์ด๋ก๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ด๋์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ด๋์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
deep
๊น
๊น๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊น์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊น์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
delicious
๋ง์
๋ง์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
APPENDIX
439
+(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ (์) & +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์) Stem
Itโs because โฆ (present) +๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
Itโs because โฆ (past) +(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
Itโs because โฆ (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
difficult
์ด๋ ต
์ด๋ ต๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ด๋ ค์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ด๋ ค์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
diligent
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
dirty
๋๋ฝ
๋๋ฝ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋๋ฌ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
easy
์ฝ
์ฝ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
expensive
๋น์ธ
๋น์ธ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋น์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋น์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
far
๋ฉ
๋ฉ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฉ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฉ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
fat
๋ฑ๋ฑํ
๋ฑ๋ฑํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฑ๋ฑํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฑ๋ฑํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
fine(weather)
๋ง
๋ง๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
fun (enjoyable)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
good
์ข
์ข๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ข์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ข์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
handsome
์์๊ธฐ+์
์์๊ฒผ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์๊ฒผ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
happy
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
happy
ํ๋ณตํ
ํ๋ณตํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํ๋ณตํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํ๋ณตํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
hate/dislike
์ซ
์ซ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ซ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ซ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
heavy
๋ฌด๊ฒ
๋ฌด๊ฒ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
high
๋
๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
hot
๋จ๊ฒ
๋จ๊ฒ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
hot (spicy)
๋งต
๋งต๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋งค์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋งค์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
hot
๋ฅ
๋ฅ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
(temperature) interesting (fun )
APPENDIX
440 Stem
Itโs because โฆ (present) +๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
Itโs because โฆ (past) +(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
Itโs because โฆ (future) +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํฅ๋ฏธ์
ํฅ๋ฏธ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
kind
์น์ ํ
์น์ ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์น์ ํ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์น์ ํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
lazy
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฒ์๋ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
light
๊ฐ๋ณ
๊ฐ๋ณ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
long
๊ธธ
๊ธธ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ธธ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๊ธธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
low
๋ฎ
๋ฎ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฎ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฎ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
narrow
์ข
์ข๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ข์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ข์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
noisy
์๋๋ฝ
์๋๋ฝ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์๋๋ฌ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
numerous
๋ง
๋ง๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
old (people)
๋+์
๋(์)๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)/
interesting (attention)
๋์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์) old (thing)
๋ก+์
๋ก(์)๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ก์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ก์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)๏ผ ๋ก์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
pretty
์์
์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์๋ปค๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
quick
๋น ๋ฅด
๋น ๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋นจ๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
quiet
์กฐ์ฉํ
์กฐ์ฉํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์กฐ์ฉํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์กฐ์ฉํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
sad
์ฌํ
์ฌํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฌํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
salty
์ง
์ง๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์งฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์งค ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
shallow
์
์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
short
์งง
์งง๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์งง์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์งง์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
sick
์ํ
์ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ํ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
slim
๋ ์ฌํ
๋ ์ฌํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ ์ฌํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ ์ฌํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
APPENDIX
441 Stem
Itโs because โฆ
Itโs because โฆ
Itโs because โฆ
(present)
(past)
(future)
+๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
+(์/์)๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
+{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
slow
๋๋ฆฌ
๋๋ฆฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋๋ ธ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
small
์
์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
small (quantity)
์
์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
smart
๋๋ํ
๋๋ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋๋ํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋๋ํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
strong
ํผํผํ
ํผํผํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํผํผํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํผํผํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
tall
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํค๊ฐ ์ปธ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํค๊ฐ ํด ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
tasteless
๋ง์
๋ง์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
thick
๋๊ป
๋๊ป๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋๊บผ์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋๊บผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
thin(people)
๋ง๋ฅด+์
๋ง๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง๋์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ง๋์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
thin(thing)
์
์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
thirsty
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ชฉ๋ง๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
tired
ํผ๊ณคํ
ํผ๊ณคํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํผ๊ณคํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ํผ๊ณคํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
ugly
๋ชป์๊ธฐ+์
๋ชป์๊ฒผ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
warm
๋ฐ๋ปํ
๋ฐ๋ปํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฐ๋ปํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋ฐ๋ปํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
weak
์ฝํ
์ฝํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฝํ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ฝํ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
wide
๋
๋๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
๋์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
young
์
์ ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ์๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ๊ฑฐ๋ (์)
APPENDIX
442
Appendix 16: Casual Adjective Endings Stem
Present +(์/์ด)
Past +(์/์)์ด
Future / Supposition +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
afraid
๋ฌด์ญ
๋ฌด์์
๋ฌด์์ ์ด
๋ฌด์์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
bad
๋์
๋๋น
๋๋นด์ด
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
beautiful
์๋ฆ๋ต
์๋ฆ๋ค์
์๋ฆ๋ค์ ์ด
์๋ฆ๋ค์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
big
ํฌ
์ปค
์ปธ์ด
ํด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
boring
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ด
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
bright
๋ฐ
๋ฐ์
๋ฐ์์ด
๋ฐ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
busy
๋ฐ์
๋ฐ๋น
๋ฐ๋นด์ด
๋ฐ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
cheap
์ธ
์ธ
์์ด
์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
clean
๊นจ๋ํ
๊นจ๋ํด
๊นจ๋ํ์ด
๊นจ๋ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
close
๊ฐ๊น
๊ฐ๊น์
๊ฐ๊น์ ์ด
๊ฐ๊น์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
cloudy
ํ๋ฆฌ
ํ๋ ค
ํ๋ ธ์ด
ํ๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
cold(thing)
์ฐจ๊ฐ
์ฐจ๊ฐ์
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ ์ด
์ฐจ๊ฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
cold
์ถฅ
์ถ์
์ถ์ ์ด
์ถ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
complicated
๋ณต์กํ
๋ณต์กํด
๋ณต์กํ์ด
๋ณต์กํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
cool
์์ํ
์์ํด
์์ํ์ด
์์ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
cute
๊ท์ฝ
๊ท์ฌ์
๊ท์ฌ์ ์ด
๊ท์ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
dangerous
์ํํ
์ํํด
์ํํ์ด
์ํํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
dark
์ด๋ก
์ด๋์
์ด๋์ ์ด
์ด๋์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
deep
๊น
๊น์ด
๊น์์ด
๊น์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
delicious
๋ง์
๋ง์์ด
๋ง์์์ด
๋ง์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
APPENDIX
443
+(์/์ด), +(์/์)์ด, +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ Stem
Present +(์/์ด)
Past +(์/์)์ด
Future / Supposition +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
difficult
์ด๋ ต
์ด๋ ค์
์ด๋ ค์ ์ด
์ด๋ ค์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
diligent
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํด
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ์ด
๋ถ์ง๋ฐํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
dirty
๋๋ฝ
๋๋ฌ์
๋๋ฌ์ ์ด
๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
easy
์ฝ
์ฌ์
์ฌ์ ์ด
์ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
expensive
๋น์ธ
๋น์ธ
๋น์์ด
๋น์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
far
๋ฉ
๋ฉ์ด
๋ฉ์์ด
๋ฉ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
fat
๋ฑ๋ฑํ
๋ฑ๋ฑํด
๋ฑ๋ฑํ์ด
๋ฑ๋ฑํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
fine(weather)
๋ง
๋ง์
๋ง์์ด
๋ง์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
fun (enjoyable)
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
good
์ข
์ข์
์ข์์ด
์ข์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
handsome
์์๊ธฐ+์
์์๊ฒผ์ด
์์๊ฒผ์์ด
์์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
happy
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์์ด
๊ธฐ๋ถ ์ข์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
happy
ํ๋ณตํ
ํ๋ณตํด
ํ๋ณตํ์ด
ํ๋ณตํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
hate/dislike
์ซ
์ซ์ด
์ซ์์ด
์ซ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
heavy
๋ฌด๊ฒ
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ ์ด
๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
high
๋
๋์
๋์์ด
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
hot
๋จ๊ฒ
๋จ๊ฑฐ์
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ ์ด
๋จ๊ฑฐ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
hot (spicy)
๋งต
๋งค์
๋งค์ ์ด
๋งค์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
hot (temperature)
๋ฅ
๋์
๋์ ์ด
๋์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
interesting (fun )
์ฌ๋ฏธ์
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ด
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์์ด
์ฌ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
APPENDIX
444 Stem
Present +(์/์ด)
Past +(์/์)์ด
Future / Supposition +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
interesting (attention) kind
ํฅ๋ฏธ์
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ด
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์์ด
ํฅ๋ฏธ์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
์น์ ํ
์น์ ํด
์น์ ํ์์ด
์น์ ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
lazy
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅด
๊ฒ์๋ฌ
๊ฒ์๋ ์ด
๊ฒ์ผ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
light
๊ฐ๋ณ
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ ์ด
๊ฐ๋ฒผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
long
๊ธธ
๊ธธ์ด
๊ธธ์์ด
๊ธธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
low
๋ฎ
๋ฎ์
๋ฎ์์ด
๋ฎ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
narrow
์ข
์ข์
์ข์์ด
์ข์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
noisy
์๋๋ฝ
์๋๋ฌ์
์๋๋ฌ์ ์ด
์๋๋ฌ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
numerous
๋ง
๋ง์
๋ง์์ด
๋ง์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
old (people)
๋+์
๋์์ด
๋์์์ด
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ/ ๋์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
old (thing)
๋ก+์
๋ก์์ด
๋ก์์์ด
๋ก์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ๏ผ ๋ก์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
pretty
์์
์๋ป
์๋ปค์ด
์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
quick
๋น ๋ฅด
๋นจ๋ผ
๋นจ๋์ด
๋น ๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
quiet
์กฐ์ฉํ
์กฐ์ฉํด
์กฐ์ฉํ์ด
์กฐ์ฉํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
sad
์ฌํ
์ฌํผ
์ฌํ์ด
์ฌํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
salty
์ง
์ง
์งฐ์ด
์งค ๊ฑฐ์ผ
shallow
์
์์
์์์ด
์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
short
์งง
์งง์
์งง์์ด
์งง์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
sick
์ํ
์ํ
์ํ ์ด
์ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
slim
๋ ์ฌํ
๋ ์ฌํด
๋ ์ฌํ์ด
๋ ์ฌํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
APPENDIX
445 Stem
Present +(์/์ด)
Past +(์/์)์ด
Future / Supposition +{์/ใน} ๊ฑฐ์ผ
slow
๋๋ฆฌ
๋๋ ค
๋๋ ธ์ด
๋๋ฆด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
small
์
์์
์์์ด
์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
small
์
์ ์ด
์ ์์ด
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
smart
๋๋ํ
๋๋ํด
๋๋ํ์ด
๋๋ํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
strong
ํผํผํ
ํผํผํด
ํผํผํ์ด
ํผํผํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
tall
ํค๊ฐ ํฌ
ํค๊ฐ ์ปค
ํค๊ฐ ์ปธ์ด
ํค๊ฐ ํด ๊ฑฐ์ผ
tasteless
๋ง์
๋ง์์ด
๋ง์์์ด
๋ง์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
thick
๋๊ป
๋๊บผ์
๋๊บผ์ ์ด
๋๊บผ์ธ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
thin(people)
๋ง๋ฅด+์
๋ง๋์ด
๋ง๋์์ด
๋ง๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
thin(thing)
์
์์์ด
์์์ด
์์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
thirsty
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅด
๋ชฉ๋ง๋์ด
๋ชฉ๋ง๋์ด
๋ชฉ๋ง๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
tired
ํผ๊ณคํ
ํผ๊ณคํด
ํผ๊ณคํ์ด
ํผ๊ณคํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
ugly
๋ชป์๊ธฐ+์
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์ด
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์์ด
๋ชป์๊ฒผ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
warm
๋ฐ๋ปํ
๋ฐ๋ปํด
๋ฐ๋ปํ์ด
๋ฐ๋ปํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
weak
์ฝํ
์ฝํด
์ฝํ์ด
์ฝํ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
wide
๋
๋์ด
๋์์ด
๋์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
young
์
์ ์ด
์ ์์ด
์ ์ ๊ฑฐ์ผ
(quantity)
APPENDIX
446
Appendix 17: Particles and Suffixes +{์/๋ใด}
Topic Particles
๋๋ ๋ชจ๋ด์ ๋ํ๊ต ํ์์ด์์.
+๊ป์๋
(after nouns, pronouns)
ํ ์๋ฒ์ง๊ป์๋ ์ ๋ฌธ์ ์ฝ์ผ์ธ์.
+{์ด/๊ฐ}
Subject Particles
๋ ์จ๊ฐ ์ข์์.
+๊ป์
(after nouns, pronouns)
ํ ์๋ฒ์ง๊ป์ ์ค์ จ์ด์.
Object Particles
์ด์ฝ๋ฆฟ์ ์ข์ํด์.
(honorific)
(honorific)
+{์/๋ฅผใน}
(after nouns, pronouns) (written)
Direction Particles
to (a person)
+ํํ
(spoken)
(with people)
์๋ฏธ์๊ฒ ์ด์ผ๊ธฐํ์ด์.
+๊ป
(honorific)
+์๊ฒ(์)
(written)
+ํํ (์)
(spoken)
+์๊ฒ
์ ์๋๊ป ๋ง์ ๋๋ ธ์ด์. Source Particles
์๋ฏธ์๊ฒ์ ๋ฐ์์ด์. Destination Particle
+์
from (a person)
to (a location) ํ๊ต์ ๊ฐ์.
Dictection Particle
+{์ผ}๋ก
to, towards ํ๊ต๋ก ๊ฐ์.
Location Particle
+์
in; at; on ๊ต์ค์ ์์ด์.
+์์ +์
Activity Location Particle
in; at; on
(with action verb)
๋ชจ๋ด์ ๋ํ๊ต์์ ๊ณต๋ถํด์.
Time Particle
In; at; on ์์์ผ์ ํ๊ตญ์ด ์์ ์์ด์.
Rate and Ratio Particle
+์
per ํ ๊ฐ์ 2000 ์์ด์์.
Instrument Particle
+{์ผ}๋ก
by means of ๋ฒ์ค๋ก ์์.
+์ โฆ+์์
...+๊น์ง
Possessive
's
Particle
์ ์๋์ ์ฑ
Delimiter Particles
from ... to โฆ (distance) ๋ฉ๋ฒ๋ฅธ์์ ์๋๋๊น์ง
โฆ+๋ถํฐ
โฆ+๊น์ง
Delimiter Particles
from ... to โฆ (time) ํ ์๋ถํฐ ๋ ์๊น์ง
+๋ง
Delimiter Particle
only 10 ๋ฌ๋ฌ๋ง ์ฃผ์ธ์
+๋ฐ์ (with negative)
Delimiter Particle
only; no more than 10 ๋ฌ๋ฌ๋ฐ์ ์์ด์.
APPENDIX
447 Delimiter Particle
+๋ง๋ค
each, every, all ํ ์์ผ๋ง๋ค ์๋ฐํด์
Emphasis Particle
+๋
also, too ํ๊ตญ์ด๋ ๊ณต๋ถํด์
+์๋ (์+๋)
Combined Emphasis
ํ ์์ผ์๋
+์์๋ (์์+๋)
Particles
๋ชจ๋ด์ ๋ํ๊ต์์๋
+์๋ (์+๋)
๋ฉ๋ฒ๋ฅธ์๋ Plural Suffix
+๋ค
students ํ์๋ค
+{๊ณผ/์}
(written)
Conjunction Particles
and
+ํ๊ณ
(spoken)
(between nouns)
์ฌ๊ณผํ๊ณ ๋ฐฐ
+{์ด}๋
(colloquial)
with ์ ๋ฏธํ๊ณ ๋จน์์ด์
+{์ด}๋ +๋ณด๋ค
Conjunction Particles
or
(between nouns)
์ฌ๊ณผ๋ ๋ฐฐ
Comparision Particle
rather than, compared with ์ฌ๊ณผ๋ณด๋ค ๋ฐฐ๊ฐ ์ข์์
๋๋ฌธ์
Reasons
because of ๋ ๋๋ฌธ์
APPENDIX
448
Appendix 18: Korean Editing Symbols & Handwriting Sheet Korean Editing Symbols Symbols
or
or
Meaning
Example
Add a space
or
Delete a space
or
Delete
or
Insert
l
or
Replace
or
Replace
Change word order Cannot understand
or
Surname:
Given Names:
page
of
240 blocks
(
) words on this page
Surname:
Given Names:
page
of
240 blocks
(
) words on this page
Korean Keyboard Layout